<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Mailware - Mail Order Management Software Inventory Control</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.mailware.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.mailware.com</link>
	<description>A complete Back Office Order Management Solution. Mailware Manages Customers, Orders, Products and Inventory across Ebay, Amazon, Buy.com and More.</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Fri, 18 May 2012 22:57:21 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.3.2</generator>
		<item>
		<title>Welcome to Mailware Multi Channel Manager</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/welcome-to-mailwaremcm/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/welcome-to-mailwaremcm/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 23 Apr 2012 16:29:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4910</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Get Started with Mailware Learn how to use the Mailware Demo or set up your own company and start entering live data. Visit our Knowledge Center for help setting up and using Mailware, access to our support forums and to contact technical support. &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212; Get Started with the Demo Check for Updates Buy Mailware &#160;]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><img style="margin-left: 8px; margin-right: 8px;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/GetStartedButtonColorChange.gif" alt="Get Started" width="120" height="71" align="left" />Get Started with Mailware</h2>
<p>Learn how to use the Mailware Demo or set up your own company and start entering live data.</p>
<p>Visit our <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/">Knowledge Center</a> for help setting up and using Mailware, access to our support forums and to contact technical support.</p>
<h2>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;</h2>
<ol>
<li>Get Started with the Demo</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2012-revisions/revision-history-2012/">Check for Updates</a></li>
<li>Buy Mailware</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/welcome-to-mailwaremcm/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Data Overview</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/data-overview/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/data-overview/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Apr 2012 04:21:40 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4895</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; When you set up Mailware you can either manually enter your data or have us import your data from one or more sources. We call this service a Data Conversion and your data can come from multiple source including: Another back office system QuickBooks Various channels &#8211; e.g., Amazon Your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p>When you set up Mailware you can either manually enter your data or have us import your data from one or more sources. We call this service a Data Conversion and your data can come from multiple source including:</p>
<ul>
<li>Another back office system</li>
<li>QuickBooks</li>
<li>Various channels &#8211; e.g., Amazon</li>
<li>Your web store</li>
<li>.csv (text) files you provide</li>
<li>.csv files from your vendors</li>
</ul>
<p>To properly use Mailware you need a minimum amount of data entered, especially products. The following topics explain how to enter the different data you may need. Because these topics are also part of the Using Mailware section you will want to click the Back button after visiting each one to return here.</p>
<p>If you are entering data manually we recommend you enter it in the following order. If we are providing a data conversion for you for one or more of the items in the list (e.g., Products), just skip those. You can enter your other data while you are waiting for your first and/or final data conversion.</p>
<p><strong>Note: Use the Back button on your browser after visiting each of the following pages to return to this list.</strong> </p>
<ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/">Vendors</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/">Products</a> including Sub Products, Assemblies and Channel Listings</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/shipping/">Shipping Methods</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/ads-source-keys/">Ad Source Keys</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/sales-tax/">Sales Tax</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/">Email Notification</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/">Process Orders &#8211; assign appropriate reports to Print button</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/">Customers</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/">Orders</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/zip-codes/">Zip Codes</a> - These are provided for you, but you can edit any you wish.</li>
</ol>
<p>As you enter your data be sure to Backup your database (Tools&gt;Backup from the text menu if you are not using Client/Server). When we send your data conversion you can simply copy the files we send into your data directory overwriting the existing files there.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/data-overview/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 16 Apr 2012 00:15:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4835</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Orders tab.   This is the most detailed Preferences section. Make your changes as described below and then click the OK button to save them.   Field Defaults Pay Type [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-customers/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Orders tab.
<p><img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsOrders.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /> </p>
</li>
<li>This is the most detailed Preferences section. Make your changes as described below and then click the OK button to save them.<br />  </li>
<li><strong><strong>Field Defaults
<p></strong>Pay Type and Ship Via</strong>- You can set a default Pay Method and Ship Method for keyed orders. These can be overriden at the time of order entry. You can also specify a default pay method for a customer that will override this global default when you enter an order for that person.
<p><strong>Print labels for new orders</strong> &#8211; Legacy, but can be used in reports by detecting the value (True, False or Null) at the order level.</p>
<p><strong>Print invoices for new orders</strong> - Legacy, but can be used in reports by detecting the value (True, False or Null) at the order level.</p>
<p><strong>Override shipping for new orders</strong> &#8211; Sets the Shipping field to an editable mode and does not calculate shipping automatically. Useful if you usually enter shipping when taking phone orders.</p>
<p><strong>Default new orders to On Hold</strong> &#8211; New orders are automatically set to HOLD. Useful if you want to approve orders before processing them.</p>
</li>
<li><strong>Preferences
<p>Require Operator ID to be assigned</strong> - Forces the user to enter an Operator ID at the order before it can be saved. This prevents users from saving orders without an ID.</p>
<p><strong> Require Source Key to be assigned</strong> &#8211; Forces the user to select an Ad Source Key before the order can be saved.</p>
<p><strong>Require Shipping Method to be </strong><strong>assigned</strong> - Forces the user to select a shipping method before the order can be saved.</p>
<p><strong>Require override if over _____</strong> &#8211; Operator cannot save an order over the amount you specify here without management approval.</p>
<p><strong>Use incremental product search</strong> &#8211; Defaults the incremental search on the product search screen at order entry to on. As you type a product number the search will jump to the next match.</p>
<p><strong>Start product search on Full Text field</strong> &#8211; Defaults the product search at order entry in the Full Text field where you can type any whole word that appears in the Product Number, Name, Description or Long Description.</p>
<p><strong>Hide discontinued option in product search</strong> &#8211; Removes the option at product search to exclude discontinued items.</p>
<p><strong>Go to last order on open</strong> &#8211; Legacy, no longer used.</p>
<p><strong>Charge for backorders</strong> &#8211; If checked, orders will include backordered items in the extended amount column and order subtotal. If unchecked, the customer will not be charged for backordered items until they are filled.</p>
<p><strong>Fill Backorders on standard import</strong> &#8211; When importing .csv or similar files using the Import on the Process Orders screen items will be committed instead of backordered if possible. There is a different setting for orders imported from Channels. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/">Channels Preferences</a> for details on the Commit Items on Import option.</p>
<p><strong>Message for new order</strong> &#8211; The text you type here will be displayed at order entry (Note: This feature is currently disabled).</p>
<p><strong>Show gift order items on master order screen</strong> &#8211; Select this box if you would like be view the items for suborders under the Gift Order Items tab on the Order Entry screen.</p>
<p><strong>Lock credit card info after approval</strong> &#8211; Prevents users from modifying payments after receiving or entering an approval code.</p>
<p><strong>Set payment approval code to readonly</strong> &#8211; Lock the approval code so it cannot be manually entered. You can still use the Authorize button and imported orders will have the code already entered.</p>
<p><strong>Delete credit card number after approval</strong> &#8211; For very strict PCI Compliance purposes you can choose to have credit cards immediately deleted from Mailware.</p>
<p><strong>Set Operator ID to readonly</strong> &#8211; Prevents users from selecting a different Operator ID at order entry. It is recommended you have a default Operator ID set in preferences or have security turned on so Operator ID&#8217;s are entered automatically.</p>
<p><strong>Set Order Date to readonly</strong> &#8211;  Locks the Order Date field so it cannot be changed.</p>
<p><strong>Process Orders: Do not process payment if item total equals zero</strong> &#8211; Prevents orders with a zero balance from appearing in the Process Payments tab of Process Orders. This is useful if blank orders are importing.</p>
<p><strong>Allow prices to be changed after an item has shipped</strong> &#8211; Not recommended, but allows you the option to edit shipped items.</p>
<p><strong>Allow shipped items to be forced back to committed or backordered</strong> &#8211; Not recommended, but allows you to right click and change the status of a shipped item.</p>
<p><strong>Automatically mark items as shipped instead of committed</strong> &#8211; When an item is added to an order it is immediately set to Shipped instead of Committed status.</p>
<p><strong>Send email when order is marked finished</strong> &#8211;  You can select an email from the Email Notification feature to be sent automatically when the user click the Finished button during order entry.<br />  </li>
<li><strong>Shipping Tab
<p>Allow tracking table to be edited</strong> &#8211; Unlocks the Tracking table so you can manually enter or change tracking information at order entry.</p>
<p><strong>Default to Don&#8217;t Hold for BO</strong> &#8211; Allows orders with backordered items in them to ship ahead by default. You can override this for any individual order at order entry by checking/unchecking the &#8220;Don&#8217;t hold for BO&#8221; checkbox on the Shipping tab.</p>
<p><strong>Scale Por</strong>t &#8211; Select the port to which your scale is attached so Mailware can use it during Box Scanning in Process Orders.</p>
<p><strong>Require signature if over</strong> &#8211; Indicates a signature is required for delivery for orders over the amount you enter. Mailware will send this code to your connected shipping software when applicable.</p>
<p><strong>Ship insured if over</strong> &#8211;  Indicates insurance is required for delivery for orders over the amount you enter. Mailware will send this code to your connected shipping software when applicable.<br />  </li>
<li><strong>UPS Worldship Tab</strong>
<p>Export to UPS Worldship when invoice prints<br /><strong>Note: </strong>Mailware uses an ODBC Connection to connect directly to UPS Worldship and print labels one at a time or in batches. The Export to UPS Worldship feature here is a legacy option for older versions of Worldship. This is no longer used.</p>
<p><strong>UPS Database File</strong> &#8211; Specify the ODBC connection you created here.<br /> <strong><br /></strong></li>
<li><strong>Endica/Dazzle Tab<br />Note: </strong>Mailware uses an ODBC Connection to connect directly to Endicia Pro and print labels one at a time or in batches. The Dazzle feature here is a legacy option.<strong>
<p>Dazzle Directory</strong> - Enter the path to your Dazzle install. Mailware can submit labels to Dazzle from Order Entry using an xml connection.<br />  </li>
<li><strong>Connect Ship Tab
<p>Export to ConnectShip after box scanning</strong> - </p>
<p><strong>Login etc &#8211; </strong>Enter your credentials for your ConnectShip account so Mailware can interact with the program.<strong></p>
<p>Label Format - <br /> <br />Port - </p>
<p>Stock Symbol - </p>
<p>Mode - <br />  </strong></li>
<li><strong>Special Items Button<br /></strong>This opens a dialog where you can set up Order Discounts, Hazmat Charges, Shipping Insurance Calculations, Order Minimum Amounts and an automatic item to add to all orders (e.g., a Catalog)<br />  </li>
<li><strong>Set Order Number Button</strong><br />Click this to set the next order number for Mailware to use when creating orders. Contact Support to receive your password to make this change.<br />  </li>
<li><strong>Search Tab Order</strong><br />Click this to change where the cursor starts and jumps to when using the Find an Order feature. This allows you to specify your favorite fields to jump to first when searching.<br /><strong> </strong></li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-customers/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Channels</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:45:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4849</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Channels tab. This section is covered in the MCM Setup section which is covered later in the implementation topic. ^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62;]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferencescompanyinfo/ ">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Channels tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsChannels.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li>This section is covered in the MCM Setup section which is covered later in the implementation topic.</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferencescompanyinfo"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; CRM</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-crm/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-crm/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:44:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4846</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the CRM tab. Mailware includes a full Customer Relations Management (CRM) tool similar to Salesforce or Sugar CRM. If you wish to use this feature you can specify where the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the CRM tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsCRM.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li>Mailware includes a full Customer Relations Management (CRM) tool similar to Salesforce or Sugar CRM. If you wish to use this feature you can specify where the following three tabs open by inputting the URL you wish to use for each of these in the fields.
<p><strong>Online Support Tickets</strong> &#8211; Enter a URL here if you use an online Help Desk system (e.g., ZenDesk)</p>
<p><strong>Online Project Manager</strong> &#8211; Enter a URL here for a project management tool (e.g., Basecamp) </p>
<p><strong>Online Email</strong> &#8211; Enter a URL for your online email service (e.g., Google)</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> You can enter any URL you wish for the above and allow your users to access different web sites than the recommended types above. </li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-crm/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Printers</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-printers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-printers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:44:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4844</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Printers tab. Default Printers Order Invoice Printer &#8211; Select the default printer you wish to use when printing an invoice from the Order screen (a single invoice). Invoice Copies [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-crm/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Printers tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsPrinters.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li><strong>Default Printers</strong>
<p><strong>Order Invoice Printer</strong> &#8211; Select the default printer you wish to use when printing an invoice from the Order screen (a single invoice).</p>
<p><strong>Invoice Copies</strong> &#8211; Specify the number of copies you wish to print each time.</p>
<p><strong>Preview Invoice before printing</strong> &#8211; You can preview the invoice before printing or uncheck this box to have the invoice start printing immediately.</p>
<p><strong>Show printer setup dialog before printing</strong> &#8211; If you choose to Preview an Invoice before printing the show printer dialog is required so you can send your invoice to your printer.</p>
<p><strong>Order Label Printer</strong> &#8211; Select a default printer for labels printed from the Order screen (single labels)&gt;<br />  </p>
</li>
<li><strong>Report Tab Settings <br /></strong>Use these settings to control how much access your users have to report writer features. This preference is specific to the physical workstation rather than the user&#8217;s login.<strong><br /></strong>
<p><strong>Show Define Search tab</strong> &#8211; Hide or show the Define Search tab in the report writer for this user.</p>
<p><strong>Show Layout tab</strong> - Hide or show the Layout tab in the report writer for this user.</p>
<p><strong>Show SQL tab</strong> - Hide or show the SQL tab in the report writer for this user.</p>
<p><strong>Allow report change to be saved</strong> &#8211;  Allow or prevent this user from saving reports.</p>
</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-crm/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-printers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; ECheck</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-echeck/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-echeck/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:43:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4842</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the ECheck  tab. ECheck Interface We have used Authorize Net as an example ECheck service for this tutorial. Authorize.Net  is a web based gateway. You will need a utility available [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-printers/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the ECheck  tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsECheck.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li>
<p><strong>ECheck Interface</strong></p>
<p>We have used Authorize Net as an example ECheck service for this tutorial. Authorize.Net  is a web based gateway. You will need a utility available from xAuthorize that allows Mailware to communicate with Authorize Net.</p>
<ol>
<li>Install and test your credit card software, then open Preferences, click the ECheck tab and select your Interface Software.</li>
<li>When you select Authorize.net the following fields appear.</li>
<li>Before you can set up Authorize.Net to work with Mailware you will need to obtain the API LoginID and the Transaction Key.  Below are instructions on how to obtain those.
<ol>
<li>Open up Notepad</li>
<li>Login to your Authorize.net account</li>
<li>Click the “Account” link at the top.</li>
<li>Click on the link : “API Login ID and Transaction Key” Click the generate button(s) if needed.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> If you have already generated a API Login ID and Transaction Key, the system will ask you to respond to a security question.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Copy the API Login ID to the clipboard and paste it into the Notepad.</li>
<li>Copy the Transaction Key to the clipboard and paste it into your Notepad on a different line</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter your data as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Gateway</strong> – Select <strong>Authorize.Net Echeck Service </strong>from the drop down</li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> -API Login ID</li>
<li><strong>Password</strong> – Transaction Key</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Merchant on Success</strong> - Check this if you would like to receive a confirmation email on each charge.</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Merchant on Error</strong> - Check this if you would like to receive a confirmation email on each error.</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Server</strong> - Enter your SMTP email server (you can locate this in your email software).</li>
<li><strong>Merchant Email</strong> – Enter your email address.</li>
<li>Click the OK button to save your changes. An Authorize button will be available on the Payment tab of the Order screen and the Process Payments tab of the Process Orders action.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-printers/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-echeck/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Data Entry</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-data-entry/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-data-entry/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:42:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4840</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Data Entry tab. Name and Address Formatting &#8211; Select how you want fields updated when you enter data. When you type a field and then press the Tab key [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-credit-cards/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Data Entry tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsDataEntry.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li><strong>Name and Address Formatting</strong> &#8211; Select how you want fields updated when you enter data. When you type a field and then press the Tab key Mailware will change the formatting to your specified preference.</li>
<li><strong>Always capitalize city name</strong> &#8211; Checking this box will ensure manually entered city names are uppercased.</li>
<li><strong>Default Operator ID</strong> &#8211; If you are not using the security system and logins you can specify a default ID to be placed on orders, contacts etc. This is useful if you are the only user in Mailware or do not wish to have individual sign ins for your users.</li>
<li><strong>Default Country</strong> &#8211; Sets the default country name and code for manually entered customers and orders. You can override the country selected when entering.</li>
<li><strong>Require City</strong> &#8211; Forces the user to select a city before a customer or order can be saved.</li>
<li><strong>Require Zip/Postal code</strong> &#8211; Forces the user to select a Zip or Postal Code before a customer or order can be saved. Note: When you select a Zip code a U.S. city will automatically be entered for you. When you press the Tab key you can change the city name if you wish.</li>
<li><strong>Shipping Charge Ranges</strong> &#8211; The shipping tables in Mailware include a table for calculating shipping on manually entered orders by either the total weight of the order or the total value. You can merge these tabs to provide more fields for one or the other.</li>
<li><strong>Start program with maximized forms</strong> &#8211; Opens Mailware with all screens maximized. Some users find this less confusing and more focused then the multiple windows view.</li>
<li><strong>Print instead of preview</strong> &#8211; Reports when opened will automatically open the Print dialog. This saves you a step when printing reports.</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-credit-cards/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-data-entry/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Products</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-products/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-products/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:41:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4838</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Products tab. Preferences Show product weight in grams &#8211; Check this box to display grams instead of ounces on the Mailware product screen. This simply changes the field name. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-data-entry/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Products tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsProducts.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li><strong>Preferences</strong>
<p><strong>Show product weight in grams</strong> &#8211; Check this box to display grams instead of ounces on the Mailware product screen. This simply changes the field name. The values in the weight field are stored as decimals which are not specific to a weight system.</p>
<p><strong>Use VAT taxes</strong> &#8211; Adds a Vat % field next to each Price Level on the Product screen. You can enter a percent amount that will be added to items in orders.</p>
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/VAT and Grams.png" alt="" width="337" height="335" /></p>
</li>
<li><strong>Custom Fields</strong>
<p><strong>Custom Field Name</strong> &#8211; You can rename the Custom Fields that show up under the Extras button from the Stock Levels tab of the Product screen. These custom fields also show up with the names you type during product searches. They are not searchable fields, but do show information specific to your.<br /> </li>
<li><strong>Purchase Orders</strong>
<p><strong>Email Notification when sending as .pdf attachment</strong> &#8211;  You can select an email (usually the default PO email) to send when using the Purchase Order system in Mailware and selecting from the Reports menu there to send the current PO as a .pdf.</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-data-entry/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-products/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Customers</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-customers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-customers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:41:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4836</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Customers tab. Alternate Customer Number Formula &#8211; You can specify what portions of a customer&#8217;s name and address make up the Alternate Customer Number found on the Additional Info [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-products/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Customers tab.<img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsCustomers.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li><strong>Alternate Customer Number Formula</strong> &#8211; You can specify what portions of a customer&#8217;s name and address make up the Alternate Customer Number found on the Additional Info tab of the Customer screen. The System ID also found there is a sequential, unique number. Both fields are available in Search.<br />  </li>
<li><strong>Field Defaults</strong><br /> <br /><strong>Price Level</strong> &#8211; Sets the global default price level used for newly added customers. Products have 4 price levels. The level selected here will determine the amount charged to the customer when manually entering orders if no other method is selected for the individual customer in the Additional Info tab of the Customer screen.
<p><strong>Search Tab Order</strong> - Opens a dialog where you can specify where the cursor starts and then jumps to when using the Find a Customer feature. This allows you to specify the cursor appears first in the fields you normally search on.<strong></p>
<p>Set customer Sales Rep to current operator when adding customers</strong> &#8211;  This defaults the sales rep on the Additional Info tab of the Customer screen to the currently signed in operator when adding customers. Use this setting when you have sales reps for whom you wish to pay commission. It can also be used in conjunction with Security to limit operators views of customers to only those they add or are assigned.</p>
<p><strong>Use query method (instead of filtering) for customer searches</strong> &#8211; Legacy and not recommended as this method is slower. Use only if instructed by support. </li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-products/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-customers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Network</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-network/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-network/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:36:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4832</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Network tab.   These are legacy settings so you do not need to change anything. However, this dialog provides useful information including your network database directory and the location [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-orders/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Network tab.
<p><img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsNetwork.png" alt="" width="688" height="524" /> </p>
</li>
<li>These are legacy settings so you do not need to change anything. However, this dialog provides useful information including your network database directory and the location of your Private Directory.</li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-orders/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-network/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Company Info</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-company-info/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-company-info/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 23:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4830</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. In the first tab enter your Company name and address. This is the information used by reports to populate return addresses etc. The company name you type here also appears in the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a title="Preferences – Network" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-network/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog.<img title="Company Info" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/PrefsCompanyInfo.png" alt="Company Info" width="688" height="524" /></li>
<li>In the first tab enter your Company name and address. This is the information used by reports to populate return addresses etc. The company name you type here also appears in the top left corner of Mailware in the title bar so you know which company your are logged into.<img title="Company Name" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/TitleBarCompanyName.png" alt="" width="383" height="91" /></li>
<li>If you would like Mailware to open to the Main Menu instead of the Welcome screen check the &#8220;Start on the Menu tab when opening Mailware&#8221; option.</li>
<li>The &#8220;Automatically check the Web for HTML Updates&#8221; option is no longer used as help files are now accessed through your browser directly.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a title="Preferences – Network" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-network/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-company-info/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Using the Report System</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/using-the-report-system/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/using-the-report-system/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 22:20:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4820</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware includes a built-in Report Writer and over 100 prebuilt reports. You can use these right out of the box, or edit them to make your own. You can even create your own reports from scratch. In addition, reports can be added to individual screens, used to export data and much more. Included are the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: left;">Mailware includes a built-in Report Writer and over 100 prebuilt reports. You can use these right out of the box, or edit them to make your own. You can even create your own reports from scratch. In addition, reports can be added to individual screens, used to export data and much more.</p>
<p>Included are the following topics:</p>
<ul>
<li>How to Run Reports</li>
<li>Editing or Creating a Report</li>
<li>Report Tips and Tricks</li>
</ul>
<h3>Report Basics</h3>
<p>First, let&#8217;s cover how to find the report you want and open it. Mailware&#8217;s reports are accessible from 2 separate locations (<strong>Advanced Note:</strong> The report files themselves are stored in a directory named Reports directly under your Data Directory. In a Client/Server installation the Reports folder is located under the folder that contains your clientserver.ini file.):</p>
<ol>
<li>The Reports tab on the Company Database<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Reports Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportstab.gif" alt="" width="505" height="344" /></li>
<li>The Reports Button on various screens<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Reports Button Menu" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportsbuttonmenu.gif" alt="" width="467" height="404" /></li>
</ol>
<p>Whichever you choose finding reports is simple. Reports are sorted by various types. Reports in the Reports buttons of various screens are associated with the screen (e.g., the Order screen Reports button includes Invoices, Mailing Labels etc.). Reports are generally in one of the following categories:</p>
<ul>
<li>Labels</li>
<li>Management Reports (reports that provide status information)</li>
<li>Operation Reports (reports you use to complete tasks)</li>
<li>Export Reports</li>
<li>Process Orders Reports</li>
<li>Custom (your own reports)</li>
</ul>
<p>The Report Center also includes subcategories for the various screens in Mailware:</p>
<ul>
<li>Customers</li>
<li>Orders</li>
<li>Inventory</li>
<li>Ads</li>
<li>Profit</li>
<li>System</li>
</ul>
<p>To find the report you want look in its group. For example, to locate an invoice in the Reports Center:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">Type &#8220;invoice&#8221; in the Search field and click Go.</p>
<p>Or,</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">Click the Filter by field and choose Orders, then Click the Go To field and select Operation Reports. Scroll to the invoices.</p>
<p>Some reports you preview will ask for a date range. Enter dates in the format mm/dd/yy. (Tip: Reports usually default to Today&#8217;s date so you can simply press Enter at each prompt to see report results for today&#8217;s date. For dates in the current year you can exclude the yy). Your report will appear in a preview window.</p>
<p>You can then print them by clicking the Print icon on the toolbar to open a standard Windows dialog. Click OK to print to the listed printer.</p>
<p>Tip: You can first change printers in the pulldown if you have more than one and for most reports you can also specify a page range (e.g., 1 to 1). In Preferences you can specify a default invoice and label printer.</p>
<p>That covers the basics of finding and printing reports. Don&#8217;t worry if it sounds like a lot of steps. We will show you several shortcuts in the Report Tips and Tricks portion the tutorial. But first let&#8217;s move on to Editing a Report so you can learn how to change a report to suit your business.</p>
<h2> </h2>
<h2>Editing a Report</h2>
<p>This section instructs you on editing an existing report. You can use the same steps to create your own report from scratch.</p>
<p>Note: For this tutorial we will use the R5110 Invoice for Date Range report which is located in the Report Center.</p>
<p>We are going to work with the most commonly modified report &#8211; Mailware&#8217;s pre-built Invoice/Date Range. First, locate it in the Company Database (see the Report Basics tip for help locating the report).</p>
<p>Click the edit icon next to the report to open the Shazam Report Writer to the Define Search page. Now, follow the steps below to modify the invoice.</p>
<ol>
<li>First, let&#8217;s save the report under a different name so your original is left intact. At the top of the screen click the File text menu item, then select Save As from the menu that appears. In the dialog that opens type: Invoice Tutorial then click OK. The report will be saved under the new name.</li>
<li>The Define Search screen is used to add fields from Mailware&#8217;s tables to the report. We have already added the ORDERS, ITEMS, CUSTOMER and PRODUCTS tables for you (the boxes in the top half of the screen), and, from each table, several fields (the columns at the bottom). For example, you can see the order number field (OrderNo) in the first column.We will return to the Define Search tab later to add a field to the report. For now we have what we need so let&#8217;s move on to the Layout Page.Left click the Layout Page tab now.</li>
<li>The Layout Page shows us our Invoice as it will appear in a preview. Fields are placed on the page in square brackets (for example, under Bill To: the customer&#8217;s company name is shown as [Company]). Labels and other special fields are preceded by an @ symbol or appear exactly as they will print. You can move these fields around, change their appearance and content or delete them entirely. Let&#8217;s try a couple of quick exercises:Left click on the Ship To: field. Notice the black square squares that appear around the field? These indicate the field is selected. You can left click and drag any square to resize the field. Or, you can click in the center of a selected field and drag it around the page.<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Select Ship To" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/selectshipto.gif" alt="" width="258" height="121" />Left click on the Bill To: field, then Right click it. A pop up menu appears with options for modifying the field. In this menu Left click the Customize Objects option.<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Customize Bill To" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/customizebillto.gif" alt="" width="190" height="194" /></li>
<li>The Page Designer opens. Options for changing the look and content of fields are available from this dialog. (Your Page Designer will contain different data then the following sample).<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Page Designer" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/pagedesigner.gif" alt="" width="247" height="383" />The Page Designer is your main editing tool in the Layout Page tab. You can change the field it affects any time by simply clicking the desired field on the Layout while the Page Designer is open. For example,If necessary, move the Page Designer so you can see another field in the report. Then, Left click any currently unselected field.Did you notice the name of the field changed in the pulldown field at the top of the Page Designer&#8217;s Customize tab? Try left clicking other fields and watch the name change. This lets you switch quickly to another field and edit it without closing the Page Designer.You can leave the Page Designer open while you work on the Layout or close it with the X in its corner if it is in your way. You can also open it anytime by clicking its icon <img class="alignnone" title="Page Designer Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/pagedesignericon.gif" alt="" width="25" height="25" /> on the toolbar.<br />
<h3>Changing Field Properties</h3>
<p>You can change the way fields look on your report by editing their properties on the Page Designer. To demonstrate, let&#8217;s try changing some fonts. If you closed the Page Designer open it now by clicking its icon <img title="Page Designer Icon" src="../images/Old_Images/pagedesignericon.gif" alt="" width="25" height="25" />. Then Left click the [ShipCompany] field under Ship To:.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the Page Designer left click the Customize tab at the top of the dialog, then left click the Properties tab at the bottom. Several rows of properties for the [ShipCompany] field are listed in the dialog. Scroll down to the Label section and left click in the white cell next to the Font field.</li>
<li>A button containing an arrow will appear in the field. Left click the arrow button to open a standard Windows font dialog.</li>
<li>In the Font dialog select a different font name from the list (for example, Times New Roman). You can jump quickly to a font by typing its name.</li>
<li>Left click the OK button to accept the new font. The [ShipCompany] field on the Layout page will change to the new font format.</li>
<li>You can continue selecting one field at a time and changing fonts the same way, however, there is a faster method. Left click the [FullName] field below [ShipCompany]. Then, hold Shift and left click the remaining address fields. This multi-selects fields. On the Page Designer change the font as described above and all fields are changed simultaneously.(Note: to use multi-select to change properties always left click a single field first, then Shift-click additional fields. To move fields you can multi-select the same way, or simply drag a box around the fields you wish to move).You can use the above steps to change other properties available on the Page Designer. For example, multi-select fields you wish to be left aligned and change the Left field under Dimensions. Or, change the background color and text color by selecting colors in the Background and Foreground fields under Color.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Editing Field Contents</h3>
<p>Reports contain 2 types of fields: Data fields are created in the Define Search tab and Placed on the report from the Page Designer. Custom fields are labels, bitmap images, calculated fields and shapes you add from the Page Designer and edit directly on the Layout page.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with Custom fields.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the Page Designer with its icon <img title="Page Designer Icon" src="../images/Old_Images/pagedesignericon.gif" alt="" width="25" height="25" /> on the toolbar, then left click the Place tab.</li>
<li>The Place tab contains your data fields in the center window and custom fields as icons on the left edge. To add a freeform label to your report left click the L icon <img class="alignnone" title="Label Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/slabel.gif" alt="" width="25" height="25" />. It will depress. Next, left click anywhere in the report to drop the field.</li>
<li>The Label field will remain selected on the report so you can edit it easily. On the Page Designer left click the Customize tab at the top of the dialog, then left click the Caption tab at the bottom.</li>
<li>You should see the name of the label field in the pulldown, and the contents of the field in the edit area. To change the caption left click in the edit area and delete the word Label. You can use the Del or Backspace key on your keyboard to delete the text.In the edit box type: Thank you for your orderNext, left click the label field you dropped. Its contents will change to the message you typed (Note: you can also close the Page Designer or click anywhere in the report to see the changes).</li>
<li>The field is too small to hold the text so let&#8217;s enlarge it. Move your cursor over the middle black handle on the right edge of the field. The cursor will change to a double headed arrow. Left click and drag the handle to the right. When you release the left mouse button the text will update. Resize as needed until it fits in the box.</li>
<li>Now, you can left click the middle of the field and drag it to another area of the report. Try placing it above the Ship To: field.You can use any of the icons on the Place tab of the Page Designer to add any custom field.Tip: You can add your company logo using the Image icon . You will need a bitmap (.bmp) of your logo in the appropriate size (about 250 pixels wide) already saved to your Mailware data directory. When you place the image into the report a dialog will open so you can browse to the bitmap.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Now, let&#8217;s add a data field.</p>
<ol>
<li>Mailware&#8217;s CUSTOMER table includes a Country field in the customer&#8217;s billing address. Let&#8217;s add it to the Bill To address on the invoice. Before it can be added to the Layout page, however, you need to add it to the Define Search page. To do so, Left click the Define Search tab.</li>
<li>On the Define Search tab find the CUSTOMER table in the top half of the screen. Use the scroll bar in the CUSTOMER table to locate the Country field (it&#8217;s about the 12th item from the bottom).<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Select Country" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/selectcountry.gif" alt="" width="112" height="100" /></li>
<li>Double click the Country field to add it to the columns in the lower half of the Define Search screen.</li>
<li>Left click the Layout Page tab to return to Layout and open the Page Designer with its icon <img title="Page Designer Icon" src="../images/Old_Images/pagedesignericon.gif" alt="" width="25" height="25" />. Then, left click the Place tab on the Page Designer.</li>
<li>In the center of the Page Designer&#8217;s Place tab are the fields from the columns in the Define Search screen. Scroll to the bottom to locate the Country field you added.</li>
<li>Left click and drag the Country field into your report and drop it below the Bill To: address.</li>
<li>Two fields are added. The Country field is a header, and the [Country] field is the actual data. Left click on any blank area of the report to deselect the fields. Then left click the Country header field to select it. Press the Del key on your keyboard to remove the Country field.Tip: Before dragging a field to the report you can uncheck the <img class="alignnone" title="Autocaption" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/autocaption.gif" alt="" width="145" height="17" /> option on the Page Designer. This will let you drag and drop just the data field without its header.</li>
<li>Left click and drag the [Country] field to position it below the Bill To address. If you wish, you can preview your changes by clicking the Preview Report tab. Be sure to enter a date range that includes orders. Also, please note that the country will appear below the Bill To address only if the Country field in the customer&#8217;s account was entered.You can add any fields you need from the tables in a report using this method. You can also add new tables using the Add Tables icon on the toolbar in the Define Search screen. However, added tables must be linked by common field names (You can see the links in the invoice report now. They are connected by lines, for example, CustNo in the ORDERS table is connected to CustNo in the CUSTOMER table). Adding tables is a bit tricky since they affect the data that is displayed. In most cases you can simply work with the tables provided in existing reports. To learn more about adding tables refer to the Creating a Report from Scratch section of your Mailware Manual or .pdf file on your Mailware CD.You can edit any report in Mailware by simply opening it normally then using the steps above. In most cases it is a good idea to immediately save the newly opened report under a different name before making changes. When you finish your changes to a report in the Report Explorer you will be returned to the Explorer where you can locate your new report and add a memo to the lower half of the screen. It&#8217;s a good way to document the changes you made.Now that you know how to edit reports it&#8217;s time to move on to the Report Tips and Tricks section.</li>
</ol>
<h2>Report Tips and Tricks</h2>
<p>If you have already completed the Report Basics and Editing Reports tutorials, or if you are already comfortable with Mailware&#8217;s report writer, you will appreciate the following list. It contains shortcuts, features and advanced techniques you can use to maximize your reports.</p>
<ul>
<li>Quick Access to Commonly Used Reports</li>
<li>Add Reports to the Reports Button</li>
<li>Adding a Prompt for Input to Your Reports</li>
<li>Adding a Date Range Prompt to Your Reports</li>
<li>Labels That Prompt for a Start Position</li>
<li>Automatically Inserting Your Company Information</li>
<li>Using Filters to Select Records</li>
<li>Sorting</li>
<li>Tweaking Labels</li>
<li>Combining fields in Layout</li>
<li>Creating Custom Expressions</li>
<li>Using SQL Statements</li>
<li>Layout Sections</li>
<li>Miscellaneous Tips</li>
</ul>
<h3>Quick Access to Commonly Used Reports</h3>
<p>You can have multiple instances of the report writer open simultaneously, and can keep them open all day. This is handy for reports you run repeatedly through the day. To open multiple Report Explorer reports:</p>
<ol>
<li>Left click the Report Explorer icon on the toolbar to open the Explorer. (Note: You will need to add reports to the Report Explorer as described in the help file).</li>
<li>Double click the report you wish to open then position and resize the window.</li>
<li>Move the Report Explorer window out of your way or minimize it (do not close it or the report will close too).</li>
<li>Repeat steps 1-3 for each report you would like to have open.</li>
<li>As you need to update reports throughout the day left click the report window you need, then on the Preview Report tab left click the icon to refresh the report, and print normally.</li>
</ol>
<p>Tip: You can edit reports in the C:\Mailw15\Reports folder by opening them from the Company Database Reports tab. The edited report will then be available from that item in the Reports tab. You can also export reports you created/edited in the Report Explorer and overwrite the .srw reports in the C:\Mailw15\Reports folder.</p>
<h3>Add Reports to the Reports Button</h3>
<p>You can add report shortcuts to the Reports buttons on various screens. You can also move, copy or delete the included report shortcuts.</p>
<ol>
<li>Create or Edit a report and save it to your Reports Folder (The Reports Folder is located beneath your Data Directory. The default is C:\Mailw15\Data\Reports).</li>
<li>Open Windows Explorer and locate your Reports Folder on your hard drive, or network drive.<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Explore" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/Explore001.gif" alt="" width="368" height="303" /><br /> Tip: To open Explorer right click the Windows Start button and choose Explore from the menu that pops up.</li>
<li>Expand the Reports Folder by clicking the + next to it in the left pane of Windows Explorer.<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Explore" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/Explore002.gif" alt="" width="368" height="523" /></li>
<li>Left click the Reports Folder to select it. In the right pane all your reports will be listed (The pre-built reports are listed by report number and name e.g., R5100 This Invoice). Locate your report in the list.</li>
<li>Right click your report and drag it to the folder where you wish to add a shortcut (e.g., drag it to the Orders folder if you wish to add it to the Reports button on the Order screen).</li>
<li>Release the right mouse button to drop the report. From the menu that pops up select &#8220;Create Shortcut(s) Here.&#8221;<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Explore" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/Explore003.gif" alt="" width="368" height="524" /></li>
<li>A shortcut will be created to your report. If you wish to rename the shortcut you can left click on the folder where you dropped it, then locate the shortcut in the right pane and right click it. Choose &#8220;Rename&#8221; from the menu that pops up. Type a new name and press the Enter key.</li>
<li>Repeat steps 5 through 7 to create shortcuts in different folders, or to add shortcuts to other reports you created. You can also locate then delete, copy or move shortcuts for the pre-built reports that came with Mailware.</li>
<li>Close Mailware then reopen it to refresh the Reports buttons.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Adding a Prompt for Input to Your Reports</h3>
<p>You can have your reports prompt you for input when they are Previewed or Printed. For example, an invoice could prompt you for the order number.</p>
<p>In the Define Search screen double click a field (most fields will work with this tip, however, a few will not including Dates which can be set up to prompt as described below). An example would be the OrderNo field in the invoice. The following dialog will open:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/Tips001.gif" alt="" width="526" height="290" /><br /> In the Filter field on the right select one of the options in the pulldown (e.g., Is Equal To). In the example above we chose Is Greater Than or Equal To.</p>
<p>Enter your prompt text in square brackets [ ]. We entered: [Enter the beginning Order Number]</p>
<p>Click the OK button, then choose File&gt;Save Report from the text menu.</p>
<p>Click the Preview Report tab to test your prompt.</p>
<p>A dialog will open with the text you entered as in our example below.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/Tips002.gif" alt="" width="276" height="134" /></p>
<p>Enter an order number (We entered an order number of 2) and click OK. Your report will show results for all orders equal to that number or greater. In our example order number 1 would not be included.</p>
<p>You can enter multiple prompts in a single report. To include a date range selection see the next tip: Adding a Date Range Prompt to Your Reports.</p>
<h3>Adding a Date Range Prompt to Your Reports</h3>
<p>You can have your reports request a Date Range when they are Previewed or Printed. This is a handy way to display only the records you wish to view without hard coding dates into your report. In the Define Search tab double click a date field and change its Header to read:</p>
<p><strong>GetDateRange</strong></p>
<p>Then change the Filter to Is Between, and in the 2 fields that open below it enter a default range (entering the word TODAY in each field for example will cause the report to default to the current date if you do not enter dates when prompted).</p>
<p>The example below is from the Invoice report. We changed the Header which originally read: OrderDt to read: GetDateRange. When run, the report will ask for a date range, then display orders based on the date shown on the Order Entry screen.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="GetDateRange" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/getdaterange.gif" alt="" width="457" height="283" /></p>
<h3>Automatically Inserting Your Company Information</h3>
<p>You can add fields from your Company Information settings in Mailware&#8217;s Preferences by Placing labels in the Layout Page of the report writer then changing their Names to any of the following:</p>
<p>ClientCompany<br /> ClientAddress1<br /> ClientAddress2<br /> ClientPhone1<br /> ClientCity<br /> ClientState<br /> ClientZip</p>
<p>To make formatting easier the following can be used in a single field.</p>
<p>ClientCityState<br /> ClientCityStateZip</p>
<p>To change label Names select the label then open the Page Designer (click , then the Customize tab) and look at the Name field under the General heading. In the example below the Name field contains the text: ClientCompany.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Page Designer" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/pagedesigner.gif" alt="" width="247" height="383" /></p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: The Name fields will display your company information the next time you open the report.</p>
<h3>Labels That Prompt for a Start Position</h3>
<p>Your label reports can prompt you for the location you wish to print an individual label. To create a report that prompts you:</p>
<ol>
<li>Create or edit a label report.</li>
<li>Locate the OrderNo field (or CustNo field in a customer label report) in the columns in the lower half of the Define Search screen and double click it.</li>
<li>In the dialog that opens rename OrderNo to CurrentOrderNo. This will cause the report to retrieve the information only for the currently opened order (or likewise for the currently opened customer when you change CustNo to CurrentCustNo).<img title="Prompt" src="../images/Old_Images/Tips001.gif" alt="" width="526" height="290" /></li>
<li>Save the report using the text menu item File&gt;Save As option. In the dialog that opens specify a file name of SXXXX Name of report (where XXXX is a4 digit number). The SXXXX prefix tells Mailware the report prompts for a starting position.</li>
<li>Create a shortcut (see Add Reports to the Report Button above) to the report in the appropriate Reports button in Mailware. When you select the report a dialog will prompt you for the starting label position number.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Using Filters to Select Records</h3>
<p>Sometime you will want reports to pull only records that match certain criteria. The Define Search tab of the report writer contains the data fields that are included in the report. Any field can have filters applied to it. In the following example the report has been filtered for records with an order number greater than 500.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Report Filters" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportfilters.gif" alt="" width="237" height="220" /><br /> To set a filter first left click any white cell below the field HEADER you wish to use. Then double click to open the following dialog.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Report Filter" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportfilter.gif" alt="" width="457" height="283" /></p>
<p>On the right side of the dialog select a filter type. In the example above we used Is Greater Than. Then, in the field(s) below enter your criteria.</p>
<p>Click the OK button (not pictured) to close the dialog. You may enter up to 5 filters for each field (Filter1, Filter2, Filter3, Filter4 and Filter5) depending on the type used (for example Is Equal To provides 5 fields for each filter so you may have as many as 25 criteria entered).</p>
<p>Note: Filters work in conjunction with each other. If you add a filter for OrderNo as above and use a Date Range under Order Date, only orders matching BOTH criteria will be selected. Also, the filters must occupy the same line to work together (e.g., Filter1 for the OrderNo field works in conjunction with Filter1 for the Order Date field and ignores Filter2 through Filter3). Experiment with filters to understand how the process works. You can use various combinations of them to create complex selections.</p>
<h3>Sorting</h3>
<p>Reports automatically sort results based on field order in the Define Search screen and the SORT option that is set. If SORT is set to None results are sorted in ascending order. In the following example records will be sorted on Key first, then OrderNo.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Report Filters" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportfilters.gif" alt="" width="237" height="220" /></p>
<p>You can change sort order by selecting the white cell in the SORT row and double clicking to open an edit dialog. Select a different SORT method from the pulldown in the dialog. The first field that contains a SORT method will determine the first sort, the second field will determine the second sort etc. You can also reposition columns in the Define Search screen by left clicking and dragging their field HEADERS (the grey button at the top of the column).</p>
<h3>Tweaking Labels</h3>
<p>Labels may not print properly when using the default values in in the report writer. You can adjust these values by editing a Label report and changing the vertical and horizontal gaps, label size etc. This information is available in the Labels tab in the Report Setup dialog (click <img class="alignnone" title="Report Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportsettings.gif" alt="" width="25" height="25" />, then the Labels tab).</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Report Labels" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/reportlabels.gif" alt="" width="457" height="226" /></p>
<p>You can change the default format by clicking the Choose Standard Label Format button and selecting an Avery label type. You can then change Margins, heights etc in the fields on the dialog. Fields can also be used to create an entirely custom label.</p>
<p>We have found the following values work well for most printers for the standard Avery 5160/8160 and 5163/8163 formats:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Label Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Label Settings.png" alt="" width="470" height="203" /></p>
<h3><span style="font-size: x-small;"><strong>Combining fields in Layout</strong><strong> </strong></span></h3>
<h3> </h3>
<p><span style="font-size: x-small;">When creating a Layout for a report you can combine fields in a single label in the Customize tab of the Page Designer (Add a Label to the report then on the Page Designer click Customize tab at the top and the Caption tab at the bottom). Enter fields in the edit area replacing the word Label. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-small;">This tip is especially useful for addresses. Try entering the following into a single field on the Layout page to create a tight address label:</span></p>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><strong><span style="font-size: x-small;">Enter Field as:</span></strong></td>
<td width="50%"><strong><span style="font-size: x-small;">Resulting Address:</span></strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: x-small;">[Company]</span></td>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: x-small;">Core Technologies</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: x-small;">[FirstName] [LastName]</span></td>
<td width="50%"> </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: x-small;">[Address1], [Address2]</span></td>
<td width="50%">1320 Pearl Street, #240</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: x-small;">[City], [State] [Zip]</span></td>
<td width="50%"><span style="font-size: x-small;">Boulder, CO 80302<br /> </span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<h3><span style="font-size: x-small;"><strong>Creating Custom Expressions</strong></span></h3>
<p><span style="font-size: x-small;">Sometimes you need calculated fields on reports that do not exist in Mailware&#8217;s tables. For example, Amount Due on orders is a calculated field you won&#8217;t find in the ORDERS table. You can, however, calculate these fields in the report writer&#8217;s Define Search.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-size: x-small;">First, double click a blank column or add a new one by clicking the Add Field icon <img style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/addfield.gif" alt="Add Field icon" border="0" /> on the toolbar. In the dialog that opens you can build a custom expression by double clicking fields from tables on the left and mathematical expressions on the right. For example, to create the Amount Due field we double clicked <strong>TotalAmt</strong>, then<strong> -</strong>, then <strong>PaidAmt</strong> as in the example </span>below:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Custom Expression" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/Old_Images/customexpression.gif" alt="" width="457" height="283" /></p>
<p>Click the Field Properties tab to rename the field (it is otherwise named Custom by default). The new field may then be added to the report like any other.</p>
<p>Fields can be calculated in Layout too. When you Place a field from the Page Designer you can specify a mathematical argument (e.g., @Sum). Use the Calculate Field pulldown on the Page Designer before placing the field.</p>
<p>Tip: Use a custom expression of (999999999 &#8211; ORDERS.OrderNo ) to preview the latest record on the first page (e.g., the last invoice entered in the Order screen).</p>
<h3>Using SQL Statements</h3>
<p>In Mailware 2005 and later you can use SQL commands in custom expressions.</p>
<p>These commands add features to your reports that were previously unavailable. For example, using an IF statement you can change the text that appears on any report. To try this for yourself use the following steps to change the Mailware invoice. The IF statement looks for the customer type (R=Retail, W=Wholesale) and changes the company name on your invoice accordingly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open an order in Mailware and press the F10 key to preview the invoice.</li>
<li>Click the Define Search tab.</li>
<li>On the toolbar click the Insert Blank Field icon.</li>
<li>Double click the blank column that appears in the lower half of the screen.</li>
<li>In the dialog that opens paste the following into the Custom Expression:</li>
<li>(If (PrintOrder.Customer_LastPayMeth=&#8217;W',&#8217;Company 1&#8242;,&#8217;Company 2&#8242;))</li>
<li>Note: You can rename Company 1 and Company 2 if you wish.</li>
<li>Click the Field Properties tab and change the Header field to: Title</li>
<li>Click OK to save the new field.</li>
<li>Click the Layout Page tab at the top of the screen.</li>
<li>On the toolbar click the page designer icon.</li>
<li>On the Page Designer uncheck the Automatically caption fields box at the bottom.</li>
<li>In the list, locate Title and drag it into the top of your report.</li>
<li>Delete the old company name field off the invoice (or you can drag it outside the red lines so it does not print, but is available later to move back).</li>
<li>Drag the new Title into place. You can enlarge the field by clicking the little black square handles if you have a long company name. You can also adjust the font by using the pulldowns at the top of the screen for the font name and size as well as the Bold, Italics etc. buttons.</li>
<li>Click the Preview Report tab to see the results (Note: if prompted regarding sort order answer Yes). If the customer for which you opened the order in step 1 has a type of Wholesale, the first company name will be used. Otherwise, company 2 will appear. Note: You can find the customer type on the Customer screen under the Additional Info tab.Remember to save your report if you wish to keep these changes.Using the above IF statement you can change the company address, alternate short order messages, hide or display sale notices etc. The only limitation is the expression cannot exceed 255 characters.</li>
</ol>
<p>Additional commands can be used as well. For example, CASE can display alternate verbiage too. The format for the CASE command is as follows:</p>
<p>CASE expression<br /> WHEN expression THEN value<br /> [WHEN expression THEN value]<br /> [ELSE] value<br /> END</p>
<ol>
<li>To add the CASE command to our report, follow the steps above and paste in the following expression:(CASE PrintOrder.Orders_PayMethod WHEN &#8216;Credit&#8217; THEN &#8216;Credit Card&#8217; ELSE &#8216;Other &#8217; END)</li>
<li>Name the field PayType (instead of Title as above) and drag it into the report to replace the field under Pay Method in the first grey line. Now the words &#8220;Credit Card&#8221; will appear when you preview the invoice. However, we need to show other methods too. Using CASE you can specify different verbiage for each one. Try replacing the expression again with the following:(CASE PrintOrder.Orders_PayMethod WHEN &#8216;Credit&#8217; THEN &#8216;Credit Card&#8217; WHEN &#8216;Check&#8217; THEN &#8216;Check&#8217; WHEN &#8216;PO&#8217; THEN &#8216;Purchase Order&#8217; WHEN &#8216;Money Ordr&#8217; THEN &#8216;Money Order&#8217; ELSE &#8216;Other &#8217; END)</li>
<li>Save the report and close the report writer. Open an order and add a payment type of PO or Money Ordr. When you press the F10 key to preview the report you will see the new verbiage in the Payment Method field.</li>
<li>With CASE you can type a shorter expression than would be required by the IF statement to achieve the same results.</li>
</ol>
<h3>Layout Sections</h3>
<p>Layout reports are divided into sections. The most basic layout reports contain a Header and Detail section. More complex reports contain:</p>
<ul>
<li>Report Header &#8211; appears only on the top of the first page</li>
<li>Report Footer &#8211; appears only at the bottom of the last page</li>
<li>Page Header &#8211; appears at the top of every page</li>
<li>Page Footer &#8211; appears at the bottom of every page</li>
<li>Detail section &#8211; appears in the center of each page and contains the unique repeating data</li>
</ul>
<p>Layout reports may also contain Group Headers and Group Footers. These are special sections that are each associated with a specific field. You can add and edit Group Headers and Footers in the Page Designer under the Arrange tab.</p>
<p>Group Headers are useful for breaking reports into pages and displaying information specific to a field. For example, Mailware&#8217;s Invoice/Date Range report uses an OrderNo Group Header to create a new page for each order number. The same header displays the unique order number, order date and ship method information for each order.</p>
<p>Group Footers can also be used for data specific to a field. For example, Mailware&#8217;s Invoice/Date Range report uses an OrderNo Group Footer to total each order&#8217;s sale.</p>
<h3>MISCELLANEOUS TIPS</h3>
<p><strong>Report Settings</strong><br /> You can change various report settings using the Report Settings icon on the toolbar.</p>
<p><strong>Exporting</strong><br /> Any report can be exported in ASCII Delimited, ASCII Fixed, format. Preview the report normally then choose File from the text menu and select Export. In the dialog that opens select a format and enter a file name. Files are saved by default in your C:\Mailw15 folder, however, you can change the location with the &#8230; button on the dialog (e.g., save to a: to place a file on a floppy disk).</p>
<p>Several of Mailware&#8217;s reports are designed to be exported for use with other programs including: UPS Online, FedEx and several credit card software packages. These reports are located in the Report Explorer under Operation Reports in the System folder.</p>
<p><strong>Print Invoices Button</strong><br /> The Print Invoice option in the Reports button on the Order screen opens the R5100 This Invoice.srw report. This report recognizes the selected order through a link to the OrderNo.db table that is created in your mailpriv folder when Print Invoice is selected.</p>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 11965px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;">Using SQL Statements back to top<br />In Mailware 2005 and later you can use SQL commands in custom expressions.These commands add features to your reports that were previously unavailable. For example, using an IF statement you can change the text that appears on any report. To try this for yourself use the following steps to change the Mailware invoice. The IF statement looks for the customer type (R=Retail, W=Wholesale) and changes the company name on your invoice accordingly.Open an order in Mailware and press the F10 key to preview the invoice.
<p>Click the Define Search tab.</p>
<p>On the toolbar click the Insert Blank Field icon.</p>
<p>Double click the blank column that appears in the lower half of the screen.</p>
<p>In the dialog that opens paste the following into the Custom Expression:</p>
<p>(If (PrintOrder.Customer_LastPayMeth=&#8217;W',&#8217;Company 1&#8242;,&#8217;Company 2&#8242;))</p>
<p>Note: You can rename Company 1 and Company 2 if you wish.</p>
<p>Click the Field Properties tab and change the Header field to: Title</p>
<p>Click OK to save the new field.</p>
<p>Click the Layout Page tab at the top of the screen.</p>
<p>On the toolbar click the page designer icon.</p>
<p>On the Page Designer uncheck the Automatically caption fields box at the bottom.</p>
<p>In the list, locate Title and drag it into the top of your report.</p>
<p>Delete the old company name field off the invoice (or you can drag it outside the red lines so it does not print, but is available later to move back).</p>
<p>Drag the new Title into place. You can enlarge the field by clicking the little black square handles if you have a long company name. You can also adjust the font by using the pulldowns at the top of the screen for the font name and size as well as the Bold, Italics etc. buttons.</p>
<p>Click the Preview Report tab to see the results (Note: if prompted regarding sort order answer Yes). If the customer for which you opened the order in step 1 has a type of Wholesale, the first company name will be used. Otherwise, company 2 will appear. Note: You can find the customer type on the Customer screen under the Additional Info tab.</p>
<p>Remember to save your report if you wish to keep these changes.</p>
<p>Using the above IF statement you can change the company address, alternate short order messages, hide or display sale notices etc. The only limitation is the expression cannot exceed 255 characters.</p>
<p>Additional commands can be used as well. For example, CASE can display alternate verbiage too. The format for the CASE command is as follows:</p>
<p>CASE expression<br /> WHEN expression THEN value<br /> [WHEN expression THEN value]<br /> [ELSE] value<br /> END</p>
<p>To add the CASE command to our report, follow the steps above and paste in the following expression:</p>
<p>(CASE PrintOrder.Orders_PayMethod WHEN &#8216;Credit&#8217; THEN &#8216;Credit Card&#8217; ELSE &#8216;Other &#8217; END)</p>
<p>Name the field PayType (instead of Title as above) and drag it into the report to replace the field under Pay Method in the first grey line. Now the words &#8220;Credit Card&#8221; will appear when you preview the invoice. However, we need to show other methods too. Using CASE you can specify different verbiage for each one. Try replacing the expression again with the following:</p>
<p>(CASE PrintOrder.Orders_PayMethod WHEN &#8216;Credit&#8217; THEN &#8216;Credit Card&#8217; WHEN &#8216;Check&#8217; THEN &#8216;Check&#8217; WHEN &#8216;PO&#8217; THEN &#8216;Purchase Order&#8217; WHEN &#8216;Money Ordr&#8217; THEN &#8216;Money Order&#8217; ELSE &#8216;Other &#8217; END)</p>
<p>Save the report and close the report writer. Open an order and add a payment type of PO or Money Ordr. When you press the F10 key to preview the report you will see the new verbiage in the Payment Method field.</p>
<p>With CASE you can type a shorter expression than would be required by the IF statement to achieve the same results.</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/using-the-report-system/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 21:59:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4811</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; Only the system administrator should have access to the Preferences in Mailware. Important Note: Make sure everyone is out of the system and only on PC is being used when editing Preferences as the last station to exit will overwrite any changes made by other users. To open Preferences click Tools&#62;Preferences on [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a title="Preferences – Company Info" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-company-info/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p>Only the system administrator should have access to the Preferences in Mailware.</p>
<p><strong>Important Note:</strong> Make sure everyone is out of the system and only on PC is being used when editing Preferences as the last station to exit will overwrite any changes made by other users.</p>
<p>To open Preferences click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu:</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/ToolsPreferences.png" alt="Tools&gt;Preferences" width="378" height="184" /></p>
<p>When you are logged in with system administrator privileges or if you do not have security set up, click the Next button on this topic.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a title="Preferences – Company Info" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-company-info/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Enter or Import Data</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/enter-or-import-data/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/enter-or-import-data/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 21:40:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4809</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; &#160; Your new database is ready for you to start entering data. If you ordered a data conversion it can be imported now or after you have completed the next steps (Note: If you are receiving a FULL conversion install it now and then complete any data entry steps you [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  Next &gt;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Your new database is ready for you to start entering data. If you ordered a data conversion it can be imported now or after you have completed the next steps (Note: If you are receiving a FULL conversion install it now and then complete any data entry steps you wish. If you are receiving a partial data conversion, e.g., Products only, then you can enter any data you wish in the following steps except for the data you are having converted as it will be overwritten.) If you are not using Client/Server you can backup your database anytime by clicking Tools&gt;Backup from the text menu (this feature does not work for Client/Server. Use a Windows backup utility and backup the data directory.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  Next &gt;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/enter-or-import-data/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Point Workstations to Database</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/point-workstations-to-database/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/point-workstations-to-database/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 20:05:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4798</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; After you install Mailware&#8217;s database and license files you can point each of the individual workstations to the data directory you created and shared. This allows them to simultaneously update and use the same data. Open Mailware by clicking its icon under the Start button. Click the Open Company folder. This will [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a title="Preferences" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p>After you install Mailware&#8217;s database and license files you can point each of the individual workstations to the data directory you created and shared. This allows them to simultaneously update and use the same data.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Mailware by clicking its icon under the Start button.</li>
<li>Click the Open Company folder. This will open a dialog where you can switch from the sample database to a blank database where you can enter your own information. <img src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/QS001.png" alt="" width="252" height="113" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens select the Sample Database and click Edit.<img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/OpenDatabaseDialog.png" alt="" width="474" height="282" /></li>
<li>In the next dialog that opens change the name of the sample database to your company name, then click the &#8230; button to browse to the data directory where you installed the blank database.<img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/DatabaseName.png" alt="" width="474" height="282" /></li>
<li>For each of your additional workstations on your network repeat steps 1 &#8211; 4. When you browse to or enter the database directory be sure to use the direct path to the data where you stored it (e.g., if the data is on your server in C:\Mailware\Data it will NOT be in that location from workstations. The correct path will be the server name followed by the shared name of the folder, for example \\ServerName\MailwareData). We do not recommend using mapped drives to specify the path to your data directory.  Always use the direct Universal Naming Convention (UNC) path instead. If Mailware will not open on a workstation because it cannot connect to the database see the troubleshooting tips at  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/error-messages/">http://www.mailware.com/help/error-messages/</a></li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/point-workstations-to-database/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Database Utilities</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/database-utilities/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/database-utilities/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 19:40:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4786</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; Mailware includes a database utility for viewing and editing data tables directly. An ODBC driver is included for connecting to other databases like shipping software. The utilities only need to be installed on your server, but you can install them on each workstation if you wish. Download Now File Name: [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/setup-network-database/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p>Mailware includes a database utility for viewing and editing data tables directly. An ODBC driver is included for connecting to other databases like shipping software.</p>
<ol>
<li>The utilities only need to be installed on your server, but you can install them on each workstation if you wish.
<ul>
<li>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td valign="top" width="36%"><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware2005DatabaseUtility.exe">Download Now</a></strong><br /> File Name: Mailware2005DatabaseUtility.exe<br /> Size: 3.1 meg</td>
<td valign="top" width="64%"><strong>Requirements</strong><br /> This may be applied to Version 2005 or higher of Mailware and the Mailware demo.This tool provides direct access to Mailware’s database. Use it to read and write to the database, repair errors and run queries.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top" width="36%"><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareODBC.exe">Download Now</a></strong><br /> File Name: MailwareODBC.exe<br /> Size: 3.2 meg</td>
<td valign="top" width="64%"><strong>Requirements</strong><br /> This may be applied to Version 2005 or higher of Mailware and the Mailware demo.Use this to set up ODBC connections with other databases.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</li>
<li>Download the items above and run the install. Follow the prompts to complete.</li>
<li>To use the Database Utilities click the Windows Start button and find the program group &#8220;DBISAM Additional Software and Utilities&#8221;. You will most commonly use the Database System Utility option.
<p> <img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/dbisamprogramgroup.png" alt="" width="230" height="116" /></li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/setup-network-database/">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/database-utilities/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Install Mailware</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/install-mailware/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/install-mailware/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 19:16:24 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4780</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; You can use the Mailware Demo install already on your system or start new with the full install. The components you select depend on whether you are installing at the server or an individual workstation. Download the Full Mailware Install for your version. Mailware 2011 &#8211; http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware2011FullInstall.exe Previous versions &#8211; [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/database-utilities/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">You can use the Mailware Demo install already on your system or start new with the full install. The components you select depend on whether you are installing at the server or an individual workstation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the Full Mailware Install for your version.</li>
<ol>
<li>Mailware 2011 &#8211; <a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware2011FullInstall.exe">http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware2011FullInstall.exe</a></li>
<li>Previous versions &#8211; Go to the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2010-revisions/revision-history-2010/" target="_blank">Updates page</a> and choose your version in the right column.</li>
</ol>
<li>Either place the download where each workstation can see it or download it individually to each PC.</li>
<li>On your server, or the PC hosting your data, run the install. Click Next at each step with special attention to the following dialogs:<img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/InstallAcceptAgreement.png" alt="" width="514" height="392" />
<p>You must accept the License Agreement to continue. You can read the agreement before proceeding and print it out if you like. The <a href="http://www.mailware.com/about-us/end-user-license-agreement/">full agreement</a> is available online as well.</p>
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/InstallDataPath.png" alt="" width="514" height="392" /></p>
<p>Each install will include a blank Mailware database. You can use the default of C:\Mailware\Data (recommended) or set your own path. Only the server requires a database be installed so you can delete the entire folder that is created on any other stations if you wish.</p>
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/InstallSelectType.png" alt="" width="514" height="392" /></p>
<p>On the PC that is hosting your Mailware data select &#8220;Server&#8221; or &#8220;Client-Server&#8221; as the Setup Type. This will install Mailware and the Multi Channel Manager (MCM). The Client-Server install includes the MCM and additional Client/Server files. The Client option is used for workstations and does not include the MCM.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</li>
<li>Repeat step 3 for each individual workstation but choose the &#8220;Client&#8221; Setup Type. We will point these workstations to the main database in the next steps.<span style="text-align: left;"> </span></li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: left;">
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  | <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/database-utilities/"> Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/install-mailware/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Error Messages</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/error-messages/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/error-messages/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 15 Apr 2012 18:12:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4773</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Did you encounter an error in Mailware? Following are common errors and solutions. If you cannot find your error message below please Contact Support. Cannot Connect to Database Class not registered or Invalid Class String &#8211; when attempting to charge a credit card Access Violation &#160; Cannot Connect to Database This error most commonly occurs [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Did you encounter an error in Mailware? Following are common errors and solutions. If you cannot find your error message below please <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/contact-support/">Contact Support</a>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Cannot Connect to Database</li>
<li>Class not registered or Invalid Class String &#8211; when attempting to charge a credit card</li>
<li>Access Violation</li>
<li></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><strong>Cannot Connect to Database</strong></h2>
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/CannotConnecttoDatabase.png" alt="" width="244" height="145" /></p>
<p>This error most commonly occurs when your workstation has lost its connection to your server or PC where the Mailware database is installed. The first thing to do is try to access that folder using Windows Explorer.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Windows Explorer</li>
<li>Browse to the location of your Mailware database.</li>
<li>If you are unable to reach your database you may need to share the folder again from the server. If you are using a mapped drive (not recommended) then you may need to remap the connection from the workstation using Windows Explorer. To do that, browse directly to the folder on the server and then select it. Map the drive using the option in the Windows Explorer text menu. See <a href="support.microsoft.com" target="_blank">support.microsoft.com</a> for help mapping drives and accessing and sharing your network folders.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you moved your data directory or the path to it has changed you can modify the Mailware.ini file directly to specify the new path. Use this method when the above does not work and you cannot open Mailware to change the path using the File&gt;Open Database option in the text menu.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Windows Explorer</li>
<li>Browse to the install folder for Mailware (default is C:\Program Files (x86)\Mailware XXXX &#8211; where XXXX is the version).</li>
<li>Locate the Mailware.ini or Mailware Configuration file. Double click it to open it in Notepad.</li>
<li>Locate the following sections and change the path to match the location of your Mailware data directory. Use your company name and path where you see cellphones below. Ensure your settings match the ones below. The PrivateDirectory does not have to match as shown, but must be an accessible local folder.<br />  </li>
<ol>
<li>[Network]<br />OverrideBDE=0<br />ControlDirectory=C:\<br /><strong><strong>DataDirectory=c:\mailware\cellphones<br /></strong></strong>PrivateDirectory=C:\Program Files (x86)\Mailware 2011\MailPriv<br /><strong><strong>UseNetworkSettings=1<br /></strong></strong>UseLocalData=0<br />UseSampleData=0<br /><strong>NetworkDatabase=Cell Phones4U</strong><br /><strong>NetworkDataDirectory=c:\mailware\cellphones</strong><br /> </li>
<li>
<p>[List-Companies]<br /><strong>Cell Phones4U=c:\mailware\cellphones</strong></p>
</li>
</ol>
</ol>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
<h2> Class not registered or Invalid Class String</h2>
<ol>
<li>For PC Charge and IC Verify you must have the same Merchant ID in Mailware as in your credit card software. Some banks provide your ID in a letter with additional digits. Be sure to check the setup in your software.</li>
<li>If you are receiving a <strong>“Class not registered”</strong> error when attempting to run ICVerify, PC Charge or PC Authorize credit card software you can install credit card support files from the Mailware web site at <a href="http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/ccsupport/" target="_blank">http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/ccsupport/</a></li>
<li>If you are receiving a <strong>“Invalid class string” </strong>and are using xAuthorize as your interface software you need to install the xPayment software.  You can download it from <a href="http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/" target="_blank">http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/</a></li>
<li>If you are using PaymentTech as your gateway and get a <strong>“Precondition Failed” </strong>error message when trying to process a charge, your IP address has not been whitelisted by PaymentTech.</li>
<li>In PC Charge, if you receive a result message of ” Not Captured” followed by an Authorization Code you may need to close PC Charge, then browse to the PCCW folder and delete the CVVS.PCC and Address.PCC files. Be sure to backup your PC Charge settings first, just in case. You may also need to delete Credit.pcc and Config.pcc.  If you are using PC Charge Payment Server you will need to use the command line switch /UI to start Payment Server up the first time.</li>
<li>Make sure both Mailware and your credit card software programs are running. For networks you may need to run both a server and a client version of your credit card software.</li>
<li>For IC Verify, some providers return a different character in the first position of the approval string (not the approval code you see in the results). If this occurs the charge will appear as approved but will be marked in Mailware as DECLINED. Please contact us for a patch to correct this (we have to modify it for your code). In the meantime, you can manually enter the approval code.</li>
<li>You do not need to create a batch in your credit card software, but you do need to settle the batch created by Mailware. Otherwise, charges will be entered but will not transfer funds into your account.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Access Violation</h2>
<p>This is a common Windows error that can mean many things. Because it is non specific it is difficult to determine the cause without details about what steps you took prior to receiving the error.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>DBISAM Engine Error #9729 &#8211; Duplicate key found</h2>
<p>This can occur in tables where the primary key is one of the fields you are entering (like the Operator ID or Product Number) and when the NextXXXX table is corrupt or incorrect (the NextXXXX table contains a record number for table XXXX. For example NextCust contains the next record number for a new customer.</p>
<ol>
<li>When the error occurs you will receive a message like the following.
<p><img title="Duplicate Key Error" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-215.png" alt="Duplicate Key Error" width="492" height="171" /></p>
</li>
<li> If you are typing the primary key you can simply change it. There are few tables in which you type the key, notably when you add a new Operator and when creating a new Product. This error is telling you that the record you are creating already exists. If you want to verify that you can do a search on that screen to find the existing record.</li>
<li>If you are adding a new Customer, Order or other record in which the primary key is controlled by Mailware then the most likely problem is that your NextXXXX table is out of sync. You can <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/contact-support/">Contact Support</a> for help or you can modify the table yourself.</li>
<li></li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/error-messages/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Setup Network Database</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/setup-network-database/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/setup-network-database/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2012 21:44:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4749</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; When you run the Mailware demo it automatically points to a sample database located in C:\Mailware. When you are ready to enter your own company data you should create a new folder and install a blank database. You can store your database on the PC you are using to run Mailware, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/install-license-files/ ">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p>When you run the Mailware demo it automatically points to a sample database located in C:\Mailware. When you are ready to enter your own company data you should create a new folder and install a blank database. You can store your database on the PC you are using to run Mailware, on a file server, a peer-to-peer network or on a web based server.</p>
<ol>
<li>First, download and install a &#8220;blank&#8221; database (the “blank” database has some pre-entered data like Zip Codes and Countries) to a folder on your server or one of the PC&#8217;s in your peer-to-peer network &#8211; <a href="http://www.core-tech.com/pub/mwdata.exe">Download the blank database install</a></li>
<li>Run the downloaded file and select the location where you want your data to reside. This should be a location that all PC&#8217;s on your network can see (unless you are using Client/Server). If you are installing Client/Server you can install the data on your server in a location that is not shared.</li>
<li>Now is a good time to share the folder. Open Windows Explorer and locate the newly installed folder. The default locations is C:\Mailware\Data. Right click the folder, and depending on your version of Windows, click  Properties in the pop up menu, then click the Sharing or Security tab.  Instructions for sharing and permissions can be found at <a href="support.microsoft.com" target="_blank">support.microsoft.com</a>.</li>
<li>Open Mailware by clicking its icon under the Start button.</li>
<li>Click the Open Company folder. This will open a dialog where you can switch from the sample database to a blank database where you can enter your own information. <img src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/QS001.png" alt="" width="252" height="113" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens select the Sample Database and click Edit.<img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/OpenDatabaseDialog.png" alt="" width="474" height="282" /></li>
<li>In the next dialog that opens change the name of the sample database to your company name, then click the &#8230; button to browse to the data directory where you installed the blank database.<img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/DatabaseName.png" alt="" width="474" height="282" /></li>
<li>Click OK on each dialog to close them and switch to your new database. You will likely be greeted by the following dialog. <img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/UpdateDatabaseDialog.png" alt="" width="481" height="361" /></li>
<li><strong>Do not skip this step.</strong>Click the Update button. Mailware will automatically add new fields and change any existing ones that were modified by the new version.<strong>Note:</strong> If you see this dialog in the future ALWAYS click Backup first and then click Update. Do not skip this step as it may render parts of Mailware inoperable. You can manually run the update by clicking Tools&gt;Update Database from the text menu.  You will see this dialog in the future when you <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/">update or upgrade your Mailware version</a> and the new version includes changes to the database.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/install-license-files/ ">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/setup-network-database/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Install License Files</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/install-license-files/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/install-license-files/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2012 21:33:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4745</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; To install your Mailware license files: Note: For Client/Server follow the steps below for your data directory, then visit: http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/ Quick Install: You can simply save the Mwctrl files that were emailed to you directly into your data directory. Or you can use the following instructions to locate your data [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/point-workstations-to-database/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<p>To install your Mailware license files:</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: For Client/Server follow the steps below for your data directory, then visit: <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/" target="_blank">http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/</a></p>
<p><strong>Quick Install:</strong> You can simply save the Mwctrl files that were emailed to you directly into your data directory. Or you can use the following instructions to locate your data directory so you can install them.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open Mailware and choose File&gt;Open Company from the text menu. 
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/QS001.png" alt="" width="252" height="113" /><br /> </p>
</li>
<li>Select the data directory you will be using from the listing. 
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/OpenDatabaseDialog.png" alt="" width="474" height="282" /></p>
</li>
<li>Click Edit so you can copy the path or write it down. 
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/DatabaseName.png" alt="" width="474" height="282" /><br /> </p>
</li>
<li>Click Cancel at each dialog to close them, then close Mailware.</li>
<li>Save the license files, MwCtrl.DAT, MwCtrl.IDX to your your data directory overwriting the existing files there.</li>
<li>Open Mailware and click Help&gt;About on the text menu. Your license file information should appear in the dialog that opens.
<p><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/HelpAboutLicense.png" alt="" width="467" height="391" /></p>
</li>
<li>If you license information does not appear you may not have placed the license files in the correct location, or they may not have overwritten the temporary license files that are included with the install. Close Mailware. Open Windows Explorer browse to your data directory. Delete all the MwCtrl files (there are 4) and repeat the steps above. If you are using Client/Server be sure to put the license files in your Client/Server folder as well (the one containing the clientserver.ini file).<br /> </li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/point-workstations-to-database/">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/install-license-files/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Videos</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/videos/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/videos/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 19:06:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4737</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[. Videos Watch videos on each of the major features in Mailware to learn how to use them and what they can do for your company. . &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-. Multi Channel Manager Customer Database Customer Relations Management Email Notification Order Processing (Fulfillment) Inventory Management Purchasing &#38; Receiving Point of Sale Order Entry &#38; Import Mailware QuickBooks [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/videos/"><img title="Videos" src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/TutorialVideos.png" alt="Videos" width="107" height="150" align="Left" /></a></p>
<h2><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></h2>
<h2>Videos</h2>
<p>Watch videos on each of the major features in Mailware to learn how to use them and what they can do for</p>
<p>your company.</p>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/channel-management/2010-multi-channel-manager/">Multi Channel Manager</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/customers/customers-database/">Customer Database</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/customers/crm/">Customer Relations Management</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/customers/email-notification/">Email Notification</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/fulfillment/order-processing-fulfillment/">Order Processing (Fulfillment)</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/inventory/inventory-control/">Inventory Management</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/inventory/purchasing-receiving/">Purchasing &amp; Receiving</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/point-of-sale/">Point of Sale</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-entry-import/">Order Entry &amp; Import</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/mailware-quickbooks-export/">Mailware QuickBooks Export</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/reporting/">Reporting</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/miscellaneous/">Miscellaneous</a></p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/pci-compliance/">PCI Compliance</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/videos/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Phone Support</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/phone-support/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/phone-support/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 18:53:46 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4725</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[. Phone Support Call 866-624-5927 x2 to speak to a representative. Please note that support rates apply. For details about available plans please visit http://www.mailware.com/phonesupport/ . &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211; &#160;]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img title="Paid Phone Support" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/phonesupport.png" alt="Paid Phone Support" width="115" height="115" align="Left" /></p>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></p>
<h2>Phone Support</h2>
<p>Call <strong>866-624-5927 x2</strong> to speak to a representative. Please note that support rates apply.</p>
<p>For details about available plans please visit <a href="http://www.mailware.com/phonesupport/">http://www.mailware.com/phonesupport/</a></p>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/phone-support/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Contact Support</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/contact-support/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/contact-support/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 18:42:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4721</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[. Email Support Submit a free email support ticket. &#160; .. &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211; . Phone Support Call us for help. You will need a support plan. Ask the agent for details. &#160; .. &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211;]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://coretechnologies.zendesk.com/registration"><img title="Free Email Support" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/zendesk.png" alt="Free Email Support" width="115" height="115" align="Left" /></a></p>
<h2><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></h2>
<h2><a href="https://coretechnologies.zendesk.com/registration">Email Support</a></h2>
<p>Submit a free email support ticket.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;">..</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;"><span style="color: #000000;">&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211;</span></span></p>
<p><img title="Paid Phone Support" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/phonesupport.png" alt="Paid Phone Support" width="115" height="115" align="Left" /></p>
<h2><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></h2>
<h2><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/phone-support/">Phone Support</a></h2>
<p>Call us for help. You will need a support plan. Ask the agent for details.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;">..</span></p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8211;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/contact-support/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>&gt; Using Mailware</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/using-mailware/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/using-mailware/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 05:32:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4664</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Instructions for using Mailware Click a link below for help taking orders, managing customers and working with your inventory. You should have already installed and setup Mailware before referring to this section of the help files. See the Installation and Setup topic for help with setting up Mailware. &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;- . ORDERS Enter Orders - This topic [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/help-files"><img class="alignleft" src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/HelpFilesIcon.png" alt="Help Files" width="152" height="150" align="Left" /></a></p>
<h2></h2>
<h2>Instructions for using Mailware</h2>
<p>Click a link below for help taking orders, managing customers and working with your inventory. You should have already installed and setup Mailware before referring to this section of the help files.</p>
<p>See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup/">Installation and Setup</a> topic for help with setting up Mailware.</p>
<h2>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</h2>
<h2></h2>
<p><span style="color: #ffffff;">.</span></p>
<h2><strong>ORDERS</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/">Enter Orders</a> </strong>- This topic covers manual entry of phone and mailed orders. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/">MCM</a> for orders from your channels and <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/">Import Orders</a> for files you receive and import manually.</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/">Process Orders</a></strong> - Batch processing of your phone, imported and channel orders. You can also <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/">Import Orders</a> for files you receive and Fill Backorders here.</li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/">Import Orders</a> </strong>- Part of the Process Orders feature. Use this to import files you receive.</p>
<p> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/rma/">RMA’s</a> </strong>- Return Merchandise Authorization &#8211; use this to give a customer an RMA number and then process the return when it arrives. You can also simply return items in an order by right clicking them and choosing Return however the item will be returned to stock automatically.</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/recurring-orders/">Recurring Orders</a></strong> - Use this feature to create orders automatically every X days based on an existing order. Unlike Subscriptions these orders are charged each time they are created.</li>
</ul>
<h2></h2>
<h2><strong>CUSTOMERS</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/">Add/Edit a Customer</a></strong> - Create new customer accounts and work with existing accounts. Customers are also automatically created when orders are imported.</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/">Email Notifications</a></strong> - Send notifications to your customers about their orders and purchase orders to vendors directly from Mailware.</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/customer-relations/">CRM</a></strong> - (BETA) built-in customer relations module to manage customer relationships, set reminders and track leads and opportunities.</li>
</ul>
<h2></h2>
<h2><strong>PRODUCTS</strong></h2>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/">Add/Edit a Product</a> </strong>- Create inventory items and list them on your channels.<a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/"><br />
</a></li>
</ul>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;"><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-managing-subscriptions/">Creating and Managing Subscriptions</a></strong> - Sell a program (like a newsletter) and have Mailware deliver it at the intervals you set.<br />
<strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/gift-certificates/">Gift Certificates</a></strong> - Sell gift certificate and mail or email them to customers. Then redeem them as they are used. Gift Certificates are created as products.<br />
<strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/sub-products-utility/">Sub-Products Utility</a></strong> - Unlimited size, color and other options. This feature creates pulldowns for each option.</p>
<p>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;</p>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/">Purchase Orders</a></strong> - Create purchase orders and print, fax or email them to vendors.</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/">Receive Inventory</a></strong> - Receive items from your PO&#8217;s and apply them to inventory plus fill backorders, record serial numbers and apply directly to locations (like bin numbers).</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/adjust-inventory/">Adjust Inventory</a></strong> - Update your inventory counts and keep a log of changes. Take a full inventory or items one at a time.</li>
</ul>
<div></div>
<h2>MCM-MultiChannel Manager</h2>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/">MCM-MultiChannel Manager</a></strong> - Connect to Amazon, eBay, buy.com, your web cart and more to download orders, upload product changes and shipping confirmations.</li>
<li><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/setting-up-the-mcm-to-run-as-a-service/">Setting up the MCM to run as a service</a></strong> - The MCM is a separate program you can run directly or set up as a Windows service.</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/using-mailware/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>&gt; Installation and Setup</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 05:31:47 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4663</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Instructions for installing and setting up Mailware Follow the steps below for help installing Mailware and setting up including license files, preferences, security and various items you need to enter before using Mailware for you orders, customers and inventory. See the Using Mailware topic for help with using Mailware after it is set up. &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;- &#160; [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/help-files"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/HelpFilesIcon.png" alt="Help Files" width="152" height="150" align="Left" /></a></p>
<h2>Instructions for installing and setting up Mailware</h2>
<p>Follow the steps below for help installing Mailware and setting up including license files, preferences, security and various items you need to enter before using Mailware for you orders, customers and inventory.</p>
<p>See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/using-mailware/">Using Mailware</a> topic for help with using Mailware after it is set up.</p>
<h2>&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2>Mailware Installation and Setup</h2>
<ol>
<ol>
<li><a href=" http://www.mailware.com/help/install-mailware/">Install the Mailware Full Install including the script editor (included in the install)</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/database-utilities/">Install the Database Utilities and ODBC driver</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/setup-network-database/">Setup a Network Database</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/install-license-files/ ">Install license files</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/point-workstations-to-database/">Point Workstations to Database</a></li>
<li>Setup <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/">Operators and Security</a> - Enter users and channels. Can also set up multiple companies if relevant.</li>
<li>Enter <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/ ">Preferences</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a title="Preferences – Company Info" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-company-info/">Company Info</a> &#8211; Enter company name and address</li>
<li><a title="Preferences – Network" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-network/">Network</a> &#8211; Shows the paths to your data and private directories</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-orders/">Orders</a> &#8211; Several preferences for order entry and shipping.</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-customers/ ">Customers</a> &#8211; Alternate Customer Number formula and Tab Order for searching.</li>
<li><a title="Preferences – Products" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-products/">Products</a> &#8211; Custom fields and international settings.</li>
<li><a title="Preferences – Data Entry" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-data-entry/">Data Entry</a> &#8211; Set behavior when using Mailware to enter fields.</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-credit-cards/">Credit Card</a> &#8211; Set up credit card integration (customer provides login) and <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/multiple-merchant-accounts/">Multiple Merchant Accounts</a></li>
<li><a title="Preferences – ECheck" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-echeck/">ECheck</a> - Set up your ECheck provider credentials.</li>
<li><a title="Preferences – Printers" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-printers/">Printers</a> &#8211; Select default printers and Report Writer tabs for users.</li>
<li><a title="Preferences – CRM" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-crm/">CRM</a> &#8211; Default URL for tabs in the CRM.</li>
<li><a title="Preferences – Channels" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-channels/">Channels</a> &#8211; This will be set up in the MCM Setup section below.</li>
</ol>
<li>Enter or import data  (including Data Conversions):</li>
<ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/data-overview/">OVERVIEW &#8211; READ THIS FIRST</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/">Vendors</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/">Products</a> including Sub Products, Assemblies and Channel Listings</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/shipping/">Shipping Methods</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/ads-source-keys/">Ad Source Keys</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/sales-tax/">Sales Tax</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/">Email Notification</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/">Process Orders &#8211; assign appropriate reports to Print button</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/">Customers</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/">Orders</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/zip-codes/">Zip Codes</a></li>
</ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/">MCM Setup</a></li>
<ol>
<li>Install the MCM on the server.</li>
<li>Enter credentials for each channel</li>
<li>Install any scripts for SQL channels</li>
<li>Test channel connection (Note: Products must be set up in Mailware to test)</li>
</ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/">Update or Upgrade an Existing Mailware Install</a></li>
</ol>
</ol>
<h2>Advanced Setup</h2>
<ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/">Client-Server Setup</a></li>
<ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/server-administration-tool/">Server Administration Tool</a></li>
</ol>
<li>Shipping Integrations</li>
<ol>
<li>Verify install of each system (e.g., FedEx, UPS and USPS)</li>
<li>Setup integration and test</li>
</ol>
<li>Custom Work</li>
<ol>
<li>Install Scripts and test - <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-running-scripts/">Creating and Running Scripts</a></li>
<li>Install Custom Reports and test</li>
</ol>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Help Files</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/help-files/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/help-files/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 05:21:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4654</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[  Installation and Setup Help installing Mailware and setting up including license files, preferences, security and various items you need to enter before using Mailware for you orders, customers and inventory. Using Mailware Help taking orders, managing customers and working with your inventory. You should have already installed and setup Mailware before referring to this [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><img class="alignleft" style="margin: 0px 0px;" title="Help Files" src="http://www.mailware.com/magic/images/HelpFilesIconTall.png" alt="Help Files" width="152" height="500" align="left" /></p>
<h1> </h1>
<h2><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup/">Installation and Setup</a></strong></h2>
<p>Help installing Mailware and setting up including license files, preferences, security and various items you need to enter before using Mailware for you orders, customers and inventory.<strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup/"><br /> </a></strong></p>
<h2> <strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/help-files/using-mailware">Using Mailware</a></strong></h2>
<p>Help taking orders, managing customers and working with your inventory. You should have already installed and setup Mailware before referring to this section of the help files</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/help-files/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Cloud vs. Local Apps</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/blog/cloud-vs-local-apps/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/blog/cloud-vs-local-apps/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Feb 2012 06:56:48 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Blog]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4614</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Are you torn by the decision between a local application like Mailware for your channel and order management versus one of the new Software as a Service (SaaS) applications? There are advantages and disadvantages to each. This article will give you plenty to think about and hopefully enough to make the right decision for your company.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Are you torn by the decision between a local application like Mailware for your channel and order management versus one of the new Software as a Service (SaaS) applications? There are advantages and disadvantages to each. This article will give you plenty to think about and hopefully enough to make the right decision for your company.</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>CLOUD APPLICATIONS (SaaS)</strong></p>
<p>Could applications are becoming more popular and more numerous. Rather than purchasing outright, you pay a monthly or annual fee to use these apps. They are less complex than local apps but offer less features.</p>
<p>Pros</p>
<ol start="1">
<li>Less expensive entry cost</li>
<li>Accessible on any platform via a browser</li>
<li>Simpler and easier to set up and use</li>
<li>Updates are automatic</li>
</ol>
<p>Cons</p>
<ol start="1">
<li>Long term costs are eventually higher</li>
<li>Dependent on an Internet connection</li>
<li>Less features and extensibility, no customization (unless you hack, use a plug in or &#8220;mashups&#8221;)</li>
<li>Updates are automatic</li>
<li>Latency (speed) and Security issues</li>
<li>Data is not local, but can generally be downloaded</li>
</ol>
<p>One of the main attractions of SaaS applications is their low entry cost. Your monthly fee gets you started right away with all the features and, usually, minimal setup. You can access it from anywhere using a browser which adds the benefit of being agnostic (use it on a PC or Mac for example).</p>
<p>If you are just starting your business or taking an existing retail business online a SaaS may be a good way to begin. In some cases it can offer long term benefits as well. The real measure of its worth to your business is the complexity of your needs. SaaS applications are not generally customizable and automatic updates may change features you are using or need. If your business fits the model for the particular SaaS you are using then all should be well.</p>
<p>Issues may arise though when you want to do something not supported by your SaaS application. You then have a couple of choices: 1) Use a separate application or manually manage unsupported features. 2) Extend your SaaS application through custom programming or mashups (combinations of multiple applications).</p>
<p>The first option can be managed by almost anyone, but usually results in less than ideal processes like double entry, data silos (e.g., one system stores data differently than another so they cannot &#8220;talk&#8221;), more labor and a greater likelihood of errors.</p>
<p>The second option can result in better operations but requires technical expertise. Some SaaS applications offer an API (application programming interface) that allows you to build your own extensions or implement third party plug-ins. These can be used to extend the functionality of the SaaS but may not be an exact fit for your needs and must be maintained, an especially difficult task because SaaS applications usually update automatically.</p>
<p>Mashups are combinations of multiple SaaS products, for example a SaaS that supports Google Docs, an email client, customer service system etc. Combinations of several SaaS apps can approach the functionality of local apps but may also be like a house of cards. There is a lot to manage between multiple applications that have different data structures (silos) and can all update automatically and independently.</p>
<p>Because your data is stored in the cloud you do not have the same level of control as you do with a local application. Most SaaS products will allow you to download your data, but interacting with it is more problematic (i.e., real time reading and updating of data between programs). Security may also be a concern. Your customer and order data for example is stored by your provider. Who is responsible if that data is hacked? (Answer: you are). And then there are latency (speed) issues caused by poor Internet connections, growing database size (not just yours, but the whole community a.k.a. multi-tenancy) and your daily/hourly volume. An advantage of having your data in the cloud is that most SaaS apps have redundant backups, however you should always have a backup of your data stored locally and in offsite media like usb drives, tapes etc.</p>
<p>In summary, SaaS applications can be an easy and initially inexpensive way to automate your operations. If you are technically inclined or have internal support you can extend functionality of your SaaS applications. For simpler, especially single use, SaaS apps can provide a long term solution. As your needs become more complex expect to find yourself managing multiple applications, performing manual tasks or migrating away from some of your SaaS applications. Beware of speed and security issues and watch for long term costs since subscription prices continue for the life of the service and many SaaS apps charge a percentage of your revenue which can become very expensive as you grow.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>LOCAL APPLICATIONS</strong></p>
<p>Pros</p>
<ol start="1">
<li>Pay once and use forever (or until you choose to or must upgrade)</li>
<li>Accessible on your local network, or via a remote session/virtual server</li>
<li>More features and customizability</li>
<li>Manual updates</li>
</ol>
<p>Cons</p>
<ol start="1">
<li>Initial cost is higher</li>
<li>Full or part time system administration may be required</li>
<li>More complex to set up</li>
<li>Manual updates</li>
</ol>
<p>When you purchase a local application you are really leasing it, albeit indefinitely. This means your main cost is incurred up front and long term costs are generally lower than SaaS applications. The return on investment compared to a SaaS may be months or years, depending on the complexity of each.</p>
<p>The two benefits of a local application are its feature set/customizability and local storage of your data. Unlike a SaaS which has a limited feature set and minimal customizability local apps are usually highly customizable. This is good news for large shops and those with special needs or that want to automate as much as possible. The caveat is that the initial set up is more complex and getting started takes longer and may require a cash outlay. Ultimately however a local app can offer much more functionality and once set up generally does not require additional work for many years.</p>
<p>One of the misconceptions to overcome is that local apps are custom apps. If you purchase an existing local app and modify it you can achieve greater automation and suitability for your operation, but it will likely not be an exact match to your dream system. The only way to achieve a perfect match is to design your own system from scratch &#8211; a very costly proposition and one that will never truly end. This is recommended only for the largest of shops with deep pockets and plenty of time. The lesson here is compromise. You can achieve much more than today&#8217;s SaaS apps can provide, but do not expect a perfect match to your unique needs.</p>
<p>Storing your data locally means you have full control of your information (unless the software provider stores it in a proprietary format) and security is under your control. You can still be hacked but unless you are highly visible or very careless the likelihood is less than a multi-tenancy SaaS application where multiple users store their sensitive data in a single location and create a tempting target. Having your data stored locally also means you can access it directly from other applications including report writers and third party packages. It is far easier for example to support another local application you are using (like a Point of Sale system for your retail operations) than a SaaS application. Real time updating and sharing of data means more functionality/customizability and again, more upfront costs but with long term benefits.</p>
<p>Local apps may set up as easily as running a set up utility or may require hours or even weeks of implementation. The more complex the app, the greater the set up required. However, this is the trade off required to automate more tasks. SaaS products cannot currently provide the same level of automation and integration.</p>
<p>Local apps may also require on staff technical support/system administration or support from your vendor. Once installed and set up they generally run for months or even years without need for modification, but updates and version upgrades may require assistance or in house support. The advantage is that you can choose when to update which can mean staying operational until you are ready.</p>
<p>In summary, a local application is currently the better solution for complex tasks, security and full system integrations. Be prepared to outlay up front and spend days or weeks implementing with the benefit of a more custom solution that is &#8220;owned&#8221; and controlled by you rather than your provider.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>HYBRIDS</strong></p>
<p>The future for SaaS and local apps is an unknown, but the increasing complexity of SaaS apps is likely and for the next several years the two will migrate towards each other. This could mean we will see a day when all apps are SaaS, but it is more likely that SaaS apps and local apps will coexist. Local apps will remain for a very long time but will more and more cater to large, enterprise solutions.</p>
<p>The other possibility is a hybrid solution where SaaS applications become more accessible to local apps, breaking down the data silo barriers that prevent true integration. A combination of the two could merge the benefits of each.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>SUMMARY</strong></p>
<p>What does this mean for you? Look at your operations. Would they benefit from the full automation of a local app or are you willing to continue manual operations of some functions to save the initial cash outlay. Think beyond today. A monthly fee may look good this year, but do you plan to stay in business and grow? SaaS apps are ultimately more expensive in both dollars and lost automation. Migrating from them to a local app later may be an option but the longer you wait the more you have pumped into a SaaS you must leave behind and greater effort is required to convert your data to a local app.</p>
<p>Does the SaaS you are considering provide all the features you need today? If it is an order management system can you email your clients, run reports, segment your lists, choose providers like credit card gateways, shipping solutions and other third party software?</p>
<p>Is the local app you are considering sufficient to meet your needs out of the box, or do you need to have it customized? What is the total cost? Leasing options are available, but the interest rate on them is generally high. If you have the cash or are willing to find credit the returns are greater. Don&#8217;t forget to weigh in the cost of labor as you will likely save more labor with a local app.</p>
<p>Neither cloud apps nor local apps are going away anytime soon. Until the line between them blurs you must choose the right solution for your business.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><em>The author is the President, CEO and founder of Core-Tech.Com, Inc which began developing Mailware, its order management and now multi channel software, in 1995. Core Tech has automated thousands of mail order and multi channel companies over the years and both Bruce and Core have a lot of experience with the challenges met by direct marketers. Core Tech has embraced both local and cloud applications and strives to remain on the cutting edge of software development.</em></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/blog/cloud-vs-local-apps/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Recurring Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/recurring-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/recurring-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2012 04:07:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4581</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Create a Recurring Order Set up an order for a customer to automatically create every X days. Unlike a subscription that is paid in advance recurring orders have a payment due each time. Quick Jump to: Setup a Recurring Order Create a Recurring Order Running the Recurring Orders Script Setup Before creating recurring orders you [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Create a Recurring Order</h2>
<p>Set up an order for a customer to automatically create every X days. Unlike a subscription that is paid in advance recurring orders have a payment due each time.</p>
<p><strong>Quick Jump to:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Setup">Setup a Recurring Order</a></li>
<li><a href="#Create">Create a Recurring Order</a></li>
<li><a href="#Run">Running the Recurring Orders Script</a></li>
</ul>
<p><a name="Setup"></a></p>
<h3>Setup</h3>
<ol>
<li>Before creating recurring orders you will need to set up  a couple of items. To create an Ad Source Key click the Setup button on the Main Menu and locate the Ads &amp; Source Keys button.<img title="Ads and Source Keys" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/AdSourceKeysbutton.png" alt="Ads and Source Keys" width="194" height="45" /></li>
<li>Click it to access the Ad Source Key screen. On that screen click the New button.<img title="Ads and Source Keys" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/NewAdSourceKey.png" alt="Ads and Source Keys" width="540" height="489" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens type a new Source Key of RECURRING (Note: The spelling is important).<img title="Recurring Key" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/RecurringKey.png" alt="Recurring Key" width="540" height="489" /></li>
<li>OPTIONAL: You can also create a customer contact log action. We will use it in the instructions below, but you do not have to set one up or use it to create a recurring order.Click the Customer button on the Main Menu to open the Customer screen. On the  top of the Customer screen click the Setup text menu item and select Customer Contact Actions.<img title="Setup Actions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/CustomerContactActions.png" alt="Setup Actions" width="740" height="563" /></li>
<li>Click the Add button and then type Recurring Order into the blank line that appears. Be sure to press the down arrow key to drop the item into the table before clicking the X to close the dialog.<img title="Actions List" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/ContactActionsList.png" alt="Actions List" width="328" height="271" /></li>
</ol>
<p><a name="Create"></a></p>
<h3>Creating Recurring Orders</h3>
<ol>
<li>Enter an order for a customer as you would normally. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/">Orders</a> help topic for details.</li>
<li>Next, go to the customer screen for that order (<strong>Tip</strong>: Click the Edit Cust button at the top of the Order screen).</li>
<li>Click the New Contact button at the top of the Customer screen (you do not have to select the Contact tab first).<img title="New Contact" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/NewContactButton.png" alt="New Contact" width="637" height="320" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens enter the following information:<img title="Recurring Orders Contact" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/RecurringContact.png" alt="Recurring Orders Contact" width="648" height="471" />
<ul>
<li>Select RECURRING from the Source Key pulldown.</li>
<li>OPTIONAL: Select Recurring Order from the Action pulldown.</li>
<li>Enter in the Tickle Date field when you want the orders to stop creating. This is the end date for the orders and can be a few days after the calculated last day (e.g., start on 1/1/12 and end on 1/5/13).</li>
<li>In the Days field enter the number of days between orders. 30 causes a new order to be created every 30 days. This starts from the Order Date found in the top right corner of the order screen.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Click OK to save the contact.</li>
</ol>
<p><a name="Run"></a></p>
<h3>Running the Recurring Orders Script</h3>
<ol>
<li>If you do not have the Recurring Orders script installed you can download it from the following link:<a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/Recurring_Orders_V1.01.mws ">http://www.mailware.com/pub/RecurringOrders.mws </a>Save the file into your data directory and create a shortcut for it in the Tools folder. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-shortcuts/">Creating Shortcuts</a> help topic for more details.</li>
<li>You can run the script by selecting it from the Tools menu at the top of the Mailware screen. Or, you can use a third party program or Windows Scheduler to run the script every day at a certain time. You should run the script daily to ensure no orders are missed.</li>
<li>After running the script open the Orders screen in Mailware and  scroll to the last order(s) to see your new recurring orders. You do not need to manage them in the Orders screen however as they will appear automatically in Process Orders ready to fulfill.</li>
</ol>
<div></div>
<div>Added creation of blank Credit payment and removed Paid amt from order</div>
<div></div>
<div>Note: Following logic creates a new order even if a few days have passed. The DueDt in the CustSrv table is set to Today&#8217;s Date when the script runs successfully. The recurringOrderDt is the date the new order was created (tickle date plus # of days). So the logic looks the DueDt and compares to recurringOrderDt to determine if an order was created so it does not create a dupe. If you delete the DueDt from the custsrv table for testing purposes you can create multiple test orders. Don&#8217;t do this for a real database though!</div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<div>WHERE  DueDt &gt;= recurringOrderDt OR (DueDt &lt;= recurringOrderDt AND recurringOrderDt &gt; CURRENT_DATE) ;</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/recurring-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating Shortcuts</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-shortcuts/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-shortcuts/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2012 01:49:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4590</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Creating Shortcuts in Mailware You can create shortcuts to run reports from various screens and to launch Mailware scripts or any programs you wish from the Tools menu. Tools In Mailware locate your data directory by clicking File&#62;Open Database on the text menu at the top of the screen.   In the dialog that opens [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Creating Shortcuts in Mailware</h2>
<p>You can create shortcuts to run reports from various screens and to launch Mailware scripts or any programs you wish from the Tools menu.</p>
<h3>Tools</h3>
<ol>
<ol>
<li>In Mailware locate your data directory by clicking File&gt;Open Database on the text menu at the top of the screen.</p>
<p><img title="Open Database" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/OpenDatabase.png" alt="Open Database" width="360" height="310" /><br /> </li>
<li>In the dialog that opens you will see one or more Network Databases. Click on the currently active one (the one highlighted). And then click the Edit button at the bottom of the dialog.</li>
<li>In the new dialog that opens note the Directory. You can write it down or copy it with Ctrl-C.
<p><img title="Choose Database" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/ChooseDatabase.png" alt="Choose Database" width="494" height="337" /><br /> </li>
<li>Open Windows Explorer (one way is to right click the Windows Start button and select Explore).</li>
<li>Type or paste your data directory into the address bar. 
<p><img title="Data Directory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/DataDirectory.png" alt="Data Directory" width="696" height="544" /><br /> </li>
<li>Your data directory contents will appear as well as several folders for Reports, Tools, Backups etc.</li>
<li>Make sure you can see the Tools folder in the left pane of Explorer. You may need to expand folders to see it.</li>
<li>In the right pane select something to which you want to create a shortcut. This is often a Mailware Script which has an extension of .mws.</li>
<li>Right click the file in the right pane and drag it to the Tools menu in the left pane while holding the right mouse button.</li>
<li>Release the mouse button to drop the file onto the Tools folder.</li>
<li>A menu will pop up. Select &#8220;Create Shortcut here..&#8221;
<p><img title="Tools Shortcut" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/ExplorerTools.png" alt="Tools Shortcut" width="694" height="545" /><br /> </li>
<li>Open Mailware and click the Tools menu. Your new shortcut will be visible in the bottom of the pop down menu.
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If a script does not start the .mws files are probably not associated with MailwareScript.exe. Find a .mws file and right click it. Choose Open With&#8230; and browse to MailwareScript.exe (default is C:\Program Files\Mailware\XXXX\Scripts\MailwareScript.exe &#8211; where XXXX is a version like 2010). Make sure the Always Use This to Open checkbox is checked and run the script to finalize the association.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> In addition shortcuts to your Mailware Scripts you can create shortcuts to any Windows program. Use the instructions above and drag files from other folders. Create shortcuts to Notepad, Excel, your browser etc.</li>
</ol>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3>Reports</h3>
<ol>
<li>In Mailware locate your data directory by clicking File&gt;Open Database on the text menu at the top of the screen.</p>
<p><img title="Open Database" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/OpenDatabase.png" alt="Open Database" width="360" height="310" /><br /> </li>
<li>In the dialog that opens you will see one or more Network Databases. Click on the currently active one (the one highlighted). And then click the Edit button at the bottom of the dialog.</li>
<li>In the new dialog that opens note the Directory. You can write it down or copy it with Ctrl-C.
<p><img title="Choose Database" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/ChooseDatabase.png" alt="Choose Database" width="494" height="337" /><br /> </li>
<li>Open Windows Explorer (one way is to right click the Windows Start button and select Explore).</li>
<li>Type or paste your data directory into the address bar. 
<p><img title="Data Directory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/DataDirectory.png" alt="Data Directory" width="696" height="544" /><br /> </li>
<li>Your data directory contents will appear as well as several folders for Reports, Tools, Backups etc.</li>
<li>Make sure you can see the Reports folder in the left pane of Explorer. You may need to expand folders to see it.</li>
<li>Expand the Reports folder to view its subfolders in the left pane. These are named after various screens in Mailware (e.g., Customers, Orders etc.).</li>
<li>In the right pane double click the Reports folder to open it.</li>
<li>Select a report to which you want to create a shortcut.</li>
<li>Right click the report in the right pane and drag it to the left pane while holding the right mouse button. Find a subfolder below the Reports folder.</li>
<li>Release the mouse button to drop the file onto the subfolder you wish to use (e.g., Orders).</li>
<li>A menu will pop up. Select &#8220;Create Shortcut here..&#8221;
<p><img title="Reports Shortcut" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/ExplorerReport.png" alt="Reports Shortcut" width="694" height="545" /><br /> </li>
<li>Open Mailware and open the screen where you added the shortcut (e.g., Orders). At the top of the screen click the Reports button. Your shortcut will appear in the list. Click it to open the report.</li>
</ol>
<h3> </h3>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-shortcuts/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mailware QuickBooks Export</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/mailware-quickbooks-export/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/mailware-quickbooks-export/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Dec 2011 06:31:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Tools]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4553</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware Multi Channel Manager exports to QuickBooks your sales, accounts receivable and accounts payable]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong><img class="aligncenter" title="clickimagebold" src="/mwimages/clickimagebold.png" alt="" width="276" height="13" /></strong></p>
<p>Mailware exports to QuickBooks the following items:</p>
<ol>
<li>Sales including tax and shipping amounts</li>
<li>Accounts Receivable</li>
<li>Accounts Payable</li>
</ol>
<div>To export the information above you run Mailware Scripts from the Tools menu at the top of the Mailware screen. There are 2 scripts named QuickbooksDailyExport1.mws and MailwareQuickbooksBillExport-1.mws. </div>
<div> </div>
<div>The first script exports your sales for the time period since you previously ran it (e.g., for that day if you run the script daily). Don&#8217;t worry, Mailware remembers what it exported so you can&#8217;t miss anything or double export.</div>
<div> </div>
<div>When you import the file Mailware creates (MailwareQuickbooksExport.iif) you will see your sales information in QuickBooks. Mailware exports the products sold, total sales, sales tax and shipping amounts. You can view these in the Invoices screen and see them in the General Ledger as well.</div>
<div> </div>
<div>Mailware will also create Accounts Receivable for any of your customers that owe you money.</div>
<div> </div>
<div>You can also run the MailwareQuickbooksBillExport-1.mws script anytime you receive inventory and enter an invoice from your vendor. Mailware will create a file named MailwareQuickbooksBillExport.iif which you can import into QuickBooks. It will create the vendor account if it does not already exist and a payment due for the amount of the invoice. You can then print checks from QuickBooks to pay your vendors.</div>
<div> </div>
<div>Below are screenshots of QuickBooks as it was updated from Mailware using the Mailware sample company (CellPhones4U). </div>
<div> </div>
<div>If you need the Mailware scripts you can download them from the following link. Save them into your Mailware data directory and follow the instructions at the end of the video tutorial to install them.</div>
<div> </div>
<div><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/QuickbooksDailyExport1.mws">http://www.mailware.com/pub/QuickbooksDailyExport1.mws</a></div>
<div><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareQuickbooksBillExport-1.mws">http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareQuickbooksBillExport-1.mws</a></div>
<div> </div>
<div>You can also download the resulting IIF files created during the video demo. These can be opened in Notepad so you can see how the data is exported from Mailware. You can also import them into a blank QuickBooks company to see how they work.</div>
<div> </div>
<div><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareQuickbooksExport.iif">http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareQuickbooksExport.iif</a></div>
<div><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareQuickbooksBillExport.iif">http://www.mailware.com/pub/MailwareQuickbooksBillExport.iif</a></div>
<div>  </div>
<p><a href="/mwimages/QBMailwareDailySales.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Daily Sales from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBMailwareDailySales.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Daily Sales from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a>    <a href="/mwimages/QBMailwareShipping.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Shipping from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBMailwareShipping.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Shipping from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a>    <a href="/mwimages/QBMailwareSalesTax.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Sales Tax from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBMailwareSalesTax.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Sales Tax from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a> </p>
<p> Daily Sales                                  Shipping                                Sales Tax                              </p>
<p><a href="/mwimages/QBAccountsReceivable.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Accounts Receivable from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBAccountsReceivable.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Accounts Receivable from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a></p>
<p> Accounts Receivable</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="/mwimages/QBVendorCenter.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Vendors from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBVendorCenter.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Vendors from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a>    <a href="/mwimages/QBMailwarePayments.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Payments from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBMailwarePayments.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Payments from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a>    <a href="/mwimages/QBPayBills.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Pay Bills from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBPayBills.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Pay Bills from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a>   </p>
<p> Vendor Center                        Mailware Payments              Pay Bills  </p>
<p>                       </p>
<p><a href="/mwimages/QBAccountsPayable.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Accounts Payable from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBAccountsPayable.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Accounts Payable from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a></p>
<p>  Accounts Payable</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a href="/mwimages/QBChartofAccounts.png#popup"><img title="QuickBooks Chart of Accounts from Mailware" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/QBChartofAccounts.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="QuickBooks Chart of Accounts from Mailware" width="150" height="85" /></a>            </p>
<p>Chart of Accounts</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Click an image above to see a screenshot</strong></p>
<p><strong><br /></strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/mailware-quickbooks-export/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Revision History &#8211; 2012</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2012-revisions/revision-history-2012/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2012-revisions/revision-history-2012/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2011 01:47:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2012 Revisions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4527</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Download the Version 2012 Update Or, Download the full Version 2012 install NOTE: Currently 2012 is available as a .zip file which you can unzip into your existing Mailware folder. A full install will be available next week and will create its own directory. The zip file is recommended only for those who need the currently [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><img class="alignleft" style="border-color: initial; border-style: initial; margin-left: 4px; margin-right: 4px; border-width: 0px;" src="/mwimages/download.png" alt="Update Now" longdesc="Download Now" width="52" height="67" align="left" border="0" hspace="4" /></h2>
<h2><strong>Download the Version 2012 Update<br /> </strong></h2>
<p>Or,</p>
<div>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3" valign="top">
<h6>Download the full Version 2012 install</h6>
<hr noshade="noshade" /></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3" valign="top">
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> Currently 2012 is available as a .zip file which you can unzip into your existing Mailware folder. A full install will be available next week and will create its own directory. The zip file is recommended only for those who need the currently available 2012 features.</p>
<p>You also need the new MCM and dll files located in the links in the revision history below.</p>
<p>  </p>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top" width="165">
<p><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware1205.zip">Mailware2012.zip</a></strong></p>
<p>File Name: Mailware2012FullInstall.exe<br /> Size: 98 meg</p>
</td>
<td>
<p><strong><br /></strong></p>
</td>
<td valign="top" width="387"><strong>Mailware Version 2012 &#8211; FULL INSTALL</strong>This will completely reinstall version 2012 of Mailware. Please be sure to backup your data before running.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<hr noshade="noshade" />
<h1 style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 20px;">What&#8217;s New in Mailware 2012</h1>
<h2>Feature Announcement #1</h2>
<div>
<p><img class="alignleft" style="margin-left: 8px; margin-right: 8px; float: left;" title="Multiple Contacts" src="/images/icons/MultipleAddresses.png" alt="" width="115" height="115" /></p>
<h3>Multiple Customer Contacts</h3>
<p>Now you can have multiple billing addresses for each customer (multiple shipping addresses are already available in previous versions).</p>
<p>Great for organizations where you do business with multiple departments. Keep all your contact information under one account.</p>
<p><em><strong>Benefits:</strong> Keep big groups together in a single account, simplify billing, improve customer service</em></p>
<hr style="margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #2</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="margin-left: 8px; margin-right: 8px; float: left;" title="Duplicate Orders" src="/images/icons/DuplicateOrders.png" alt="" width="116" height="116" />Duplicate Orders</h3>
<p>Go to any order in Mailware and make a duplicate. Then change anything you like. This feature makes it easy to re-create an order for a customer who calls and says, &#8220;Send me the same thing as last time.&#8221;</p>
<p>Plus, we have updated the Recurring Orders feature. Automatically duplicate a customer&#8217;s order every X days. Perfect for &#8220;Product of the Month&#8221; orders, recurring items like vitamins, coffee etc.</p>
<p>Current owners of Mailware may also create Subscriptions. Unlike Duplicate or Recurring Orders these are paid in advance for a time period (like a monthly newsletter paid annually) and automatically create each period for the duration of the subscription.</p>
<p><em><strong><br /> Benefits:</strong> Save time keying orders, reduce phone time for operators and customers</em></p>
</div>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #3</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="margin-left: 8px; margin-right: 8px; float: left;" title="Quotes" src="/images/icons/Quotes.png" alt="" width="116" height="116" />Quotes</h3>
<p>Start any order as a quote or convert an order to a quote on-the-fly. Quotes allow you to add items to an order without affecting inventory. You can then fax, email or print the quote for your customer.</p>
<p>When they buy you can turn any quote instantly into an order and make any changes, take payments etc.</p>
<p><em><strong><br /> Benefits:</strong> Quote prices without affecting inventory, easily finalize an order when your customer calls back</em></p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #4</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="padding-right: 10px; padding-bottom: 35px; margin-left: 4px; margin-right: 4px; float: left;" title="Automate" src="/images/icons/AutomaticEmails.png" alt="" width="115" height="115" />Automate Reports, Emails and Scripts</h3>
<p>Email Notification in Mailware takes a step forward. Now you can automate mass emails. Send invoices, backorder notices, Purchase Orders, Shipping Notifications and more at the times you specify each day. No need to click any buttons.</p>
<p>And, from the order screen you can set up automatic sending of an email, printing of a report or running of a Mailware Script. For example, when you click the Finished button imagine an email automatically sent to the customer with confirmation of the order, a report that automatically opens so you can print a packing list, pick list or invoice and a script to do just about anything you want (scripts can change data, launch reports, upload and download and much more).</p>
<p><em><strong><br /> Benefits:</strong> Save time, less tasks for operators and you to remember each day</em></p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #5</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="margin-left: 8px; margin-right: 8px; float: left;" title="UPC Search" src="/images/icons/UPCSearch.png" alt="" width="115" height="115" />Search by UPC</h3>
<p>Do you use Mailware as a Point of Sale system? Now you can scan a barcode of either the Mailware Product Number or the UPC Code and Mailware will automatically recognize the product.  Scanning is supported at Receive Inventory as well so you can quickly receive Purchase Orders.</p>
<p>You can use Mailware to print bar code labels too.</p>
<p><em><strong>Benefits:</strong> Speed up order entry at checkout, help ensure accuracy</em></p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #6</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="border-style: initial; border-color: initial; margin-left: 8px; margin-right: 8px;" title="Checkbox" src="/images/icons/checkbox.png" alt="" width="115" height="115" /></h3>
<h3>Order Statuses</h3>
<p>See the status of any order in the Order List screen. Sort and filter by status too &#8211; find all your unshipped orders, backorders and more quickly and easily.</p>
<p>Watch for more status features in Process Orders too.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><em><strong>Benefits:</strong> Find orders by type quickly, know the status of operations</em></p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<p><strong>2012 Revision History</strong></p>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);">
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">v1201           12/26/2011</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    1. Converted from 2011 version</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">v1202           04/06/2012</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    1. Made merchant identifier fields visible on FBA setup screen.  Needed for changes to FBA in the MCM.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">v1203           05/08/2012</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    1. Added cost &amp; cost total fields to product assembly screen.  Renamed some fields for clarity.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    2. Added feature to not show kit items on order screen by setting a preference.  Can be toggled on and off from the order screen.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">v1204           05/13/2012</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    1. Changed Mailware Explorer width to 1050.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    2. Changed main form to initially size to screen and maximize if screen width &lt;= 1024 or height &lt;= 768.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    3. Change help window height to 540.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    4. Added preference to allow item entry on order screen by UPC code.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    5. Added step to check UPC, UPC1, and UPC2 fields in Products for a match if ProductNo not found, and substitute the ProductNo.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">v1205           05/15/2012</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    1. Added preference to receive products by supplier&#8217;s product number</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    2. Added ability to receive inventory screen to scan products by supplier&#8217;s product number.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    3. Added indexes on Products.SupplierProductNo; ProductSuppliers.SupplierProductNo &amp; SupplierNo.</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    4. Fixed original receiving query optimization for faster lookups</span></span></div>
<div><span style="color: #222222;"><span style="line-height: normal;">    5. Fixed supplier search not working when search text is blanked out</span></span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; line-height: normal;"> </div>
</div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> </div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;">==========================</span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> </div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;">MCM 2012, Build 1202.1.1204</span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;">1. Changed FBA inventory import to use MWS instead of FWS.<br /></span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;"><a style="color: #1155cc;" href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/MCM1202-1-1204.zip" target="_blank">http://www.mailware.com/pub/<wbr>MCM1202-1-1204.zip</wbr></a> </span><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">(Note: This build can be applied to an installed version of 2012 by unzipping the contents into your Data directory.)</span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> </div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;">==========================</span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> </div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;">MWS DLL Update 1202.1.1204:</span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;">1. Fixed non-harmful error that could show up in the channel log.  This version is backwards compatible.</span></div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> </div>
<div style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: x-small;"><a style="color: #1155cc;" href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/MarketplaceWebService1202-1-1204.zip" target="_blank">http://www.mailware.com/pub/<span style="text-decoration: underline;"><span style="color: #0000ff;">Ma<wbr>rketplaceWebService1202-1-<wbr>1204.zip</wbr></wbr></span></span></a></span></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;">
<h3><a href="../new-features-in-mailware-2010/2010-multi-channel-manager/"><img class="size-full wp-image-471 " style="margin-left: 4px; margin-right: 4px;" title="Multi Channel Manager (MCM)" src="../mwimages/NewMWFeatureMultiChannel.png" alt="Multi Channel Manager (MCM)" width="112" height="112" align="left" /></a>Multi Channel Manager (MCM)</h3>
<p>We have added several new carts and updated a few. Plus, the MCM can be easily updated to work with any MySQL, SQL Server, XML or .csv cart. Don’t see your cart in the list? Just ask.</p>
<p>The MCM runs on your desktop and communicates directly with all your channels – no 3rd party hosting required. It automatically:</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2012-revisions/revision-history-2012/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Setting up the MCM to run as a service</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/setting-up-the-mcm-to-run-as-a-service/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/setting-up-the-mcm-to-run-as-a-service/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2011 19:04:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4496</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Download and install the Microsoft Window Resource Kit tools from http://www.mailware.com/pub/rktools.exe Open a command prompt window and create the service by typing in the following command:  “C:\Program Files\Windows Resource Kits\Tools\INSTSRV.EXE” MCM “C:\Program Files\Windows Resource Kits\Tools\SRVANY.EXE” Run the Registry Editor from the run command (Rededt32) and locate the Key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MCM Right Click on the MCM key [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>
<ol id="internal-source-marker_0.3252953903283924">
<li>Download and install the Microsoft Window Resource Kit tools from <a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/rktools.exe">http://www.mailware.com/pub/rktools.exe</a></li>
<li>Open a command prompt window and create the service by typing in the following command:  “C:\Program Files\Windows Resource Kits\Tools\INSTSRV.EXE” MCM “C:\Program Files\Windows Resource Kits\Tools\SRVANY.EXE” <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/U6fOzm9XMZtghIGEgMgPDsuLP-mK08gBjhZix0WK49WphnArWhZl09HhCNLCzIlHYd6LK-vGpIFuIo1KPQM_pIjEWPH2IPlqZRDvatBTD3TgVZAFYO4" alt="" width="624px;" height="108px;" /></li>
<li>Run the Registry Editor from the run command (Rededt32) and locate the Key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\MCM</li>
<li>Right Click on the MCM key and select New&gt;Key <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/lY1Ar3SKoiiH2l2sGE0BbjWXQTtCkjvKWrVYuUdMrH3JU5KnXm5D4HojEOYCwS74D92Ti9Duc8Rt07ehrZ2Zksz2OWEni6rMQ_vhm6xYaQ_E7QCAIjU" alt="" width="434px;" height="442px;" /></li>
<li>Name the new key Parameters</li>
<li>Select the Parameters Key and Right Click on the New&gt;String Value <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/PF-TCyLYxPnaJoB8kudAWWXiEiY9WBKhxu2bHmLoa15TwwOh6CH3Ar2s7Jpp__QVxlrKMWJvSRcskWXzS6ZirVFd96krZ8RRVOMtuD19bf6AqUvZZhs" alt="" width="473px;" height="196px;" /></li>
<li>Name the Value Application and the Value data Path to Mailware Database\MCM.exe  Typically this will be c:\Mailware\Data\MCM.exe <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/Ez5yXAI5AFI35FYFHTL78IIgZ8b9B9bu49pNKh8YHGR60u9_R0UI2y9ZDqHzItM4IEaE2KDHJStXJxbd7ta_VOYChcVHGWGRAlsRmsy3dzvzsrzlyjM" alt="" width="384px;" height="169px;" /></li>
<li>Open the Services applet from the Administrative Tools icon in the control panel and locate the MCM service.  Click on the start link. <img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/Alz2VkhEG-6eg8YyPcg4S5pxTGvmoJKzGq9ayGl0jRUur5JAokxljM-VyCl99um4tb61_2NAyrGs3GHNKd7MQawX7FgINxdOCkg-5YzwGnaA5xg8Ex0" alt="" width="624px;" height="442px;" /></li>
<li>You will get a dialog box showing that the service is starting. <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/ItPZ1nyk6rLmopJbe80BF8gR27ixHD9srdYhtcy5beJ_7z9HR2MxJfn8LdnIWh0uVqifNxdQoaibgwHJ4z8uMCnyh-MKvjkfX9mXT6mdYAp3VPW4KL8" alt="" width="384px;" height="177px;" /></li>
</ol>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/setting-up-the-mcm-to-run-as-a-service/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Update or Upgrade Mailware Install</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2011 22:24:54 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4480</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[We regularly release free updates for the latest version of Mailware that include bug fixes, new features and changes to documentation. You can download and install them from the link in the instructions below. Upgrades have been historically released every year in the first quarter. These are paid releases that include new features and functionality. You [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We regularly release free <em><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>updates</strong></span></em> for the latest version of Mailware that include bug fixes, new features and changes to documentation. You can download and install them from the link in the instructions below.</p>
<p><em><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Upgrades</strong></span></em> have been historically released every year in the first quarter. These are paid releases that include new features and functionality. You can also use upgrade to reinstall an old version of Mailware.</p>
<p>Instructions for installing updates and upgrades follow.</p>
<p><strong>Quick Jump to:</strong></p>
<ul>
<ul>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install#Updates">Installing Updates</a></li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install#Upgrades">Installing Upgrades</a></li>
</ul>
</ul>
<p><a name="Updates"></a></p>
<p><strong>Installing Updates</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Check your version and build of Mailware by clicking Help&gt;About on the text menu.<img class="alignnone" style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="HelpAbout" src=" http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen53.png" alt="" width="457" height="381" /></li>
<li>Download the latest build from our Updates page (e.g., <a href="http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/">http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/</a>)</li>
<li>Close Mailware then run the downloaded file and follow the prompts.</li>
<li>Run Mailware and if prompted be sure to <strong>Backup</strong> then <strong>Update </strong>the database.
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If you are using Client/Server you will need to backup your database manually with a third party tool or by simply copying the data directory to another location.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Do not skip this step. Mailware automatically adds and modifies fields in your database to work with the installed version. If you skip the update Mailware will not work properly. You can run the database update from Mailware as well. Make sure all windows in Mailware are closed, except for the Mailware Explorer (Menu screen) then click Tools&gt;Update Database&#8230; from the text menu. We recommend you run Tools&gt;Backup first.</li>
<li>If you have multiple workstations be sure to run the update on each one by following the steps above. If a workstation has an earlier version of Mailware it may still run but will give the following error message:</li>
</ol>
<p><img style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="HelpAbout" src=" http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen54.png" alt="" width="482" height="193" /><br />
Use the instructions above to install the update and remove this error message.</p>
<p><a name="Upgrades"></a></p>
<div><strong>Installing Upgrades</strong></div>
<div>
<ol>
<li>Upgrades are paid version upgrades to your Mailware install, for example when you upgrade from Mailware 2010 to Mailware 2011. Upgrades are optional and install to a separate directory so your original install is not affected. To apply an upgrade use the following steps.<strong>Note</strong>: You can install an upgrade for free to try it out before buying.</li>
<li>Download the Mailware upgrade from our site (e.g., <a href="http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/">http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/</a>). Select the download for the &#8220;<strong>FULL INSTALL</strong>&#8221; rather than the update.</li>
<li>Run the downloaded file and follow the prompts to complete the install.</li>
<li>Open your previous version of Mailware. Click Tools&gt;Backup and make a backup of your database. <strong>Note:</strong> If you are using Client/Server you will need to backup your database manually with a third party tool or by simply copying the data directory to another location.</li>
<li>Click File&gt;Open Database on the text menu. In the dialog that opens write down the path for each directory (Company) you have set up in Mailware. This is the location of your data directory(ies).<br />
<img style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Open Company" src=" http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen55.png" alt="" width="474" height="284" /><br />
In the dialog above your data directories are listed next to each company name (e.g., Cell Phones 4 U is located in c:\users\public\cellphones4u).</li>
<li>Close your previous version of Mailware.</li>
<li>OPTIONAL: You can copy over your preferences from your previous install of Mailware to the new version. To do so open Windows Explorer and browse to the install location of your previous install (e.g., C:\Program Files\Mailware 2010). In that folder find the Mailware.ini (or the file named Mailware with a type of Configuration File) and right click it. Choose Copy to copy it to the Windows clipboard. Then browse to the new install directory and paste the file over the existing one of the same name.</li>
<li>Open your new version of Mailware. Click File&gt;Open Database. You will see a dialog similar to the one above. It should contain one or two sample databases (e.g., Lord&#8217;s Flower and Garden, Cell Phones 4 U&#8230;). Click one of these and then click the Edit button at the bottom of the dialog.<br />
<img style="margin-top: 10px; margin-bottom: 10px;" title="Open Company" src=" http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen56.png" alt="" width="474" height="284" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens change the Name and Directory to one of the ones you wrote down in step 5 above, then click OK.</li>
<li>Select the newly created directory and click OK in the Open Database dialog. This will switch Mailware to your existing database. At this point you will very likely be prompted to update the database as in step 4 of Installing Updates above. Click the Update button to do so (you can also backup your data again if you like). When the update is complete you will be returned to Mailware and your data will be updated to work with the new version.
<p><img title="Open Company" src=" http://www.mailware.com/images/help/UpdateDatabaseDialog.png" alt="" width="481" height="361" /></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong>  If you are evaluating a new version you can make a copy of your database directory and point to that location instead of your current database. That will allow you to continue running your old version until you are ready to upgrade.For pricing information on upgrades please visit <a href="http://www.mailware.com/upgrades/upgrade-mailware/">http://www.mailware.com/upgrades/upgrade-mailware/</a>.</li>
</ol>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Point of Sale</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/point-of-sale/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/point-of-sale/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2011 03:48:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4466</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Point of Sale integrated with your mail order and multi channel management systems. Sync inventory with all your channels.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: center;"><strong><img class="aligncenter" title="clickimagebold" src="/mwimages/clickimagebold.png" alt="" width="276" height="13" /></strong></p>
<p>Use Mailware for Point of Sale (POS) and keep your inventory, sales amounts, deposits and more in sync with your mail order and multi channel systems. Entering orders is quick and easy. Mailware supports several cash drawers, posts, card swipers and scanners.</p>
<p>Point of Sale Features</p>
<ul>
<li>Customizable Receipts</li>
<li>Authorize credit cards and checks in seconds. Supports over 100 providers.</li>
<li>Optionally capture customer name, address, email etc.</li>
<li>For captured customer info email instantly and ongoing (Send coupons, receipt copy, sales flyers&#8230;).</li>
<li>Full security system gives administrators control over user access.</li>
<li>Supports bar code scanning.</li>
<li>Editable Reports show daily sales, receipts, deposits and more.</li>
<li>Automatically Synchronize inventory with your warehouse, mail order sales, web carts, marketplaces and auction sites.</li>
<li>Transfer inventory between retail and mail order quickly and easily.</li>
<li>Ship orders to retail customers.</li>
<li>Keyboard friendly – no mouse needed.</li>
<li>Have your own POS? No problem, Mailware works with several POS systems to keep your orders and inventory in sync.</li>
</ul>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/POSRetailProfile.png#popup"><img title="Retail Profile" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/POSRetailProfile.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="Retail Profile" width="150" height="85" /></a> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/POSReceipt.png#popup"><img title="POS Receipt" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/POSReceipt.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="POS Receipt" /></a> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/POSSalesReport.png#popup"><img title="POS Sales Report" src="http://www.mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/includes/timthumb.php?src=http://www.mailware.com/mwimages/POSSalesReport.png&amp;w=150&amp;h=85&amp;zc=1" alt="POS Sales Report" /></a></p>
<p><strong>Click an image above to see a screenshot</strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/point-of-sale/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Just Add Commerce</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/just-add-commerce/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/just-add-commerce/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 18:59:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4241</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/just-add-commerce/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Shopify</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/shopify/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/shopify/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 25 Mar 2011 18:55:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4238</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How Mailware works with Shopify Contact us to see how we can work with your shopify webstore.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3><strong>How Mailware works with Shopify</strong></h3>
<p>Contact us to see how we can work with your shopify webstore.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/shopify/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Add/Edit a Customer</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2011 19:30:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4082</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Add a new customer to your database, or change an existing one. Quick Jump to: Search for a Customer Add a Customer without Searching Additional Info Tab Special Pricing Tab Orders Tab Contact Log Tab Attachments Tab Instructions Search for an existing customer account before adding a new account. Or, find a customer to edit [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span style="font-size: small;">Add a new customer to your database, or change an existing one.</span></p>
<p><strong>Quick Jump to:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Search">Search for a Customer</a></li>
<li><a href="#Add">Add a Customer without Searching</a></li>
<li><a href="#AddInfo">Additional Info Tab</a></li>
<li><a href="#SpecialPricing">Special Pricing Tab</a></li>
<li><a href="#OrderHistory">Orders Tab</a></li>
<li><a href="#ContactLog">Contact Log Tab</a></li>
<li><a href="#Attachments">Attachments Tab</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><a name="Search"></a>Instructions</strong></p>
<p>Search for an  existing customer account before adding a new account. Or, find a customer to  edit and enter additional information and contacts.</p>
<p><strong>Searching for Existing Customers</strong></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>If you would like to search for an existing account to edit or before  adding:</strong> Click the Find Customer button <a href="findform:Customers"><img class="nobreak" style="margin-left: 2px; margin-right: 2px; border: 0px initial initial;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-71.png" border="0" alt="" hspace="2" width="22" height="22" align="absMiddle" /></a> in the Customers icon on the Main screen of the Mailware Explorer,  you can also press the F4 function key . This opens the Customer Search screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Search for Customer" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-72.png" alt="Search for Customer" width="617" height="428" /></li>
<li>Enter as many fields as you need to locate the customer then click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0px initial initial;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-73.png" border="0" alt="" width="73" height="21" align="absMiddle" /> button  or press Enter.</li>
<li><strong>If your search located the customer:</strong> Matches will appear in the lower  half of the screen. Highlight the record you wish to open and either double  click it, press Enter or click the OK button.</li>
<li><strong>If your search did not locate the customer:</strong> Click the <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-74.png" border="0" alt="" width="73" height="21" align="absMiddle" /> button, or press  Alt-A to add this customer now. The customer screen will open with the search  fields you typed already entered. Tab or Enter through each field to enter the  remaining customer information.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Add"></a>Adding a Customer</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Customer Icon in the Main Menu in the Mailware Explorer. <img class="alignnone" title="Customer Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-75.png" alt="Customer Icon" width="193" height="82" /></li>
<li>This will open the Customer screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Customer Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-228.png" alt="Customer Screen" width="732" height="559" /></li>
<li>To add a new customer click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Customer" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-77.png" alt="New Customer" width="70" height="22" /> button.  The customer screen will open to a blank account and you can begin entering  data.
<ol>
<li>Enter the customers contact information (name, Address etc.)  Use the Tab or Enter key to move between fields and the space bar to press  buttons. Depending on your Preference settings fields will automatically  capitalize first letters. You can change this setting in Preferences under the  Data Entry tab.
<ol>
<li>If the customer shipping address is the same as their billing address, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Copy Address" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-226.png" alt="Copy Address" width="97" height="19" /> button.  This will copy all of the billing address information into the corresponding shipping address fields.</li>
<li>Customers with multiple shipping addresses are handled in the order screen where you can change the default shipping address and, with the use of the lookup button, you can look up all of the previous addresses used by the customer.  For more details click <span style="color: #ff0000;">here</span>.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Residential Check box" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-227.png" alt="Residential Check box" width="117" height="17" /> check box is used with shipping integrations to pass this information to them.  <strong>Note:</strong> If you are an existing Mailware user that has a shipping integration(s), this field will have to be added to the field mapping for your shipping integration(s).</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter Phone numbers with the number pad on your keyboard. You do not need to  enter the dashes (-) for U.S., Guam, Puerto Rico and Canada. They will be  automatically added. However, if you cut and paste a phone number you will need  to manually enter any missing dashes.<img class="alignnone" title="Phone/Fax/E-mail" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-225.png" alt="Phone/Fax/E-mail" width="693" height="118" /> Enter an email address in the above field.  To send an email to this customer  click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0px initial initial;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-80.png" border="0" alt="" width="22" height="19" align="absMiddle" /> button. A blank message will open in your default email  program.  Enter in the customers web site in the above field, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Open In Browser" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-81.png" alt="Open In Browser" width="22" height="23" /> icon to open the web page in your default web browser.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="AddInfo"></a>Additional Info<br />
</strong>Additional customer  information includes pricing levels, a short note, system flags and system IDs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Additional Info Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-229.png" alt="Additional Info Tab" width="85" height="23" /> tab .</li>
<li>This will open the following screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Additional Info Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-230.png" alt="Additional Info Screen" width="732" height="552" /></li>
<li>Below is a description of the fields  in the Additional Info area of the Additional Info tab.
<ol>
<li><strong>Price Level-</strong>This will default to the price level that is defined in Tools-&gt;Preferences under the Orders tab.  Setting the price level for the customer in this screen (either Retail, Wholesale, Price3 or Price4) will determine which of the prices will be used when this customer submits an order.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE: </strong>If the customer is set to a price level of Wholesale and there is no Wholesale price information in the products table, the price will default to the Retail price level.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Discount-</strong>This will set the discount for each order that the customer orders.</li>
<li><strong>Store Credit-</strong> This field is used by the software to track store credit.  If the customer returns a product, the amount of the return can be applied to this field.  To use the store credit for a future purchase, select the Balance from the Method drop down menu.<img class="alignnone" title="Payment Method Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-84.png" alt="Payment Method Drop Down" width="301" height="355" />
<ol>
<li>You can manually adjust the Store Credit by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Adjust Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-85.png" alt="Adjust Button" width="65" height="21" /> button.  This will open a dialog box similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Credit Balance Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-86.png" alt="Credit Balance Dialog" width="362" height="111" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Type 1 to Type 4-</strong>These fields can be used to set up to four customer types for each field.  The customer types can be set up from the Setup screen.
<ol>
<li>From the setup menu select Customer Types&#8230;<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Customer Types" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-87.png" alt="Setup Customer Types" width="270" height="132" /></li>
<li>This will open up the Customer Types dialog.<img class="alignnone" title="Customer Types Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-88.png" alt="Customer Types Dialog" width="424" height="305" /></li>
<li>To assign the customer type to a field do the following:
<ol>
<li>Enter the value you want to show in the drop down in the Customer Type field.</li>
<li>Enter in &#8220;True&#8221; in the column that  you want the value to show up in (IsType1, IsType2 etc).</li>
<li>Enter in &#8220;False&#8221; in the remaining three columns.</li>
<li>Repeat the process for each type.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When done your dialog will look something similar to below.<img class="alignnone" title="Completed Customer Types" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-89.png" alt="Completed Customer Types" width="424" height="305" />
<ol>
<li>In this example Type 1 will show the options of Male and Female</li>
<li>Type2 will show the age ranges.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When done setting up the Customer Types click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-90.png" alt="Close Button" width="75" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>The customer types will show up in the screen as shown here <img class="nobreak" title="Selected Customer Type" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-91.png" alt="Selected Customer Type" width="342" height="22" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Pay Method-</strong>Use this option to select the default payment method for this customer.  The options are: Credit,Check,Cash,COD, PO, Bill, Invoice, Install, Direct Dep, and Money Ordr.   The default option can be overwritten in the Payment dialog box.</li>
<li><strong>Terms-</strong>You can set the terms in this dialog box.  The options are <strong>Due Upon Receipt</strong> and <strong>Net 30</strong></li>
<li><strong>Sales Rep-</strong>Use this option to assign a Sales Rep.  You can select an Operator ID from the drop down and assign them to the customers account.</li>
<li><strong>Note-</strong> You can type in a note into this field and it will show up in the order message field in the order screen.</li>
<li><strong>Popup Note-</strong>If you enter in a note in this field a note will show up as a popup when the customer is selected.</li>
<li><strong>Pin-</strong> This field can be used for requiring a customer to enter a pin number before they can place an order.</li>
<li><strong>Pin Hint-</strong>This is the field that stores a hint for the pin number.</li>
<li><strong>Date of Birth-</strong>This field can be used to send out notices or special offers for  customers with a birthday.</li>
<li><strong>Primary SIC-</strong>This field is used for storing the primary Standard Industry Classification (SIC) code.</li>
<li><strong>Secondary SIC-</strong> This field is used for storing the secondary SIC code.</li>
<li><strong>Corporate Client Number-</strong>This field is used for storing a unique number associated with a specific corporate client.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The System Flags area of the Additional Info tab is where you set specific flags for the customer.<img class="alignnone" title="System Flags Area" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-92.png" alt="System Flags Area" width="183" height="169" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Customer is Tax Exempt-</strong>Checking this box marks this customer as Tax Exempt and no taxes will be charged when this customer places an order</li>
<li><strong>Tax ID #-</strong>This field is used for storing the Tax ID number if the customer is Tax Exempt.  This field is used for reporting any sales that are tax exempt.</li>
<li><strong>Don&#8217;t Send Mail-</strong>This flag is used in conjunction with the report writer to prevent this customer from their name being added to a list of customers receiving mass mailings.</li>
<li><strong>Don&#8217;t Send Email-</strong>This flag prevents this customer from receiving Email notifications from the system.</li>
<li><strong>Don&#8217;t Send Fax-</strong>This field is used in conjunction with the report writer will prevent this customer from receiving faxes from the system.</li>
<li><strong>Bad Credit-</strong> When this option is checked, it does not prevent orders from being taken for the customer.  What it does do is put a notice in the Order Info tab on the order screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Bad Credit Notice" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-93.png" alt="Bad Credit Notice" width="350" height="55" /></li>
<li><strong>Inactive Account-</strong> Checking this option does not prevent the customer from placing an order.  What it does do is put a notice in the Order Info tab on the order screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Inactive Account notice" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-94.png" alt="Inactive Account notice" width="350" height="64" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Mailware automatically assigns fields in the System Information section based on  the data you enter and your Preference settings.<img class="alignnone" title="System Information" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-95.png" alt="System Information" width="495" height="169" />You can also manually change fields by clicking the <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-96.png" border="0" alt="" width="19" height="19" align="absMiddle" /> button. Fields will open  for editing and remain open (white) until you close the Customer screen so you  can edit multiple accounts if you wish.<br />
<img class="alignnone" title="Edit System Info" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-97.png" alt="Edit System Info" width="495" height="169" /></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Alt Customer #-</strong>This is an <strong>Alternate Customer Number</strong> made up of elements of the  customer&#8217;s data (name, address etc.). It can be used in place of the System ID #  in reports. You can edit the customer number formula in Preferences under the  Customers tab.</li>
<li><strong>Customer Type-</strong>This field indicates the status of a customer.
<ol>
<li><strong>Mailing</strong> &#8211; The customer has never contacted you. Typically this is used  when you are sending a mailing or email to a prospect. Mailware does not  automatically set this type. This status is usually imported with a group of new  customers.</li>
<li><strong>Inquiry</strong> &#8211; This customer has requested something from you (a catalog, free  information etc.), but has never purchased. Mailware automatically sets this  status when you add a new customer manually.</li>
<li><strong>Ordering</strong> &#8211; This customer has placed an order. Mailware sets this status  when an order is entered for a customer.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Original Key</strong> &#8211; You can assign <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/ads-source-keys/" target="_blank">Advertising Source Keys</a> to orders and  contacts. The first key assigned to a customer is the original key. It helps you  determine which ads have attracted customers.</li>
<li><strong>System ID/Customer #-</strong>This is a unique, system assigned sequential number. It is also the key field  for the Customer table, and cannot be changed  (Table.Field:  Customer.CustNo).</li>
<li><strong>Add Dt</strong> &#8211; This is the date you added the customer&#8217;s account to your  database.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="SpecialPricing"></a>Special Pricing<br />
</strong>You can  override prices for individual items and groups of items for selected customers.  The prices, discounts, quantity discounts and price levels you enter on this tab  will take precedence over any other amounts for this customer.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Special Pricing Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-98.png" alt="Special Pricing Tab" width="87" height="25" /> tab<img class="alignnone" title="Special Pricing Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-99.png" alt="Special Pricing Screen" width="732" height="559" /></li>
<li>To add a special price for a customer, click the <img class="nobreak" title="Add record button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-100.png" alt="Add record button" width="15" height="18" /> button on the lower toolbar.</li>
<li>In the blank line that appears you can enter a product number or click the <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-101.png" border="0" alt="" width="17" height="17" /> button to search for a Product  Number.  You can simply enter a single product number, or use one of multiple methods to  select a range of products.
<ol>
<li>For a range of consecutive product numbers enter the beginning number in the  <strong>From Product</strong> field and the ending number in the <strong>To Product</strong> field.<br />
<img class="alignnone" title="Product Range" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-102.png" alt="Product Range" width="211" height="38" /></li>
<li>For similar numbers you can use either of the wildcards: % or _ (underline). The  % symbol substitutes for any number of characters. The _ substitutes for a  single character.</li>
<li>For example, you could select both the BB-00001 and BB-00002 products from the  sample database with the _ as follows: <img class="nobreak" title="Using _" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-103.png" alt="Using _" width="111" height="42" /> or, with the % <img class="nobreak" title="Using the %" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-104.png" alt="Using the %" width="111" height="35" />.  In both examples you do not need to enter a &#8220;To Product&#8221; value.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Min Qty</strong> &#8211; Use this field to enter the minimum number of the selected item  or items that must be purchased to receive the price in the Price field. Use  multiple lines of the same item to enter multiple quantity discounts.
<ol>
<li>In the example below BB-00001 has a price of $19.99 when 1 to 4 are purchased.  At a quantity of 5 the price reduces to $15.99.  At 9 or more the price is $12.99. <img class="alignnone" title="Discount Pricing Example" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-105.png" alt="Discount Pricing Example" width="393" height="91" />Note that BB-00001 is included in this quantity discount matrix because it  shares the Mix &amp; Match code BB. Note too that although it contributes to  the total count to qualify for a discount its price will always be the $21.99 amount entered on the grid (e.g., If 3 BB-00001 and 2 BB-0002 products are  purchased the price for the BB-00001 products will be $15.99 each and for BB-00002 will be $21.99 each).</li>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: If you do not enter a Min Qty for a product that already has a  Quantity Discount set up on the Product screen, then the existing Quantity  Discount will apply.  You can, for example, change the Price Level in special  pricing and the associated Quantity Discount will apply.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Mix &amp; Match</strong> &#8211; Use this field to allow products to share quantity  discounts. Each product or product range that contains the same text here will  share the quantity discounts you set in the Min Qty and Price fields. You may  enter any text you wish in this field. (see sample below in Min Qty).</li>
<li><strong>Price Level </strong>- Select a level from the pulldown to apply that level&#8217;s  price. For example, if a customer has a default price level of Retail you can  select Wholesale from the pulldown to apply wholesale prices to the selected  products.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: You may select a Discount % and Price Level for a product. This  will apply the % discount to the selected level (e.g., Wholesale less 10%).</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Start Dt </strong>and<strong> End Dt </strong><strong>- </strong>You can enter an effective date range for  each special price. Click the field and enter a date or click the <img class="nobreak" title="Triangle Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-106.png" alt="Triangle Button" width="17" height="15" /> button that appears to select from a  calendar. Orders entered outside of the date range will receive the regular  price for the items.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: The date used for determination is the Order Date at the time the  item is entered. If an item has a sale date of 1/1/11 to 1/31/11 and the order  date is 1/15/11 the discount will be used when the item is added to the order,  even if you edit an old order later to add a new item. Existing items, however,  will not recalculate unless you edit them (e.g., change their quantity).</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Discount %</strong> &#8211; Enter a percent discount to be deducted from the price  normally charged to the customer (based on their Price Level &#8211; Retail, Wholesale  etc.).</li>
<li>You can enter items in any order you wish. Mailware will sort them  and apply discounts accordingly. After you have entered the items you wish to  discount you can take a new order to see the discounts apply. Please note that  changes to the special pricing grid will not affect a currently open order. To  use new discounts, close and reopen the order and enter your items.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="OrderHistory"></a>Order History<br />
</strong>Each order for a  customer is displayed in the Orders tab. You can open any order to view or edit  it.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>When adding a customer</strong>, no history will exist until you enter an order  for the customer. You can do so by clicking the <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-107.png" border="0" alt="" width="94" height="22" align="absMiddle" /> button. See the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Take an Order</span> help topic for  assistance with entering an order.</li>
<li><strong>When viewing an existing customer,</strong> you can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Orders Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-108.png" alt="Orders Tab" width="49" height="23" /> tab to see  all orders associated with that customer.</li>
<li>The customers order history will be displayed in the following grid. <img class="alignnone" title="Customer Orders Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-109.png" alt="Customer Orders Grid" width="720" height="435" /></li>
<li>In the grid you can click the <img class="nobreak" title="Plus Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-110.png" alt="Plus Button" width="11" height="11" /> button next to any order to see the items in the order.<img class="alignnone" title="Order Items" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-112.png" alt="Order Items" width="517" height="178" /> You can also filter fields by clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Triangle Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-106.png" alt="Triangle Button" width="17" height="15" /> button next to the field name, and group by dragging a field into the blue area above the grid.</li>
<li>For more details on an individual order, click it then click the <img class="nobreak" src="fhttp://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-113.png" border="0" alt="" width="0" height="0" align="absMiddle" /> <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-113.png" alt="Edit Button" width="65" height="21" /> button or simply  double-click the order. The Order screen will open, and you can view it or make  changes. For detailed help on orders see the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Orders help topic</span>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="ContactLog"></a>Contact Log<br />
</strong>Use the Customer  Contact Log to keep records of phone calls, mailings etc. You can also use it to  perform special tasks in Mailware like sending catalogs and setting Ticklers  (reminders).</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Contact Log Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-114.png" alt="Contact Log Tab" width="76" height="21" /> tab.</li>
<li>Any existing contact will be displayed in the Contact Log grid. <img class="alignnone" title="Contact Log Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-115.png" alt="Contact Log Grid" width="720" height="435" /></li>
<li>You can select any contact and then click the <img class="nobreak" src="fhttp://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-113.png" border="0" alt="" width="0" height="0" align="absMiddle" /><img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-116.png" alt="Edit Button" width="86" height="23" /> to view it, or simply  double-click it. A dialog will open with the details of the contact.<img class="alignnone" title="Customer Service Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-117.png" alt="Customer Service Dialog" width="460" height="300" /></li>
<li>To add a new contact, click the <img class="nobreak" title="New Contact Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-118.png" alt="New Contact Button" width="86" height="23" /> button.<img class="alignnone" title="New Contact Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-119.png" alt="New Contact Dialog" width="460" height="300" /> <strong>Note</strong>: When entering a new order or contact any advertising source key you  enter will automatically be assigned to the customer&#8217;s Original Key on the <a href="#AddInfo">Additional Info</a> screen if one does not already  exist.
<ol>
<li><strong>Source Key</strong> &#8211; You can select an Ad Source Key in the first pulldown if  applicable (e.g., a customer called requesting a catalog seen in one of your  ads). You can set up keys so they can be selected here by selecting the Ad  Source Key table in the Mailware Explorer.</li>
<li><strong>Action</strong> &#8211; Select an appropriate item from the pulldown list. (Tip: You can  select an item in the list by typing the beginning of its name. You can also   enter anything you wish by simply typing it and pressing the Tab key).  To set up the customer contact actions, follow the instructions below:
<ol>
<li>Click on the Setup menu in the Customer dialog and select the Customer Contact Actions&#8230; option.<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Customer Contact Actions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-120.png" alt="Setup Customer Contact Actions" width="393" height="96" /></li>
<li>The following dialog will open. <img class="alignnone" title="Customer Contact Actions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-121.png" alt="Customer Contact Actions" width="328" height="271" /></li>
<li>To add a new action click on the Add button.  This will add a new row to the dialog and key in the action that you will want to add.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Notes</strong> -This  field length is unlimited and appears on internal use  reports.</li>
<li><strong>Tickle Dt</strong> &#8211; Enter a date in this field in the format mm/dd/yy. This field  is used by the <span style="color: #ff0000;">R3180 Ticklers for Date Range</span> report to remind you to perform the Action you selected above.</li>
<li><strong>Days</strong> &#8211; This field is used by certain Mailware Queries to calculate the  number of days between events. If you are not using one of these queries you can  leave this field blank.</li>
<li><strong>Operator </strong>- If it is not automatically entered for you, select your ID  from the pull down list or type your ID number and press the Tab key.
<ol>
<li><strong> Note:</strong> The Operator is automatically assigned if the security feature is Activated.  Click the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Operators &amp; Security help</a> for more information.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>After entering all data, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="OK Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-122.png" alt="OK Button" width="73" height="21" /> button.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Attachments"></a>Attachments</strong></p>
<p>Use this tab to attach documents to a customers account.  This is useful for linking signed legal documents or statements of work to a customer record.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Attachments Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-123.png" alt="Attachments Tab" width="76" height="24" /> tab.</li>
<li>The following dialog will open. <img class="alignnone" title="Attachments Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-124.png" alt="Attachments Dialog" width="720" height="435" /></li>
<li>To add a new attached file or image press on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Record" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0203.png" alt="Add Record" width="15" height="17" /> button in the grid toolbar.  This will add another record to the grid.</li>
<li>Tab through the fields to add information to the grid.
<ol>
<li><strong>File Name-</strong> This is the file name of the file/image you are attaching.  This is automatically populated when the file is attached.</li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong> This is an optional description of the item that you are attaching.</li>
<li><strong>Type-</strong> Select the type of file you are attaching from the drop down list, the choices are File or Picture</li>
<li><strong>Add File…-</strong> Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="File Browser" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0209.png" alt="File Browser" width="74" height="15" /> icon in the field this will open up a file dialog in the default directory similar to<img title="Open Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-125.png" alt="Open Dialog" width="563" height="419" /></li>
<li>Select the file you want to attach and click on the Open button.  When you have successfully attached a file your screen will look similar to<img class="alignnone" title="Attached File" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-126.png" alt="Attached File" width="732" height="559" /></li>
<li>You can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Open File Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0212.png" alt="Open File Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to view the file in its associated application.</li>
<li>To add images the process is the same except you select Picture from the Type field and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Select File" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0209.png" alt="Select File" width="74" height="15" /> field in the Add Picture … field.  This will open the file dialog box with a filter for images.<img class="alignnone" title="Attach Image Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-127.png" alt="Attach Image Dialog" width="731" height="419" /></li>
<li>Click on the Open button and your attachment screen will look similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Attached Image" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-128.png" alt="Attached Image" width="732" height="559" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD: </strong>The Customer table interacts with the CustPrice, CustServ, CustomerAttachments, CustomerType and the Orders tables.  When a new customer is added to the system either through the Orders screen or by clicking the New button in the Customers screen, a blank record is added to the Customer table the CustNo in the NextCust table is incremented by one and this value is added to the CustNo field.  The default price level (as set in the Customer tab in Tools-&gt;Preferences) is assigned to the LastPayMeth field (R for retail,W for wholesale, 3 for Price3 and 4 for Price4).  If any of the customer types are assigned to the customer, the values from the CustomerType table are added to the corresponding Type1 through Type4 fields in the Customer table.</p>
<p>Customer type setup is stored in the CustomerType table.  The customer type values that show up in the Type 1 through 4 drop down boxes are stored in the CustomerType field.  The IsType1 through IsType4 boolean fields determine which drop down the values in the CustomeType field will appear.  When a IsType field is set to True the CustomerType value in that row will appear in the corresponding type field in the Additional Info tab.</p>
<p>Special pricing is stored in the CustPrice table.  When a new record is added to the Special Pricing tab, the CustNo field is populated with the corresponding value in the Customer table, the CustPriceNo is an autoincrementing primary key,  the ProductNo and EndProductNo fields are populated from the Product table and the remaining fields are populated from the user interface under the Special Pricing tab in the Customer screen.  When an order is taken for a customer with special pricing, the pricing is computed based on the rules stored in the CustPrice table.</p>
<p>When a new contact is added for a customer the following data are added to the CustServ table, the CustNo field is populated from the related Customer table, LogNo field is incremented from the LogNo value in the NextCServ table and the Date field is populated with the system date.  The Key, OperatorID, StatusFlag, TickleDt, Log and TickleDays fields are populated from the Source Key, Operator,  Action, Tickle Dt, Notes, and Days fields respectively in the Customer Service dialog.</p>
<p>If files are attached to a customer the data regarding the attached files are stored in the CustomerAttachments table.  The actual data is stored in the Attachments/Customer folder in the Mailware data folder.  When a file is attached to a customer the CustNo is added to the CustNo field in the CustomerAttachments table, in addition the Description, Type fields are updated from the corresponding fields in the Attachments tab.   After the file is selected the file name is added to the FileName field in the CustomerAttachments table.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Ads &amp; Source Keys</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/ads-source-keys/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/ads-source-keys/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2011 18:46:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4058</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Advertising Source Keys Source codes for tracking the effectiveness of your ads. Instructions You may already be using source keys. They are identification codes you assign to an advertisement. You use them to track where your customers found you. Mailware makes extensive use of source keys. An Original Source Key is assigned to a customer [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong><span style="font-size: x-large;">Advertising Source Keys</span></strong></h2>
<p>Source codes for tracking the effectiveness of your ads.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">Instructions </span></strong>You may already be using  source keys. They are identification codes you assign to an advertisement. You  use them to track where your customers found you. Mailware makes extensive use  of source keys. An Original Source Key is assigned to a customer the first time  they contact you. Subsequent source keys assigned to that customer tell you  which offers are pulling responses. You can assign additional keys to customers  when taking an order, or in the Customer Contact Log.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can add a new Advertising Source Key, or search for an existing one, by  clicking on the Setup tab in the Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Ads &amp; Source Keys icon. <img class="alignnone" title="Ads &amp; Source Keys icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-46.png" alt="Ads &amp; Source Keys icon" width="193" height="45" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the Ad Source Keys  screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar.<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tool Bar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-48.png" alt="Setup Tool Bar" width="747" height="481" /></li>
<li>This will open up the Source Key screen<img class="alignnone" title="Source Key " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-49.png" alt="Source Key" width="532" height="485" /></li>
<li>To search for a source key, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-50.png" alt="Search Icon" width="26" height="22" /> button.  This will bring  up the following dialog <img class="alignnone" title="Find Source Key " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-51.png" alt="Find Source Key" width="689" height="339" />
<ol>
<li>Type a Source Key in the <strong>Search Characters</strong> field to locate your key, then  click the <img class="nobreak" src="fhttp://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-52.png" border="0" alt="" width="0" height="0" align="absMiddle" /><img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-52.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="24" /> button. The Ad Source Key screen will open to the selected item.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To add a new source key click on the  <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0167.png" alt="New Button" /> button.  Enter or edit your source key data in the  screen that opens. You can use the Tab or Enter key to move between fields. When  your cursor is on a button press the Space bar to activate it. Or, simply use  the mouse.
<ol>
<li>Enter in your Source Key as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>S</strong><strong>ource Key:</strong> Enter the code, you have assigned for a particular ad,  mailing or catalog. This is your Advertising Source Key.</li>
<li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter any text you wish in the next field. Starting the  description with the publication date of an ad is a handy reference (e.g.,  1/2011).</li>
<li><strong>Type:</strong> This refers to the type of ad (e.g., display or classified ad in a  magazine, a direct mailing etc.)
<ol>
<li><strong>Catalog</strong>: Use this type to activate the Catalog drop box below this field  where you can associate a Catalog with this source key.</li>
<li><strong>Classified</strong>: Classified ads are typically either One Shot or Two Step ads:  One Shot ads ask for the order. These are effective only for very low priced  items. Two Step ads offer a free or inexpensive sample or demo. The sample is  mailed with sales literature that asks for the order.</li>
<li><strong>Display</strong>: These are usually large ads ranging from 1/8 of a page to a  multiple page spread that appear in a publication. Because display ads are  expensive, and offer you room to describe your product they typically ask for  the order, and offer higher priced items.</li>
<li><strong>Direct</strong>: Direct Mail usually consists of several pieces mailed directly to  a potential customer. The components of a direct mail package may include: a  sales letter, an order form, a publisher&#8217;s note and a brochure. By assigning a  source key to the entire package Mailware can track the effectiveness of a  direct mail campaign. You can also assign different source keys to different  parts of a direct mail campaign.
<ol>
<li>For example, you could create 2 different direct mail packages, and assign each  a different source code. Or, you could send the same package to 2 different  lists, each with its own source code. By combining both of these methods you can  create several distinct groups all within the same mailing. This is a very  effective method for testing.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Internet</strong>: Use this type for Internet ads and search engines.</li>
<li><strong>Other</strong>: Use this for an ad that does not fit one of the available  categories.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Catalogs</strong>: Source Keys may be assigned to a catalog once, or you may  assign several to the same catalog. This allows you to measure the effectiveness  of the same catalog sent to different customers, or at different times.. Enter  the appropriate catalog here from the drop down list, or <span style="color: #ff0000;">add a catalog</span>, and  return here to select it.</li>
<li><strong>Publication</strong>: Select a Publication, if applicable, from the the drop down  list, or <span style="color: #ff0000;">add a publication</span> and return here to select it.</li>
<li><strong>Date</strong>: Enter the date you actually placed the ad (not its publish date),  or mailed a campaign.</li>
<li><strong>Renew Date</strong>: If you plan to advertise in this publication again enter the  deadline for submitting a new ad in the Renew Date field.</li>
<li><strong>Mailings</strong>: Enter the number of pieces you mailed, or the circulation for  the publication in the Mailings field.</li>
<li><strong>Advertised Products</strong>: You can associate up to three different products  with this ad by selecting them from the drop boxes in the Products fields. If  you have multiple items you can set up a catalog, and refer to it in the catalog  field above.</li>
<li><strong>Ad Price</strong>: This is the actual price for a classified, display or other  paid ad. Do not include printing, postage or mailing costs which are provided  for below.</li>
<li><strong>Printing</strong>: Enter any printing costs associated with this ad.</li>
<li><strong>Postage</strong>: For mailings you can separately record the total cost of postage  here.</li>
<li><strong>Mailing</strong>: Any additional costs to mail can be separately recorded in the  Mailing field.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Additional tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-53.png" alt="Additional tab" width="63" height="21" /> tab will show the following dialog.<img class="alignnone" title="Additional Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-54.png" alt="Additional Dialog" width="532" height="485" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Ship Charge-</strong> This field allows you to add additional ship charges for any orders purchased using this source key.  The additional charges will be added to the shipping field for each order.</li>
<li><strong>Order Message</strong>-Adding data to this field will add a default order message for every order purchased with this source key.</li>
<li><strong>Custom Field 1</strong>-This field can be used for any other (up to 20 characters) that you may want to add to this key.</li>
<li><strong>Special Offers &amp; Discounts-</strong> Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-55.png" alt="Add button" width="75" height="25" /> or <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-56.png" alt="Edit Button" width="75" height="25" /> buttons will open the following dialog.<img class="alignnone" title="Special Offer or Discount " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-57.png" alt="Special Offer or Discount" width="419" height="316" />Enter data in the fields as follows.
<ol>
<li><strong>Special Offer Type-</strong> You can select one of the four options from the dialog, Free Gift, Order Discount $, Order Discount % and Free With Purchase.  Select the offer type and enter the data as follows.
<ol>
<li><strong>Free Gift-</strong> Enter in the Gift Product Number in the drop down that appears when this option is selected.</li>
<li><strong>Order Discount $-</strong>Enter in the amount of the dollar discount into the Discount Amount field.   If you want the discount to apply to a specific product, select the product from the drop down in the Product Code drop down.  If a product is not selected, the discount will apply to any product ordered with the source key.</li>
<li><strong>Order Discount %-</strong>Enter in the amount of the percent discount into the Discount Percent field.   If you want the discount to apply to a specific product, select the product from the drop down in the Product Code drop down.  If a product is not selected, the discount will apply to any product ordered with the source key.</li>
<li><strong>Free With Purchase-</strong>If  you select this option from the Special Offer Type drop down, the following will be displayed.<img class="alignnone" title="Free With Purchase" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-59.png" alt="Free With Purchase" width="309" height="99" />Enter in the product that the customer needs to purchase and the quantity required in order to get the free offer in the Buy this product drop down and quantity fields.  Enter in the product you are going to give away for free and the quantity in the Get this free drop down and quantity fields.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Minimum Order Amount-</strong> Adding a minimum order amount will prevent the special offer from triggering until this amount is met.</li>
<li><strong>Minimum Quantity-</strong> Adding a minimum order quantity will prevent the special offer from triggering until the number of products ordered meets this quantity.</li>
<li><strong>Start Date</strong> and <strong>End Date-</strong> Use these fields to specify a date range where this discount applies.</li>
<li><strong>Apply to first orders-</strong> Use this value to discontinue the special offer once the number of orders has been reached.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Note:</strong>You can have multiple discounts for a source key.  These will be additive in the orders.  In other words, if you set up two discounts for different minimum order amounts the discounts will be added separate discount records in an order.
<ol> </ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Product Pricing Tab " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-60.png" alt="Product Pricing Tab" width="91" height="22" /> tab will show the following dialog. <img class="alignnone" title="Product Pricing Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-61.png" alt="Product Pricing Dialog" width="532" height="485" /> This dialog is used to assign specific products, price levels and quantity pricing to this source key.
<ol>
<li>To create a new record in this screen, click on the area under the headings or on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Record Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-62.png" alt="Add Record Icon" width="15" height="17" /> icon in the bottom of the grid view. </li>
<li>Click in the grid under the <strong>Product #</strong> field and select the product number from the drop down. <img class="alignnone" title="Select Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-63.png" alt="Select Product" width="532" height="485" /></li>
<li>Select the <strong>Price Level</strong> from the drop down.<img class="alignnone" title="Price Level" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-64.png" alt="Price Level" width="532" height="485" /></li>
<li>Add the <strong>Price</strong> that will be charged for this product to orders with this Source Key.</li>
<li>If you want to use <strong>Quantity Pricing</strong>, click on the Quantity Pricing field and then the <img class="nobreak" title="Dot Dot Dot" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-65.png" alt="Dot Dot Dot" width="17" height="15" /> icon.  This will open the following dialog.<img class="alignnone" title="Quantity Discounts" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-66.png" alt="Quantity Discounts" width="438" height="305" />Enter in the quantity discount information as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>From Qty-</strong> Enter in the lower quantity of the quantity range.</li>
<li><strong>To Qty-</strong> Enter in the upper quantity range.</li>
<li><strong>Unit Price-</strong>Enter in the price for that quantity range.</li>
<li>To add a new quantity discount record click on the Tab key and repeat the process.</li>
<li>When done with entering in the quantity discounts, click on the Close button.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>If the product requires a <strong>VAT %</strong> add the value to the field under the VAT % heading.</li>
<li>Continuing adding new products to the grid by repeating steps 1 through 6 above.</li>
<li>To delete a record in the grid, select the record and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Record" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-67.png" alt="Delete Record" width="15" height="16" /> icon.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To create a copy of a selected source key click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Copy button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-69.png" alt="Copy button" width="60" height="22" /> button.  The system will display the following dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Copy Source Key  " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-03-70.png" alt="Copy Source Key" width="276" height="135" /> enter in the new source key and click the OK button.  The new source key will be created and all of the settings from the original source key will be copied to the new source key.  This includes any information under the Additional and Product Pricing tabs.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The ads and source keys system uses primarily the following tables; Ads, AdSpecial and AdsPrice.  If there are quantity discounts set up for products, then the data are stored in the Discounts table as well.</p>
<p>When the Source Key dialog is opened the first tab contains the the information for the first record in the Ads table.  The value of the Source Key field is the primary key for the Ads table and therefor you cannot have two Source Keys that are the same.   The Description, Date, RenewDate, Mailings, AdCost, PrintCost, PostageCost, MailCost, TotalCost, Product1 through Produt3, OnMailwareWeb and IsDiscontinued are populated from the Source Key tab.  The Additional tab contains the fields for entering/editing the OrderShippingCharge, OrderMessage and CustomField1 fields.</p>
<p>The data in the Special Offers and Discounts grid is populated in the AdsSpecial table.  When you Add or Edit a special offers the data from the Special Offer of Discount screen is used to import and manage the data stored in the AdsSpecial table.  When the Special Offer Type is selected from the drop down list in the screen, the software changes the import field depending on the option selected.  If the OrderDiscount% is selected the value of the percentage is stored in the OrderDiscountPct field.  If the Order Discount $ is selected the value of the dollar discount is stored in the OrderDiscountAmt field.  If a Product No is selected in the discount drop-down it is addt to the OrderDiscountPctProductNo or the  OrderDiscountAmtProductNo fields depending on the discount option selected.   If the Free Gift option is selected the product selected in the Free Gift drop down is stored in the FreeGiftProductNo field.  If the Free with Purchase option is selected, then the ProductNo selected in the Buy this product drop down is stored in the FWPBuyProductNo field and the corresponding Qty field is stored in the FWPBuyQty field.  The ProductNo selected in the Get this fee field is stored in the FWPGetProductNo field and the corresponding Qty is stored in the FTPGetQty.  The Minimum Order Amount, Minimum Quantity, Start Date, End Date and Apply to first orders fields are linked to the MinOrderAmt, MinQty and FirstOrders fields in the AdsSpecial table.</p>
<p>If data are added to the Product Pricing tab they are stored tin the AdsPrice table.  The product number selected in the grid is stored in the ProductNo field, the Source Key is automatically added to the SourceKey field when a new record is created, the Price, Price Level and optional VAT % are stored in the Price, PriceLevel and VATPercent fields in the table.  If quantity pricing is set up for the product, the HasQuantityDiscounts field is set to True.    If quantity discounts are added to the Product Pricing tab the records are added to the Discounts table in the following manner.  The ProductNo is added to the ProductNo field in the Discounts table, the PriceLevel is set to Source Cod, the FromQty, ToQty and Price fields the SourceCode field is populated with the value of the source key and the SourceCodePriceLevel is populated with the price level information form the AdsPrice table.</p>
<p>When a Source Key is added to an order, any applicable discounts are added to the order grid and the quantity discounts are applied to the selected products in the Product Pricing tab of the source key.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/ads-source-keys/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Sub-Products Utility</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/sub-products-utility/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/sub-products-utility/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 04 Feb 2011 22:29:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4043</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Quickly add multiple variations on products. Instructions If you sell clothing, or other items that are essentially identical except for their size, color and other descriptors (e.g., brand, flavor, pattern, etc.) you can use the Sub-products feature to make managing your inventory, and entering orders easier. This utility makes entering these Sub-products faster and easier. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><span style="font-size: small;">Quickly add multiple variations on products.<br /> </span></h2>
<div>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: small;">Instructions</span></strong><br /> If you sell clothing,  or other items that are essentially identical except for their size, color and  other descriptors (e.g., brand, flavor, pattern, etc.) you can use the  Sub-products feature to make managing your inventory, and entering orders easier.</p>
</div>
<div>
<p>This utility makes entering these Sub-products faster and easier.  With it you can specify an unlimited number of variations for a single product  then create all of them with a single click. Before committing them to your  inventory you can delete any combinations that you do not sell.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Sub-products screen click on the setup tab in the Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Sub-products icon <img class="alignnone" title="Subproducts Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-26.png" alt="Subproducts Icon" width="193" height="44" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the Sub-products  screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar. <img class="alignnone" title="Top Navigation Bar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-28.png" alt="Top Navigation Bar" width="747" height="479" /></li>
<li>This will open up the Setup Subproducts screen <img class="alignnone" title="Setup Subproducts" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-29.png" alt="Setup Subproducts" width="525" height="432" /></li>
<li>Enter the following fields as described below:
<ol>
<li><strong>Required Fields</strong>
<ol>
<li> <strong>Master Code</strong> &#8211; Enter the alphanumeric code you wish to use to group your  SubProducts. This code will be used on the Order screen to lookup products. You  should enter this field in UPPERCASE letters.</li>
<li><strong>Product Prefix</strong> &#8211; The code you enter here will be used as the prefix for  each of the created sub-products (e.g., a prefix of 123 will create Product  Numbers of 123-00001, 123-00002 etc.). Use as short a code as possible. This is  usually the same as the Master Code. You should enter this field in UPPERCASE  letters.   <strong>Note:</strong> Make sure your Prefix ans Suffix are no longer than 15 characters.</li>
<li><strong>Suffix Width</strong> &#8211; Specify the number of characters that will follow the  Product Prefix.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Optional Fields &#8211; </strong>Optionally enter as much product information as you wish. These fields are  identical to the fields found on the main Product screen as described in the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Product</a> help  topic.  The following fields are recommended as the minimum to be entered:
<ol>
<li><strong>Description &#8211; </strong>Enter up to 255 characters to help you identify this product when viewing your  inventory.</li>
<li><strong>Retail Price</strong> &#8211; This is the amount that will be charged to customers with  a Pricing Level of Retail (or none) when taking an order. You may override this  price on the order entry form for any item by simply typing the new price.</li>
<li><strong>In Stock</strong> &#8211; Enter the current number of items you have on hand.  Or you can make the master product a <strong>Non Inventory Item</strong> by checking this field if you do not track stock levels for the product.  This will also prevent backorders during order entry.</li>
<li><strong>Supplier</strong> &#8211; Select a vendor from the Supplier field pull down list to  associate the product with its supplier. If you have not added the supplier yet, you can make the association later by editing the product.  <strong>Note:</strong> If you have multiple suppliers for these products you can edit them in the Suppliers tab in the Products screen.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Clear Fields" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-30.png" alt="Clear Fields" width="89" height="25" /> button to enter a new sub-product entry. Or, you  can simply alter the fields for the next entry.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Next, click the <strong><img class="nobreak" title="Subproduct Options tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-31.png" alt="Subproducts Options tab" width="111" height="22" /> </strong>to enter your product options and  their variations. The following dialog will open.<img class="alignnone" title="Subproduct Options dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-32.png" alt="Subproduct Options Dialog" width="525" height="432" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Options</strong> &#8211; Enter Options by typing each one and pressing the Enter key to  drop to the next line (Note: you can also type an Option then press the Tab key  to type its Values. Use the mouse or Shift-Tab to return to the Options column  to add more options.)</li>
<li><strong>Values</strong> &#8211; For each Option you can add an unlimited number of Values.  Highlight any option then press the Tab key to move to the Value column. Enter  as many values as are appropriate (e.g., for an Option of Color, enter values of  Blue, Red, Yellow etc.).</li>
<li>You can click the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Options Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-33.png" alt="Save Options Button" width="94" height="25" /> button to save your list of Options and Values. In the dialog that opens type a name  for the list and click <strong>OK</strong>. This is useful if you have products with  similar options. You can create a SubProduct in the Product Info tab then use  the Open List button to load the Options from the similar product.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Create Products button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-34.png" alt="Create Products button" width="104" height="25" /> button to create a Preview of all the possible combinations of this SubProduct.  <strong>Note</strong>: The products will not be created in Mailware at this step. You can  view them in the Preview tab and make changes and/or delete items before  committing them to your inventory list.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Next, click the <img class="nobreak" title="Preview tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-35.png" alt="Preview tab" width="56" height="20" /> tab.  The following screen will appear. <img class="alignnone" title="Preview Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-36.png" alt="Preview Tab" width="525" height="432" />
<ol>
<li>All the items you created in the previous steps are listed here. You can make  changes to any field by simply typing your changes. You can also delete entries  you do not need by holding <strong>Ctrl</strong> and pressing <strong>Delete</strong> while the  entry is highlighted.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: You can drag column headers to different positions. The column  order you create will be saved automatically. This is useful if you consistently  edit the same fields.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="View All Fields" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-38.png" alt="View All Fields" width="105" height="25" /> to open the following dialog for the selected entry where you can change product information.  <img class="alignnone" title="Record View" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-40.png" alt="Record View" width="444" height="999" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add to Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-04-41.png" alt="Add to Inventory" width="104" height="25" /> button when done making changes to your sub-products.  This will add the items in the preview table to the Products table.  Once added they may be edited, deleted etc. from the Products table.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When entering orders you can lookup sub-products by their options. This makes  locating items easy and intuitive. For more details on this feature see the help  topic <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">here</a>.</li>
</ol>
</div>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> In addition to the Products table the sub-products feature uses a table called Subproducts.   When you set up a new group of sub products, the software uses the product prefix and appends the prefix with a numeric suffix for each product option combination that you set up.  the length of the suffix is determined by the value stored in the suffix width field.   So, if you have a prefix called AA and a suffix length of 5  then the sub-products would be called AA-00001, AA-00002, etc.</p>
<p>When the options and and values are set up in the sub-products screen and the Create Products button is clicked the software creates the various combinations of products and puts them in the preview screen.</p>
<p>When the Add to Inventory button is pressed the sub-products are added to the products table in the following manner.  The ProductNo is the prefix and numeric suffix as described above, and the product information is populated with the information that was added to the product info tab.  The options and values are added to the CustomDesc field in the table.   In addition the value in the Master Code field is added to the Serial field.    The data are also added to the Subproducts table in the following manner.  The MasterCode and the ProductNo are added to the table, the Option and Value fields are populated for each Option Value combination for each product.  In other words, if there are two options for each product, there will be two records for each product.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/sub-products-utility/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Operators &amp; Security</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2011 23:51:50 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3983</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; Creating and Managing Operators And Security Whats New Invoice Reports By Operator ID Company By Operator ID Email by Operator ID Introduction The Operators &#38; Feature is used for two purposes.  First, as the name suggests, it is used to restrict the access to specific users to specific features in [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/ ">Next &gt;</a></p>
<h2>Creating and Managing Operators And Security</h2>
<h3>Whats New</h3>
<ul>
<li>Invoice Reports By Operator ID</li>
<li>Company By Operator ID</li>
<li>Email by Operator ID</li>
</ul>
<h4>Introduction</h4>
<p>The Operators &amp; Feature is used for two purposes.  First, as the name suggests, it is used to restrict the access to specific users to specific features in the software.  Secondly, it is used to manage orders downloaded using the MCM (MultiChannelManager).  Each channel is assigned an operator ID and these can be used to filter by operator ID in the the orders list.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Operators &amp; Security screen click on the setup tab in the Mailware Explorer <img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Operators &amp; Security icon <img class="alignnone" title="Operators &amp; Security Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-210.png" alt="Operators &amp; Security Icon" width="193" height="44" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the Operators ans Security screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar.<img class="alignnone" title="Operators/Security Toolbar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-211.png" alt="Operators/Security Toolbar" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will open up the Operators screen <img class="alignnone" title="Operators Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-212.png" alt="Operators Screen" width="478" height="295" /></li>
<li>To Add a new Operator click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-213.png" alt="Add Button" width="51" height="22" /> button this will bring up the Access Settings screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Access Settings Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-214.png" alt="Access Settings Screen" width="443" height="473" />Enter in the following data.
<ol>
<li><strong>Operator ID- </strong>This is a unique number for the operator.  If the OperatorID already exists in the system you will get the following message.<img class="alignnone" title="Duplicate Key Error" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-215.png" alt="Duplicate Key Error" width="492" height="171" /> Click the OK button and select a new Operator ID.</li>
<li><strong>First Name-</strong>For regular users this is self explanatory.  For channels we suggest that you use the name of the channel you are setting up the operator for, like AMAZON</li>
<li><strong>Last Name-</strong> For regular users this is self explanatory.  For channels, it is not necessary to add anything in this field.</li>
<li><strong>Added Dt-</strong> This is automatically populated with the system date.</li>
<li><strong>Inactive Dt-</strong>This is used if you want to keep track of what users are no longer active in the use of the software.  This is an alternate to using the <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-216.png" alt="Delete Button" width="56" height="22" /> button from the Operators screen.</li>
<li><strong>Phone 1 and Phone 2-</strong>These fields are used in conjunction with the company setup to allow the software to assign different users to different companies.</li>
<li><strong>Email-</strong>This field is used in conjunction with the company setup to allow the software to assign different users to different companies.</li>
<li><strong>Password-</strong>If you activate operators and security by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Activate Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-217.png" alt="Activate Button" width="59" height="22" /> button, you will need to assign a password to each of your users.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> You do not need to create a password for any of your Channel operator Id&#8217;s.</li>
<li><strong>System Administrator-</strong>Check this box for at least one user in the system so that they will have access to the security settings screen.</li>
<li><strong>Inactive-</strong> If you check this box the user will no longer be able to log into the system and the Inactive Dt field will be populated with the current system date.</li>
<li><strong>Restrict Access to Own Orders &amp; Customers</strong>- If this box is checked, the operator will only have access to the customers and related orders that have their operator Id assigned to them.
<ol>
<li>To associate an operator Id with specific customers set the Sales Rep field in the Additional Info tab in the Customer screen to the assigned operator.  Click <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/#AddInfo">here</a></span> for help on this subject.</li>
<li>When the security is activated the Operator ID of the person logged into the system will automatically be assigned to any orders that are taken by that operator.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Access Group-</strong></li>
<li><strong>Invoice Reports-</strong>This drop down can be used to generate custom invoice reports for the selected operator ID.  To set up an invoice report for an OperatorID select the <img class="nobreak" title="Invoice Report Setup Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-218.png" alt="Invoice Report Setup Button" width="64" height="21" /> button to the right of the drop down.  This will bring up the Invoice Reports setup screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Invoice Reports Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-219.png" alt="Invoice Reports Screen" width="424" height="305" />
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-220.png" alt="Add Button" width="75" height="21" /> button to add a new report.</li>
<li><strong>ReportNo-</strong>Leave this field blank, after saving the record the next incremental value will be added to this field.</li>
<li><strong>InternalName-</strong>Give the report a name that will define what the report is used for.</li>
<li><strong>Name-</strong>This is the name of the invoice report that you want to run.  Copy the report name from the reports directory and paste it in this field. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/using-the-report-system" target="_blank">Reports</a> help topic for details on the reporting system.</li>
<li><strong>ReportName-</strong>You can use this field to provide a longer description about the report you will be using.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-222.png" alt="Close Button" width="75" height="21" /> button to save the report link.</li>
<li>After setting up the reports you can select them from the Invoice Report drop down to associate the report with the OperatorID.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Company-</strong>This drop down is used to associate a company with the selected operatorID.  To set up a company for an operator ID click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Company Setup Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-218.png" alt="Company Setup Button" width="64" height="21" /> button to the right of the Company drop down.  This will open up the Company Setup screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Company Setup " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-221.png" alt="Company Setup" width="424" height="305" />
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-220.png" alt="Add Button" width="75" height="21" /> button to add a new company.</li>
<li>In the blank Company Name row, key in the company name you want to add.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-222.png" alt="Close Button " width="75" height="21" /> button when you are done adding companies.</li>
<li>After setting up companies you can select the company from the Company drop down to associate the operator with a company.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h4><strong> </strong>Setting up Security</h4>
<p>This section of the Operators and Security feature is to define which operators have access rights to various features in the software.  <strong>NOTE: </strong>You do not need to set up security for any Operators that are used for your channel integrations.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Tables-</strong>Use this option to manage access to the software tables.
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Table Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-231.png" alt="Table Tab" /> tab.  This will display the following screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Table Permissions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-15.png" alt="Table Permissions" width="433" height="467" /></li>
<li>To change the permissions on all of the tables, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Permissions Buttons " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-16.png" alt="Permissions Buttons" width="327" height="24" /> buttons.</li>
<li>To change permissions on individual tables, click on the table and select None, Read Only or Full Access from the drop down list <img class="alignnone" title="Individual Table Permissions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-17.png" alt="Individual Table Permissions" width="433" height="467" /></li>
<li>When you are done setting the Table permissions click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-18.png" alt="Ok Button" width="75" height="25" /> button or click on one of the other tabs.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Actions-</strong>Use this option to manage access to specific processes such as Adjusting inventory, Process Orders etc.
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Actions Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-19.png" alt="Actions Tab" width="52" height="22" /> tab.  This will display the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Actions Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-20.png" alt="Actions Screen" width="433" height="467" /></li>
<li>To change the permissions on all of the actions click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Assign Permissions to All Actions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-21.png" alt="Assign Permission to All Actions" width="259" height="27" /> buttons.</li>
<li>To change permissions on individual actions, click on the action and select None or Full Access from the drop down list.<img class="alignnone" title="Assign Action Permissions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-22.png" alt="Assign Action Permissions" width="433" height="467" /></li>
<li>When you are done setting the action permissions click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-18.png" alt="Ok Button" width="75" height="25" /> button or click on one of the other tabs.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Miscellaneous-</strong>This tab is primarily used for overall administrative management of the system.
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Miscellaneous Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-23.png" alt="Miscellaneous Tab" width="86" height="22" /> tab.  This will display the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Miscellaneous Permissions Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-24.png" alt="Miscellaneous Permissions Screen" width="433" height="467" /></li>
<li>To change the permissions on all of the actions click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Assign Permissions to All Actions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-21.png" alt="Assign Permission to All Actions" width="259" height="27" /> buttons.</li>
<li>To change permissions on individual actions, click on the action and select None or Full Access from the drop down list. <img class="alignnone" title="Change Individual Permissions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-25.png" alt="Change Individual Permissions" width="433" height="467" /></li>
<li>When you are done setting the miscellaneous permissions click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-05-18.png" alt="Ok Button" width="75" height="25" /> button or click on one of the other tabs.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The Operators and Security feature uses the following tables, Operators, Access and Group.  The Operator table contains the information that is on the Access Settings  screen under the Operator tab.  When operator information is added or edited in this tab the information is updated in the Operators table.  The Access table is password protected and contains the specific settings for each of the tabs in the Access Settings.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences/ ">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Webinar: Multi Channel eCommerce</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/media/webinar-01/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/media/webinar-01/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2011 22:07:12 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Media]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=4020</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[If you missed this webinar, we will be holding it again on Tuesday February 1st at 1:00 pm (MST). Click here to sign up. Want to learn how Mailware allows you to manage multiple sales channels at once? Sign up for our next webinar. Mailware Webinar: Multi Channel eCommerce As advancing technologies on the Internet [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><iframe title="YouTube video player" class="youtube-player" type="text/html" width="480" height="390" src="http://www.youtube.com/embed/OyEYcxLXZpo" frameborder="0" allowFullScreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: line-through;">If you missed this webinar, we will be holding it again on Tuesday February 1st at 1:00 pm (MST). <a href="https://www3.gotomeeting.com/register/727476590">Click here to sign up</a></span>.</p>
<p>Want to learn how Mailware allows you to manage multiple sales channels at once? <a href="https://www3.gotomeeting.com/register/183276478">Sign up for our next webinar</a>.</p>
<h3>Mailware Webinar: Multi Channel eCommerce</h3>
<p>As advancing technologies on the Internet bring more sellers and buyers together through multiple web channels such as eBay, Amazon, Craigslist, uBid, etc. you do not want to be left behind.</p>
<p>Managing multiple channels reaches more of your potential customers, positions you at a competitive advantage because you are providing multiple outlets for buyer to purchase your products and increases your visibility on search engines, marketplaces and more.</p>
<p>This webinar introduces the concept of multiple channels including web carts, auctions, marketplaces and feeds, and how to manage them effectively and profitably.</p>
<p>If you attended our webinar, be sure to <a href="http://www.surveymonkey.com/s/PBTVTNH">take our survey</a> and help us improve.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/media/webinar-01/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Shipping</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/shipping/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/shipping/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 Jan 2011 00:03:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3954</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Add/Edit a Ship Company Add a shipping carrier, ship methods and charges. Quick Jump to: Add a Ship Company Flat Charges Charges by Order Total Charges by Weight Rates and Zones Instructions Add a new shipping company. Then enter charges for various ship methods. NOTE: These instructions only apply to orders that are manually entered [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong><span style="font-size: x-large;">Add/Edit a Ship Company</span></strong></h2>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Add a shipping carrier, ship methods and charges.</span></p>
<h3>Quick Jump to:</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Search">Add a Ship Company</a></li>
<li><a href="#Flat">Flat Charges</a></li>
<li><a href="#Order">Charges by Order Total</a></li>
<li><a href="#Weight">Charges by Weight</a></li>
<li><a href="#Zone">Rates and Zones</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: small;"><a name="Search"></a>Instructions</span></strong><br /> Add  a new shipping company. Then enter charges for various ship methods.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> These instructions only apply to orders that are manually entered into Mailware.  Any orders that are downloaded via the MCM are not affected by the shipper settings here.  The ship methods and ship amounts from your channel accounts are imported directly into Mailware and they are not altered by these settings.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the shipping setup click on the setup tab in the Mailware explorer <img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then Select the Shipping icon from the Mailware Explorer <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-195.png" alt="Shipping Icon" width="192" height="44" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the shipping screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar. <img class="alignnone" title="Setup Toolbar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-196.png" alt="Setup Toolbar" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will open the Shipping Company screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Company Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-197.png" alt="Shipping Company Screen" width="540" height="349" /></li>
<li>To Add a new shipper, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-198.png" alt="New button" width="77" height="22" /> button at the top toolbar.</li>
<li>This will open the Shipping Company detail screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Company Details" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-199.png" alt="Shipping Company Details" width="410" height="336" /> <strong>Note:</strong> The shipping charges are cumulative for each tab in the Shipping Company detail screen.  If you set up shipping charges for all of the tabs (Flat Charges, By Order Total, By Weight, and By Zone)  The total shipping for each order will be the sum of all the charges that meet the criteria under each tab.
<ol>
<li>Enter in the following information in the Shipper tab.
<ol>
<li><strong>Shipper-</strong>Enter a name for your shipper type.  This can be 30 characters long, but as of build 1121, only the first 10 will be stored in the Order table.  For example UPS Ground.</li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong> Enter a detailed description of the ship method.  This can be up to 30-characters in length.</li>
<li><strong>Carrier-</strong>(Optional) Select the carrier from the drop down list.</li>
<li><strong>Service-</strong>(Optional) Select the service type from the drop down list.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Flat"></a>Select the Flat Charges  <img class="nobreak" title="Flat Charges" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-200.png" alt="Flat Charges" width="76" height="26" /> tab.  This will open up the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Flat Charges Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-201.png" alt="Flat Charges Screen" width="410" height="336" /> Enter in your shipping charges based on your business model.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE: </strong>As is the case above the charges are cumulative.  If you set up a per order charge of $1.00 and a per item charge of $2.00 then an order with two items will have a total shipping charge of 1.00+2*2.00=$5.00</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-209.png" alt="Ok Button" width="75" height="23" /> button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Order"></a>Select the By Order Total <img class="nobreak" title="By Order Total Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-202.png" alt="By Order Total Tab" width="83" height="23" /> tab.  This will open up the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="By Order Total Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-204.png" alt="By Order Total Screen" width="410" height="336" /> Add the shipping charges in the following manner.
<ol>
<li>Enter in the order total price ranges in sequential order from lowest to highest.</li>
<li>Do not include any gaps in the price range, for instance if your highest range for one price level is $9.99 then the next level must start with $10.00</li>
<li>Charges by Order Total are calculated based on the Subtotal of items (excluding  Sales Tax) and are charged in addition to Flat Charges, Weight Charges and Rates  and Zones charges you specify for each shipping method. You can also use the By  Order Total to create charges above a specified order amount. For example, enter  a From of $200.01 and a Charge of $50 (no To is needed) and only orders above  $200 will be charged $50.</li>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> Any pricing information you add to this tab, or any of the other tabs, is cumulative.  If you have set up flat charges in addition to By Order Total, the shipping will be the sum of the flat charge rates plus the By Order Total rates.</li>
<li>If  you want to use only the Order Total or the Weight tables, you can change this in the Preferences under the Data Entry Tab.
<ol>
<li>Select Tools-&gt;Preferences from the text menu.</li>
<li>Select the Data Entry tab</li>
<li>Select the Shipping Charge Ranges download.
<ol>
<li>The default option is <strong>By Both Order Total and Weight</strong></li>
<li>The other options are:
<ol>
<li><strong>By Order Total Only</strong></li>
<li><strong>By Weight Only</strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-209.png" alt="Ok Button" width="75" height="23" /> button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Weight"></a>Select the <img class="nobreak" title="By Weight Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-205.png" alt="By Weight Tab" width="65" height="24" /> tab.  This will open up the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Charges By Weight" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-206.png" alt="Shipping Charges By Weight" width="410" height="336" /> Add the shipping charges in the following manner.
<ol>
<li><strong>You will first need to enter weights for each of your products</strong>.
<ol>
<li>Click <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">here</a> to add weights to your products.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter the weight ranges in sequential order from lowest to highest.</li>
<li>Do not include any gaps in the weight ranges.  For example if the <strong>To</strong> value for a range is 10.0 then the next weight in the <strong>From</strong> field should be 10.1</li>
<li>Charges by Weight are calculated based on the combined weight of items added to  the order. You can enter each item&#8217;s weight in the Product screen Weight field.  Charges by Weight are added to Flat and Order Total charges you specify. As in  the by Order Total method, you can create charges that are applied only when an  order exceeds a value you specify. For example, enter a From of 100.01 pounds  and a Charge of $75 (no To is needed) and only orders weighing more than 100  pounds will be charged $75.</li>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> Any pricing information you add to this tab, or any of the  other tabs, is cumulative.  If you have set up flat charges in addition  to By Order Total, the shipping will be the sum of the Flat Charge rates  plus the By Order Total rates in addition to the By Weight rates.</li>
<li>If  you want to use only the Order Total or the Weight tables, you can change this in the Preferences under the Data Entry Tab.
<ol>
<li>Select Tools-&gt;Preferences from the text menu.</li>
<li>Select the Data Entry tab</li>
<li>Select the Shipping Charge Ranges download.
<ol>
<li>The default option is <strong>By Both Order Total and Weight</strong></li>
<li>The other options are:
<ol>
<li><strong>By Order Total Only</strong></li>
<li><strong>By Weight Only<br /> </strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-209.png" alt="Ok Button" width="75" height="23" /> button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Zone"></a>Select the <img class="nobreak" title="By Zone Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-207.png" alt="By Zone Tab" width="57" height="22" /> tab.  This will open up the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="By Zone Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-06-208.png" alt="By Zone Screen" width="410" height="336" /> This screen is to be used for setting up your shipping costs based on your shippers rates and zones tables.  For more details on setting up your rates and zones <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/charges-by-rates-and-zones/" target="_blank">click here</a>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The shipping setup uses the following tables Shipper,ShipChg, ShipCost, Shipper and ShipZone.  In addition, the Shipper value is stored in the ShipMeth field in the Orders table for orders that are manually entered.  If the order originates from a channel download the ShipMeth field is populated directly from the channel and it does not need to be set up in the shipping tables.The basic shipper information is stored in the Shipper table.  The primary key in the table is the Shipper field and this is the value that is populated in all of the shipping related tables.  The value of the Shipper, Description, Carrier and Service fields come from the Shipper tab in the Shipping Company details screen.  When data are added to the Flat Charges, By Order Total and By Weight tabs are added to the ShipChg table.  When data are first added in any of the shipper tables (ShipChg, ShipZone or ShipCost) the Shipper field is populated into the Shipper value in the table.  The ShipChg table has room for ten Order Total ranges and ten Weight ranges.</p>
<p>The ShipZone table contains the zone information for the rates and zones setup.  When a new zone is added to the table the Shipper is populated from the Shipper table and the ShipZoneNo is incremented by one.  The countrycode is populated from the Country table.  For the United States the countrycode is 240.   It is important to know that the FromZip and ToZip fields must be continuous, in other words, the FromZip value must be one more number than the ToZip field in the previous row.</p>
<p>The ShipCost table contains the weight and cost information for the  rates and zones computation.  The shipper field is populated from the Shipper table and is the foreign key link to the Shipper table.  The Zone is populated from the ShipZone table and the weight ranges are populated from the Rates and Zones setup screen.  As is the case with the ShipZones table, there can be no gaps in the weight ranges.  Depending on your shipper, the FromWeight in one row must be one unit more than the ToWeight in the previous row.  Any gaps in the sequence will cause the rates and zones calculations to break.</p>
<p>When an order is taken in Mailware and a shipping method is selected, the ship amount is computed as the sum of all the criteria that are set up for the selected shipper.  If you have a shipper that has Flat Rate Charges, Charges by Weight, Charges by Order Total and Rates and Zones, the computed ship amount will be the sum of all shipping criteria that are met.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/shipping/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Product Cart</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/product-cart/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/product-cart/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 24 Jan 2011 17:29:42 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3948</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/webcarts/product-cart/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>RMA&#8217;s</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/rma/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/rma/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2011 18:58:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3915</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Issue Return Merchandise Authorizations and process returns. Quick Jump to: Create An RMA Receive returned items Refund an order Instructions You can create an RMA for any order with shipped items (items in the order have a status of SH). An RMA number may have multiple line items. You can also assign the same RMA [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Issue Return Merchandise Authorizations and process returns.</p>
<h3>Quick Jump to:</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#CreateRMA">Create An RMA</a></li>
<li><a href="#ReceiveItems">Receive returned items</a></li>
<li><a href="#RefundOrders">Refund an order</a></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;"><strong><a name="CreateRMA"></a>Instructions<br /> </strong></span>You  can create an RMA for any order with shipped items (items in the order have a  status of SH). An RMA number may have multiple line items. You can also assign  the same RMA to multiple orders. This allows for receiving portions of a return  and refusal or approval of individual items.</p>
<p><strong>Note: </strong>You can manually process individual returns instead of using the  RMA system. It is recommended you use one or the other, not both. Returns are  stored at the order level (in the Items.dat table). RMA refunds are stored in  the RMA system (in the Return.dat table). For more information about individual  returns see the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Refund an Order help  topic</span>.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the RMA feature click on the RMA&#8217;s icon on the Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="RMA Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-167.png" alt="RMA Icon" width="193" height="44" />
<ol>
<li>You can also open the RMA screen from the top navigation bar. <img class="alignnone" title="RMA Toolbar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-171.png" alt="RMA Toolbar" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>You can also access the RMA screen from the Links option from the order screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Order Link" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-169.png" alt="Order Link" width="148" height="15" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>This will display the Returns screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Returns Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-168.png" alt="Returns Screen" width="562" height="411" /></li>
<li>To create a new RMA click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-172.png" alt="Add Button" width="55" height="22" /> button.
<ol>
<li>A new RMA number will be assigned, as will the date and Operator ID for the current operator.  The operator will be assigned if security is turned on.</li>
<li>You can give the RMA number to your customer immediately.  The number can be searched on when the package is received so that the return can be processed. <img class="alignnone" title="RMA Number Assignment" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-175.png" alt="RMA Number Assignment" width="459" height="27" /></li>
<li>Locate the customers account by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Find Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-173.png" alt="Find Button" width="46" height="22" /> button.  This will show the Search for Customer screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Search for Customer" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-72.png" alt="Search for Customer" width="617" height="428" /></li>
<li>Enter as many fields as you need to locate the customer then click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-73.png" border="0" alt="" align="absMiddle" /> button  or press <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
<li>Matches will appear in the lower half of the screen.  Highlight the record you wish to open and <strong>double click</strong> it, press <strong>Enter</strong> or click the <strong>OK</strong> button.</li>
<li>The customer number will appear in the Customer Number field on the RMA screen. <img class="nobreak" title="RMA Customer Number" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-174.png" alt="RMA Customer Number" width="188" height="26" /></li>
<li>You can add <img class="nobreak" title="Internal Notes" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-191.png" alt="Internal Notes" width="90" height="22" /> or <img class="nobreak" title="Print Notes" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-192.png" alt="Print Notes" width="90" height="22" /> by clicking on the appropriate button.  This will bring up a dialog similar to the one below.<img class="alignnone" title="Edit Notes Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-193.png" alt="Edit Notes Dialog" width="508" height="375" />
<ol>
<li>The top part of the screen will show a history of what notes were added regarding this RMA.  The notes will include the date the note was entered, the Operator information (if logged in) and the contents of the note.</li>
<li>To add a new note, key in your comments in the <strong>New Comments</strong> field and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add to Notes " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-194.png" alt="Add to Notes" width="97" height="25" /> button.  The sofware will automatically add the date stamp and any operator information to the Notes field above.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>You can now create return authorizations for as many orders and items as you  wish for this customer. Click the <strong>Add&#8230; </strong>button on the toolbar below the  Returned Items tab (<strong>Note</strong>: Do not click the Add button at the top of the  RMA screen).<img class="nobreak" title="Add RMA Item" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-172.png" alt="Add RMA Item" width="55" height="22" /></li>
<li>The Return Item dialog will open as follows: <img title="Return Item Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-232.png" alt="Return Item Dialog" width="410" height="405" /></li>
<li>Click on the <strong>Order Number</strong> drop down to select the order for which you wish to create a return authorization.<img class="nobreak" title="Select Order No" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-233.png" alt="Select Order No" width="600" height="404" /></li>
<li>Select an order from the list.</li>
<li>Select a product from the <strong>Product</strong> drop down.<img class="alignnone" title="Product Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-234.png" alt="Product Drop Down" width="441" height="405" /></li>
<li>Select a reason from the <strong>Reason</strong> drop down.<img class="alignnone" title="Reason Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-176.png" alt="Reason Drop Down" width="410" height="405" />
<ol>
<li>To Set up reason codes select the <img class="nobreak" title="Setup Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-177.png" alt="Setup Button" width="59" height="22" /> button from the Returns screen.</li>
<li>This will bring up the Return Reasons dialog box. <img class="alignnone" title="Return Reasons " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-178.png" alt="Return Reasons" width="312" height="285" /></li>
<li>Use the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Cancel Delete" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-179.png" alt="Add Cancel Delete" width="161" height="22" /> buttons to manage the RMA reason codes</li>
<li>Double-clicking on the <strong>Return To Stock</strong> will allow the returned items to be returned to stock.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The dialog will display the calculated quantity, price, discount and tax. You  can add shipping if appropriate and change the other items if you  wish.<strong> </strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>The quantity will default to 1. You can edit this  number if the customer purchased and is returning more than 1.</li>
<li>You can  manually change the calculated Tax when necessary or enter a percentage Rate for  tax and have it calculated for the item.<img class="alignnone" title="Return Item Price" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-180.png" alt="Return Item Price" width="410" height="405" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>If the item being returned requires a vehicle title which has not yet been  received the <strong>Hold for Title</strong> box will be automatically checked. You can  choose the VIN# associated with the product from the pulldown field. This is  especially useful when you have multiple VIN numbers. The return authorization  can be created, but the final refund will not process until the title is  received.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK</strong> to close and save the returned item. It will appear in the list  on the Returns dialog.</li>
<li>You can continue to add items to the RMA by repeating steps 3-16. Each item will  appear on the Returns dialog as a separate line.</li>
<li>For each RMA you can optionally add <strong>Internal Notes</strong> (those seen only by  your company) and/or <strong>Print Notes</strong> (Print Notes can be added to reports and  forms that are sent to your customer). To do so simply click the appropriate  button. Instructions are available from the Help button on the Notes screen.  These notes are associated with the entire RMA. Additional Notes are available  for line items as described below.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="ReceiveItems"></a>You can <strong>Receive Items</strong> as they are returned by your customers. First, open  the RMA screen as described <a href="#CreateRMA">above</a>.
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Search&#8230;</strong> button to locate a specific RMA or click the  <strong>Navigator buttons</strong> to browse.</li>
<li>If you Search for an RMA the following dialog will open.<img class="alignnone" title="Search for Return" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-189.png" alt="Search for Return" width="455" height="291" />
<ol>
<li>Enter an RMA number to located it in the <strong>Search Characters</strong>, field, then click on <strong>OK</strong> to go to that RMA</li>
<li>You can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Find Customer Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-185.png" alt="Find Customer Button" width="17" height="17" /> button to search for the customer.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>In the Returns dialog select an item from the list then click the <strong>Edit&#8230;</strong> button.</li>
<li>The Return Item dialog will open.  Click athe <strong>Status</strong> tab, then click the<strong> Item Received</strong> checkbox. <img class="alignnone" title="Item Received" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-183.png" alt="Item Received" width="410" height="405" /><br /> The Date and Operator ID (if you are logged in) will be filled in  automatically. These can be edited if you wish.</li>
<li>For each item you can optionally add <strong>Internal Notes</strong> (those seen only by  your company) and/or <strong>Print Notes</strong> (Print Notes can be added to reports and  forms that are sent to your customer). To do so simply click the appropriate  button. Instructions are available from the Help button on the Notes screen.  These notes are associated with the currently selected item. Additional Notes  are available for the entire RMA as described above.</li>
<li>If you plan to refund the item skip to the next step. If you are going to refuse  the return check the <strong>Item Refused </strong>checkbox. You can enter a short text  <strong>Reason</strong> as well (in addition to any Internal or Print Notes you wish to  add). This item will be excluded from the total refund for the RMA.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="RefundOrders"></a>You can <strong>Refund </strong>your customers as their items are returned. First, open  the RMA screen as described <a href="#CreateRMA">above</a>.
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Search&#8230;</strong> button to locate a specific RMA or click the  <strong>Navigator buttons</strong> to browse as described above.</li>
<li>Next, click the <strong>Refunds</strong> <strong>tab</strong> above the grid.<img class="alignnone" title="Refunds Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-186.png" alt="Refunds Tab" width="589" height="452" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-187.png" alt="Add button" width="49" height="22" /> button above the grid.</li>
<li>The Refund dialog box will open with a list of items that are available for refund.<img class="alignnone" title="Refund Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-188.png" alt="Refund Dialog" width="326" height="390" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:  T</strong>he list will exclude any items you marked as refused, items not received and  any items awaiting a title. You can process multiple refunds as items are  received and approved by returning to this screen.</li>
<li>If you wish to exclude any of the approved items from the refund double click  the <strong>Refund checkbox </strong>in the grid, then click on another item in the list  to refresh the Amount field.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Select the type of refund from the Method drop down.  The choices are as follows
<ol>
<li><strong>Credit Card</strong>-Select this to specify a refund to the customer&#8217;s credit card. You will also be  able to enter the Card Number and the Authorization code received from your  credit card processor (Credits must be process outside of Mailware. These fields  are for recording the information only.)
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> Since the credit card numbers are encrypted in Mailware you will have to obtain the credit card information from the customer in order to credit their account.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Check-</strong>If you choose to issue a check to the customer, add the <strong>Check No</strong>, the <strong>Approval #</strong> (this can be a users initials) and the <strong>date</strong> the check was issued into the appropriate fields.</li>
<li><strong>Balance-</strong>This feature will add a credit balance to the customers record and this credit can be used for subsequent purchases.  Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Authorize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-07-190.png" alt="Authorize Button" width="66" height="20" /> button and the word APPLIED will be added to the Approval # field and the current date will be added to the Date field.   The refund amount will appear in the customer&#8217;s Credit Balance field under the  Additional Info tab of the Customer screen.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The RMA system uses the following tables, Return, ReturnIt and Refund.  It also interacts with the Customer, Orders and Items table to populate the RMA tables.    When a new RMA is created, the following data are added to the Return table, a unique number is inserted into the ReturnNo field, the the system date is added to the ReturnDt field and, if the user is logged in, the OperatorId is added to the OperatorID field in the Return table.  Once the customer number is selected, the CustNo field is populated.  Any internal or printed notes are added to the ReturnInternalNotes or the ReturnPrintNotes memo fields.</p>
<p>When the Add button on the Returned items grid the ReturnIt table is appended with the associated ReturnNo from the Return table and the ReturnItemNo is autoincremented with the next integer value.  When the order number is selected from the Order Number drop down, the order number is added to the OrderNo field in the ReturnIt table.  When the item being returned is selected from the Product drop down, the ProductNo and the related ItemNo is pulled from the Items table and added to the ProductNo and OrderItemNo fields int he ReturnIt table.   When the return reason is selected from the Reason drop down, the  related ReturnReasonNo from the RetReasn table is added to the ReturnReason field.  The following information is pulled from the Items table and added to the ReturnIt table, Quantity (defaults to 1), Price, Discount, and TaxPct.  The ExtendedAmt, TaxAmt and TotalAmt fields are recomputed based on changes made in the user interface.  The recomputed TotalAmt is also added to the TotalAmt field in the Return table.</p>
<p>When an item is received, the IsReceived value in the ReturnIt table is set to True and the system date is added to the ReceivedDt and the OperatorID is added to the ReceivedID field.  If the item is refused, the IsRefused field is set to True and the system date is added to the RefusedDt and the OperatorID is added to the RefusedID field.  Any comments added at the item level are added to the InternalNotes and PrintNotes fields in the ReturnIt table.   If the IsReturnToStock field in the RetReason table for the selected ReturnReasonCode in the ReturnIt table is set to True the Quantity is added to the InStock field in the Product table.</p>
<p>When a refund is created the following data are added to the Refund table, the ReturnNo (RMA number), the Type (Credit,Check or Balance), the Amount, the Credit Card number or Check number (depending on the Type) are added to the CardNo, the Authorization number and ShoreExpireDt.  In addition the amount of the refund is added to the RefundedAmt field in the Return table.</p>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;">
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2" width="92%" valign="top"><strong>Quick Jump to:</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="8%" valign="top"></td>
<td colspan="2" width="92%" valign="top">
<ul>
<li><a class="nd" href="#CreateRMA">Create an RMA</a></li>
<li><a class="nd" href="#ReceiveItems">Receive returned items</a></li>
<li><a class="nd" href="#Refund">Refund an order</a></li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/rma/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Import Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 14 Jan 2011 20:59:56 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3901</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Create an Import Definition to use with Process Orders. Instructions You can use the Process Orders  to import orders from another source (e.g, an Internet store). First, you need to define the import by matching the fields in your source file to similar fields in Mailware. You only need to define an import once. You [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Create an Import Definition to use with Process Orders.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">Instructions<br />
</span></strong>You can use the Process Orders  to import orders from another source (e.g, an Internet store). First, you need to define the import by matching the fields in your source file to similar fields in Mailware. You only need to define an import once. You can then reuse it every day to import new orders.</p>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you already have an import definition created you can skip this topic. Go to the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/" target="_blank">Process Orders</a> instructions to import your orders.</p>
<ol>
<li>Tor create an import definition click on the <img class="alignnone" title="Process Orders Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-83.png" alt="Process Orders Icon" width="193" height="43" /></li>
<li>This will open the Process Orders screen <img class="alignnone" title="Process Orders Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-129.png" alt="Process Orders Screen" width="804" height="550" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-235.png" alt="Add Button" width="75" height="21" /> button in the upper right corner of the screen.</li>
<li>You can also select an existing Import specification from the grid and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-237.png" alt="Edit Button" width="75" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>This will open the Order Import Setting screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Order Import Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-238.png" alt="Order Import Settings" width="470" height="363" /></li>
<li><strong>If you would like to use an existing definition:</strong> Click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-239.png" alt="" width="98" height="24" align="absMiddle" border="0" />button to open a menu of two options:
<ol>
<li><strong>Load from a file:</strong> Select this option to use an existing file import specification such as field separators, field mapping etc. For example, you can load the <strong>Yahoo-MOM.mwi</strong> file that is included with Mailware. It defines an import from Yahoo stores in the MOM format. You can then proceed to the next step to make changes to the definition, or go to the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders" target="_blank">Process Orders</a> help topic to import your orders.</li>
<li><strong>Save this definition to a file</strong>:  Use this option to save an existing specification to a file.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To create a new import specification do the following
<ol>
<li><strong>Import Name-</strong>Enter a name that defines what type of file you are importing</li>
<li><strong>Import Type-</strong>Unless you are integrating select the default option Standard Single File</li>
<li><strong>Table Type-</strong> In all cases you will keep the default table type as Text</li>
<li><strong>Order Source File-</strong>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Open File Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-240.png" alt="Open File Button" width="17" height="17" /> button in the Order Source file screen.  This will open a Windows file browser, navigate to the file that you want to import and click on the Open button.</li>
<li><strong>Field Separator-</strong>Select the field separator that your file uses, the most common are Comma and Tab.  You can open the import file with Windows Notepad to see the separator character.</li>
<li><strong>Record Separator-</strong>This is the character that separates one order from the next. Typically this will be a carriage return (CRLF).</li>
<li><strong>Text Qualifier-</strong>This is the character surrounding each whole word or phrase. Typically this will be a double quote (&#8220;).</li>
<li><strong>First Row-</strong>Normally you will select the default of 1 however, if the import file has headers in the first row you will need to select 2</li>
<li><strong>Last Row-</strong>Leave the default.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Preview</strong> tab to see a sample of your import. <img class="alignnone" title="Preview Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-241.png" alt="Preview Tab" width="450" height="292" /></li>
<li>Click the <strong>Mapping</strong> tab to see a list of Destination Fields (Mailware fields into which you will be importing your data) and definable Source Fields (fields from your import file). The Mapping tab is used to define where each of your import file fields will appear in Mailware. <img class="alignnone" title="Mapping Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-242.png" alt="Mapping Tab" width="450" height="292" />
<ol>
<li>For each Destination Field you can select a field from your import file by clicking in the Source Field next to it. A pull down will appear. Click it to see a list of field names from your import file. For each destination field you can select the appropriate field to import into it (e.g., for the Last Name Destination Field you can choose from your import file LastName, Name, LName etc. depending on how your fields are named).</li>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> If your import file has headers on the first row, you may want to select the first row to be 1 for the mapping portion of setting up the import specification.  This will allow you to see the field names in the preview screen so that you can map the field numbers to the right field in Mailware.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Translations</strong> tab to see a list of Destination Fields (Mailware fields into which you will be importing your data) and translation fields. The Translation tab is used to change imported values to a different value (e.g., If your import file shows the Country field as 001, 002 etc. you can use the translator to change it to United States, Afghanistan etc.).<img class="alignnone" title="Translations Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-243.png" alt="Translations Tab" width="450" height="292" /></li>
<li>For each Destination Field you can define a translation by clicking in the Translations field next to it. A dialog will appear with two columns titled <strong>Import Value</strong> and <strong>Change To Value</strong>.<img class="alignnone" title="Translation Table" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-244.png" alt="Translation Table" width="432" height="311" />
<ol>
<li>In the sample above the Import Value of 001, 002 etc. from the import file is changed to United States, Afghanistan etc. You may enter as many translations as necessary for each field. Click the Close button to save your changes and return to the Translations tab where you can select additional fields to translate as needed.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Defaults</strong> tab to see a list of Destination Fields (Mailware fields into which you will be importing your data) and definable Default Value fields. The Defaults tab is used to enter the value that will be imported into Mailware when the field in your import file is blank.<img class="alignnone" title="Default Values" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-245.png" alt="Default Values" />
<ol>
<li>For each Destination Field you can define a Default Value by clicking in the Default Value field next to it and typing. In the example above United States is entered automatically into Mailware when no Country is specified in your import file.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To save this definition click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Save Options Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-239.png" alt="Save Options Button" width="98" height="24" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> button and select <strong>Save this definition to a file</strong>. You can load the definition the next time you perform an import for this type of file. Click the <strong>OK</strong> button to complete the definition.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The <strong>Additional Processing</strong> tab contains flags for determining how the software splits items into separate orders.<img class="alignnone" title="Additional Processing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-246.png" alt="Additional Processing" />This tab contains two options
<ol>
<li><strong>Automatically set &#8220;Continued&#8221; field using Alternate Order Number 1:</strong> Checking this option groups all of the values that are the same in the Alternate Order Number 1 field as a single order.</li>
<li><strong>Copy order information from main record if record is marked as &#8220;Is Continued&#8221;:</strong> This option is used with the Yahoo MOM import specification.  The StandardImport table in the software contains room for ten items in a single record.  If there are more than ten items in an order, checking this option will add a new record in the standard import table for the additional items.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To use the import you created go to the <a href="../help/process-orders/" target="_blank">Process Orders </a>help topic.<a href="../help/process-orders/" target="_blank"><br />
</a></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD: </strong>The import orders feature stores the import order specification information in the following tables OrderImportSettings, OrderImportDefaults,OrderImportMap and OrderImportTrans.</p>
<p>When a new import specification is created a new record is added to the OrderImportSettings table.  The data from the settings tab is added to the corresponding fields in the table.  The primary key for this table, ImportNo is used to link this table to the other OrderImport tables.  The additional processing information is also added to this table.</p>
<p>The OrderImportMap table contains the ImportNo value from the OrderImportSettings table and the field mappings between the Mailware StandardImport table fields (stored in the DestinationField field) and the Field numbers of the import file stored in the SorceField field.</p>
<p>The OrderImportDefaults table contains the ImportNo value from the OrderImportSettings table and any default values that are set in the Defaults tab in the Order Import Settings screen.</p>
<p>The OrderImportTrans table contains the ImportNo value from the OrderImportSettings table.  The FieldName field contains the StandardImportTable field name that the translation applies to, the ImportValue field contains the values that can be expected from the table imported into the StandardImportTable and the ChangeToValue is what the data will be changed to in the StandardImport table.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Process Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 14 Jan 2011 00:37:55 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3827</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Process Orders Batch process imported, downloaded and entered orders. Whats New In 2011? Priority Order Processing Check All and Uncheck All buttons on all tabs Box Scanning Item Serialization Instructions You can use the Process Orders to automate your order fulfillment. Import orders from another source (e.g., your Internet store), fill backorders, process payments, print [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><span style="font-size: x-large;"><strong>Process Orders</strong></span></h2>
<p>Batch process imported, downloaded and entered orders.</p>
<h3>Whats New In 2011?</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Priority">Priority Order Processing</a></li>
<li><a href="#Check">Check All and Uncheck All buttons on all tabs</a></li>
<li><a href="#BoxScanning">Box Scanning</a></li>
<li><a href="#Serialization">Item Serialization</a></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;"><strong>Instructions<br /> </strong></span>You can use the Process Orders to  automate your order fulfillment. Import orders from another source (e.g., your  Internet store), fill backorders, process payments, print invoices and send  completed orders to shipping.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Products feature click on the Inventory  icon  on the  Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="Process Orders Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-83.png" alt="Process Orders Icon" /></li>
<li>This will open the Process Orders screen<img class="alignnone" title="Process Orders Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-129.png" alt="Process Orders Screen" width="804" height="550" /></li>
<li>The Process Orders screen is divided into four tabs, Import Orders, Fill Backorders, Process Payments, Invoicing and Shipping.  Instructions for each step follow below.
<ol>
<li><a href="#ImportOrders">Import Orders</a></li>
<li><a href="#FillBackOrders">Fill Backorders</a></li>
<li><a href="#ProcessPayments">Process Payments</a></li>
<li><a href="#Invoicing">Invoicing</a></li>
<li><a href="#Shipping">Shipping</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="ImportOrders"></a>Import Orders</strong><br /> Following are  instructions for importing orders from another source such as an Internet store  or a text file sent to you via some other method. You can skip this step if you only  wish to process orders entered directly into Mailware or if your orders are being downloaded using the MCM.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The  next steps assume you have an import already defined. If this is the first time  importing please see the help topic: <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/" target="_blank">Import Orders</a></span>.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select an import definition from the grid in the upper half of the  screen by clicking on it (it will highlight in blue), then click the  <strong>Import</strong> button. If you do not have a definition listed you can create one,  or you can edit an existing one. See the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/" target="_blank">Import Orders</a></span><a href="Import%20Orders.htm"> </a>help topic for details. <img class="alignnone" title="Select Import Specification" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-130.png" alt="Select Import Specification" width="784" height="105" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: This process may take a few seconds or several minutes depending on  the size of your file.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The Imported Grid in the lower half of the screen  will display a listing of all  the orders imported. You can manually change any of the white fields by simply  clicking on them and typing the new information. <img class="alignnone" title="Order Import Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-131.png" alt="Order Import Grid" width="770" height="94" /></li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-132.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button. If an imported customer already has an account in Mailware only the  order will be added. This prevents the addition of duplicate customer  accounts.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-133.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button to enter the imported orders into Mailware&#8217;s order database. <strong>Note</strong>:  This may take a few seconds or several minutes depending on the size of your  file.</li>
<li>Upon completion of the Process step a message will appear with the batch number  for this import. You may wish to record this information for future reference. <img class="alignnone" title="Batch Message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-134.png" alt="Batch Message" width="577" height="118" /></li>
<li>The Imported Grid in the lower half of the screen will now display the imported  orders. The status of each will be displayed in the gray fields. If an error  occurred a Message explaining it will appear in the Message field. You can  double click an error to view it in its entirety.
<ol>
<li>You can also select report <span style="color: #ff0000;">R7600 Process Orders  Import Warnings</span><span style="color: #000000;"> from the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-135.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button at the bottom of the screen.  This will list all orders with warning messages. You can use this report to edit  orders later. (The most common error is that an ordered product is not in your  inventory. You can add the product to your inventory, then add the item to the  order).<br /> </span></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>You may, if you wish, select any item in the imported grid and click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Edit Cust" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-136.png" border="0" alt="Edit Cust" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> or <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Edit Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-137.png" border="0" alt="Edit Order" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button to go directly to  the Customer or Order screen for that entry.</li>
<li>Imported orders may be shown as Backordered. This depends on our Preference  settings under the Order tab for the field.
<ol>
<li>If  <img class="nobreak" title="Fill Backorders on standard import" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-138.png" alt="Fill Backorders on standard import" width="197" height="17" /> is checked the items will not be automatically backordered. You can skip the Fill  Backorders step and go directly to the <a href="#ProcessPayments">Process Payments</a> tab.</li>
<li>If  <img class="nobreak" title="Fill Backorders On Import" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-138.png" alt="Fill Backorders On Import" width="197" height="17" /> is unchecked the imported items will be backordered. This allows you to selectively fill  backorders if you do not have enough items in stock. Go the the <a href="#FillBackorders">Fill Backorders</a> tab.</li>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>Both methods prevent committing of items when you do not have  enough stock.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="FillBackorders"></a>Fill Backorders<br /> </strong>This process  automatically fills oldest backordered items first until in stock supplies have  been exhausted. You can also use this if you selected to have imported orders  held as backorders. Backordered items (with a status of BO on the Order screen)  will become Committed items (CM).  <strong>Note:</strong> All orders downloaded via the MCM are in Backorder status by default.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <strong>Fill Backorders</strong> tab on the Process Orders screen <img class="nobreak" title="Fill Backorders Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-139.png" alt="Fill Backorders Tab" width="84" height="23" /></li>
<li>In the bottom left corner of the Fill Backorders screen click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Refresh Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-140.png" border="0" alt="Refresh Button" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button. This will  populate the screen with any orders that have at least one item in backorder status.  <img class="alignnone" title="Fill Backorders Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-141.png" alt="Fill Backorders Grid" width="480" height="132" /></li>
<li>You can deselect any orders for which you do not wish to fill backorders by  <strong>double-clicking</strong> the Process checkbox <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Process Checkbox" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-142.png" border="0" alt="Process Checkbox" width="58" height="35" /> for that line.
<ol>
<li><a name="Check"></a><strong>Note:</strong> You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Check Uncheck All Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-143.png" alt="Check Uncheck All Buttons" width="129" height="22" /> buttons at the top of the grid to select all or none of the orders to be processed.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When you are ready to fill backorders, click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Fill Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-144.png" border="0" alt="Fill Button" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button.
<ol>
<li>Orders that can be filled (based on the In Stock quantities for items ordered)  will show a check in both the <strong>Complete</strong> and <strong>Updated</strong> checkboxes.  Orders that cannot be filled at this time will show a check only in the Complete  checkbox. <strong>Note</strong>: If an order has a line item with multiple backordered  quantities and you do not have enough items to fill all the backorders for the  item, Process Orders will leave all items in that line backordered.</li>
<li>You can fill remaining backordered items later by increasing your In Stock  quantities for products and rerunning the Fill Backorders step.</li>
<li>You can force fill individual orders by forcing backorders from the context menu in the orders screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Force Backorders" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-145.png" alt="Force Backorders" width="211" height="238" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Priority"></a>You can select to process orders based on the order priority <img class="nobreak" title="Ship Priority" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-149.png" alt="Ship Priority" width="180" height="24" /> .  Select either <strong>Rush</strong> or <strong>Preferred</strong> from the drop down menu and click on the  <img class="nobreak" title="Refresh Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-140.png" alt="Refresh Button" width="75" height="25" /> button.  Software will then query the database for any orders that have backordered items who have the priority set to the method selected.
<ol>
<li>To set the priority for an order,  click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Details Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-152.png" alt="Details Button" width="83" height="22" /> button in the order screen.  This will display the Order Details screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Order Details Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-153.png" alt="Order Details Dialog" width="452" height="367" /></li>
<li>Select either <strong>Preferred</strong> or <strong>Rush</strong> from the Priority drop down.</li>
<li>Click on the Close button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Any filled backordered items will now have a status of Committed (CM). If all  items in an order are in a Committed (CM) status.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: You can select in Preferences to have Committed items shipped ahead  of backordered items. Choose this option for all orders by checking the <img class="nobreak" title="Default to Don't Hold for BO" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-08-146.png" alt="Default to Don't Hold for BO" /> in the Preferences dialog under the Orders tab.</li>
<li>You can also choose the option for an individual order by checking it on the  Shipping tab of the order screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Don't Hold for BO" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-147.png" alt="Shipping Don't Hold for BO" width="603" height="101" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="ProcessPayments"></a>Process Payments</strong><br /> The Process  Payments screen uses your connection with a supported third-party credit card  approval package (e.g., PCCharge, PCAuthorize, ICVerify or AuthorizeNet). You  can also manually approve orders.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Process Payments</strong> tab on the Process Orders screen <img class="nobreak" title="Process Payments tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-148.png" alt="Process Payments tab" width="370" height="23" /></li>
<li>In the bottom left corner of the Process Payments screen click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-140.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button. This will  populate the screen  with any orders that have an amount due.  <img title="Process Payments Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-150.png" alt="Process Payments Grid" width="341" height="70" /></li>
<li>You can deselect any orders for which you do not wish to process payments on by  <strong>double-clicking</strong> the Process checkbox <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-142.png" border="0" alt="" width="58" height="35" /> for that line.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Check  Uncheck All Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-143.png" alt="Check  Uncheck All Buttons" width="129" height="22" /> buttons at the top of the  grid to select all or none of the orders to be processed.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>If you have set up a credit card software package to interface with  Mailware</strong>.
<ol>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-151.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button. An approval dialog will open for each charge. Click the Send  button and the charge will be submitted to your credit card software. An  approval number or decline will be received and automatically added to the  order. The dialog will then open for the next charge until all charges are  complete, or you can select an item and click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-151.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button again.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>If you have not set up a credit card software package you can  approve charges manually.</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click the first order in the grid to select it. Then click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-154.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button to open the  order.</li>
<li>The Order screen will open to the selected order. Click the  Payment tab in the bottom left corner of the Order screen to display payment  information.<img class="alignnone" title="Order Payment Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-155.png" alt="Order Payment Tab" width="301" height="355" /></li>
<li>If the order contains payment information click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-156.png" alt="Edit Button" width="66" height="19" /> button.  This will open up the Payment screen with the payment information populated. <img class="alignnone" title="Payment Information" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-155.png" alt="Payment Information" width="301" height="355" />Process the card using the terminal and enter in the Approval number in the Approval # field and click on the OK button.  This will update the paid amount field in order screen.</li>
<li>If the order does not contain payment information click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-157.png" alt="New button" width="66" height="19" /> button.  This will open up the Payment screen with the default values populated.<img class="alignnone" title="New Payment Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-158.png" alt="New Payment Screen" width="301" height="355" />Enter in the payment information and click on the OK button.  This will mark the order as paid.</li>
<li>Repeat the above steps for each order in the Process Payments tab.</li>
<li>At this point orders are committed and payments are applied. You can now print  invoices for these orders. Click the Invoicing tab.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Invoicing"></a>Invoicing</strong><br /> Print invoices for all  outstanding orders and change the status of the order to Filled (FI) so it can  progress to Shipping.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Invoicing</strong> tab on the Process Orders  screen <img title="Process Payments tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-159.png" alt="Process Payments tab" width="369" height="24" /></li>
<li>In the bottom left corner of the Invoicing screen click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-140.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button. This will   populate the screen  with any orders that are paid and committed.  <img title="Fill Backorders Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-141.png" alt="Fill   Backorders Grid" width="480" height="132" /></li>
<li>You can deselect any orders for which you do not wish to process  payments on by  <strong>double-clicking</strong> the Process checkbox <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-142.png" border="0" alt="" width="58" height="35" /> for that line.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Check  Uncheck All Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-143.png" alt="Check   Uncheck All Buttons" width="129" height="22" /> buttons at the top of the   grid to select all or none of the orders to be processed.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Print invoices for all the selected orders in the list by clicking the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-135.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button and  selecting the report: <span style="color: #ff0000;">R5103 Process Orders  Invoices</span>.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: You can create your own reports and add them to the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-135.png" border="0" alt="" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button by selecting  the Setup option <img class="alignnone" title="Report Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-160.png" alt="Report Setup" width="218" height="52" /></li>
<li>This will open the Print Setup screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Print Setup Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-161.png" alt="Print Setup Screen" width="480" height="305" /></li>
<li>To add a new report to the report list click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-247.png" alt="Add Button" /> button.</li>
<li>Select the report from the dropdown list.<img class="alignnone" title="Add Table Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-162.png" alt="Add Table Drop Down" width="238" height="106" /></li>
<li>See the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Modifying Reports</span> help  topic for instructions on creating/editing your own reports.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To continue click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" title="Process Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-163.png" border="0" alt="Process Button" width="75" height="25" align="absMiddle" /> button. This marks these orders as printed, and changes their status  to Filled. The <strong>Complete</strong> and <strong>Updated</strong> boxes will be checked for all  invoiced orders.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="BoxScanning"></a>Box Scanning</strong></p>
<p>The box scanning feature is available from both the <strong>Invoicing</strong> and the <strong>Shipping</strong> tab in the process orders screen.  This feature us used to package orders that require more than one box.  It is also used in conjunction with item serialization.</p>
<ol>
<li>To start the box scanning feature click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Box Scanning Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-164.png" alt="Box Scanning Button" width="101" height="25" /> button from either the <strong>Invoicing </strong>or <strong>Shipping</strong> tab.</li>
<li>This will bring up the Box Scanning screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Box Scanning Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-165.png" alt="Box Scanning Screen" width="760" height="611" /></li>
<li>To start boxing an order, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Start New Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-166.png" alt="Start New Order" width="97" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>This will open the New Order screen.<img title="New Order Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-248.png" alt="New Order Screen" /></li>
<li>Scan or key in the order number from the printed invoice or packing slip, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="OK Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-249.png" alt="OK Button" width="75" height="25" /> button.  The Box Scanning screen will show order information for the order selected. <img class="alignnone" title="Order Information " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-250.png" alt="Order Information" width="731" height="82" /></li>
<li>Start filling the boxes by either scanning the UPC or keying in the product number and clicking <img class="nobreak" title="Add To Current Box" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-251.png" alt="Add To Current Box" width="106" height="25" /> button.  The Box Scanning system will compute the weight based on the weight value of the product and a cumulative weight for each box. <img class="alignnone" title="Box Weight" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-252.png" alt="Box Weight" width="679" height="61" /></li>
<li>When you have completed filling a box, click on <img class="nobreak" title="Start New Box " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-253.png" alt="Start New Box" width="129" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li><a name="Serialization"></a>If a product requires a serial number the following dialog will display <img class="alignnone" title="Serial Number Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-254.png" alt="Serial Number Dialog" width="276" height="131" /> Scan in the serial number from the product and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="OK Buttonq" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-249.png" alt="OK Button" width="75" height="25" /> button.  <img class="alignnone" title="Scanned Serial Number" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-255.png" alt="Scanned Serial Number" width="603" height="43" />
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> If the serial number has not been scanned during the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/" target="_blank">Receive Inventory</a> process the Box Scanning feature will not allow you to add the product to the order.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When you have finished packing the order, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Finished Packing Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-256.png" alt="Finish Packing Order" width="130" height="25" /> button.  You will get a confirmation box <img class="alignnone" title="Confirmation Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-257.png" alt="Confirmation Dialog" width="386" height="135" /></li>
<li>When you click the OK button the system will print out an R5104 Box Invoice report <img class="alignnone" title="R5104 Box Invoice Report" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-258.png" alt="R5104 Box Invoice Report" width="614" height="343" /></li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Show Remaining Items" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-259.png" alt="Show Remaining Items" width="129" height="25" /> button,  will give you a dialog similar to the one below showing the remaining items to be added to the box. <img class="alignnone" title="Items Remaining To Be Scanned" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-260.png" alt="Items Remaining To Be Scanned" width="230" height="158" /></li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Shipping"></a>Shipping<br /> </strong>Orders appear in this  section that are ready to be shipped. If you have set up Mailware to work with  UPS Worldship, Fedex ShipManager, Endicia Professional or another third-party shipping package you can weigh and  label packages and then process them here. Or, you can print labels from  Mailware directly.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <strong>Shipping</strong> tab on the Process Orders  screen <img title="Process Payments tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-261.png" alt="Process Payments tab" width="374" height="23" /></li>
<li>In the bottom left corner of the Invoicing screen click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-140.png" border="0" alt="" align="absMiddle" /> button. This will    populate the screen  with any orders that are marked as filled.  <img title="Shipping Grid" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-141.png" alt="Shipping Grid" width="480" height="132" /></li>
<li>You can deselect any orders for which you do not wish to process   payments on by  <strong>double-clicking</strong> the Process checkbox <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-142.png" border="0" alt="" /> for that line.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Check   Uncheck All Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-143.png" alt="Check    Uncheck All Buttons" /> buttons at the top of  the   grid to select all or none of the orders to be processed.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>You can print the following reports before marking items shipped
<ol>
<li>R5231 Process Orders Packing List</li>
<li>L1231 Process Orders 5163 with Ret Address</li>
<li>L1211 Process Orders 5163 Labels no Ret Address</li>
<li>L1201 Process Orders 5160 Labels</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To complete the orders click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-09-163.png" border="0" alt="" align="absMiddle" /> button. This marks these orders as shipped.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> If  you are using a Shipping Integration with UPS  Worldship, Endicia Professional, Fedex ShipManager or some other third  party shipping solution, it is recommended that you do not mark the orders as shipped using Process Orders.  Instead we recommend that you run the <strong>MarkAllShipped</strong> script from the Tools menu.  This script marks all of the orders that have tracking numbers as shipped.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>You have completed Process Orders. This action can be used for  orders you import from other sources as well as orders you input manually. You  can run it as many times a day as you wish, and only the incomplete orders will  appear under each tab.</p>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The process orders functionality was originally designed to import files that were downloaded from a shopping card and manually imported into a temporary table called StandardImport these orders were then imported into permanent tables and subsequently batch processed going from left to right on the tabs <strong>Fill Backorders-&gt;Process Payments-&gt;Invoicing-&gt;Shipping</strong></p>
<p>For a detailed discussion on the Import Orders functionality, see the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/import-orders/" target="_blank">Import Orders</a></span> documentation.</p>
<p>In addition to the core tables in the software, the process orders uses the ProcessBackorders,ProcessPayments,ProcessInvoices and ProcessShipping tables.  If you are using the Box Scanning feature the system also uses the Box and BoxItems tables.</p>
<p><strong>Fill Backorders</strong></p>
<p>When you click on the Refresh button in the Fill Backorders tab the software searches the Items table for any orders that have at least one item in Backorder status.  In database terms the system looks for any orders that have a non-zero quantity in the Backordered field in the Items table.   For any orders that meet the above critera the following information is added to the ProcessBackorders table, OrderNo, OrderDt, ShipCompany,ShipLastName and ShipFirstName.  In addition the Proccess field is set to True, the Complete and Updated fields are set to False.  When the Fill&#8230; button is clicked, the software goes through the ProcessBackorders table and subtracts the BackOrdered quantity in the Items table from the InStock quantity for the ProductNo in the Items table until the InStock quantity goes to zero for the ProductNo in the item table.  If the product was completely filled, then the Backordered field is set to zero, this will show up as Committed in the order screen.   If there is not enough stock to completely fill a Backordered quantity in the items table, the order remains in Backorder status.  For each record in the ProcessBackorders table that is processed, the software sets the Complete to True.  If all of the items were filled in an order, the Updated field is set to true.</p>
<p><strong>Process Payments</strong></p>
<p>When you click on the Refresh button in the Process Payments tab the software searches the Orders table for any orders that have an amount due and populates the following information is added to the ProcessPayments table: OrderNo,OrderDt, ShipCompany,ShipLastName, ShipFirstName,PayMethod,CardNumber (in the form N********NNNN) from the Orders table ,  and ShortExpireDt, Bank, CheckNo, CheckRouteNo, CheckAccountNo, ApprovalCode, PaymentNo, IsBudget and BudgetPeriod from the Payment table.  As of Mailware 2011 (Build 1118) the batch Authorization using the Authorization has not been updated to decrypt the credit cards before processing them.  You can click on the Edit Order&#8230; button and process the payment from the order screen.</p>
<p><strong>Invoicing</strong></p>
<p>When you click on the Refresh button in the Invoicing screen, the software searches all of the orders that are Committed and do not have a balance due and populates the following in the ProcessInvoices table:  OrderNo, OrderDt, ShipCompany, ShipLastName, and ShipFirstName are added from the Orders table.  In addition the Process field is set to True, and the Updated, and the Complete fields are set to false.  This information is primarily used for batch printing invoices.  The report R5103 Process Orders Invoices uses the ProcessInvoices table to control what invoices are printed from the table.  If the Process flag is set to true, the related Order will be printed.  When the Process&#8230; button is clicked all of the orders that have the Process flag set to True will have all of the items in the orders that are committed will be marked as filled.  This is done by copying the value in the Quantity field to the Filled field.</p>
<p><strong>Shipping</strong></p>
<p>When you click on the Refresh button in the Shipping screen, the software searches all of the orders that have all the items marked as filled and populates the following into the ProcessShipping table: OrderNo, OrderDt, ShipCompany, ShipLastName, and ShipFirstName are added  from the Orders table.  In addition the Process field is set to True,  and the Updated, and the Complete fields are set to false.  This information is primarily used form batch printing packing lists.  The report R5231 Process Orders Packing List uses the ProcessShipping table to control what packing slips are printed.  If the Process flag is set to true, the related packing slip will be printed.  When the Process&#8230; button is clicked, all of the orders that have the Process flag set to True will have all of the orders that are marked as shipped.  This is done by copying the value in the Quantity field to the Shipped field, the Filled field will also be set to zero.</p>
<p><strong>Box Scanning</strong></p>
<p>When you click on the Start New Order button and key in an order number, the software puts the following information into the Box table: OrderNo, CustNo, OperatorID and the ShipMethod are pulled from the Orders table.  The CreateDt is populated using the computer system date ,the StartDateTime is populated with a time stamp value and the BoxNumber defaults to the number one.  When a product is added to the box, the following information is added to the BoxItems table, the OrderNo, the scanned bar code in the WandedCode field, the related ProductNo, and the UPC field is populated with the ProductNo if there is no UPC in the Products table.  The Quantity is pulled from the Items table and the Weight and ShipsInOwnBox are pulled from the Products table.  If the product is serialized the Box Scanning system will prompt to scan in the serial number.  The scanned value is added to the SerialNumber field.   After each item is added to the box, the total item weight is calculated and added to the BoxCalculatedWeight field in the Box table.  When you click on the Start New Box button, another record is added to the Box table with the Order information and the BoxNumber value is incremented by one.  As items are added to each box the BoxCalculatedWeight is updated.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating and Running Scripts</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-running-scripts/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-running-scripts/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 11 Jan 2011 00:52:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3789</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Introduction Mailware includes files that enable users to write and run SQL scripts from the Tools menu.  There are a number of scripts that are installed in the data directory when the application is installed. NOTE: An in-depth knowledge of the Mailware database structure and general knowledge of SQL (Structured Query Language) is required before [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>
<p>Mailware includes files that enable users to write and run SQL scripts from the Tools menu.  There are a number of scripts that are installed in the data directory when the application is installed.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE: An in-depth knowledge of the Mailware database structure and general knowledge of SQL (Structured Query Language) is required before writing custom SQL scripts on your database.  Failure to understand both the database structure and how SQL works can do serious damage to the integrity of your database.</strong></p>
<h3>Quick Jump To:</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Editing">Editing Scripts</a></li>
<li><a href="#Creating">Creating Scripts</a></li>
<li><a href="#Installing">Installing Scripts</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><br /> </strong></p>
<h3><a name="Editing"></a>Creating and Editing Mailware Scripts</h3>
<ol>
<li>Open window explorer and navigate to the c:\Program Files\Mailware 2011 or c:\Program Files (x86)\Mailware 2011 (on 64-bit systems)</li>
<li>Double click on the MailwareScriptEditor.exe and you will  get the following screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Mailware Script Editor" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-262.png" alt="Mailware Script Editor" />
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> You can create a shortcut to the MailwareScriptEditor on your desktop by right-clicking on the MailwareScriptEditor.exe and select Send To &gt;Desktop (create shortcut).</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The editor is generally divided into three areas, the text menu, the command buttons and the SQL grid.
<ol>
<li><strong>Text Menu <img class="nobreak" title="Text Menu" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-263.png" alt="Text Menu" /><br /></strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>File</strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>New Script</strong>-Creates a new script in the window.</li>
<li><strong>Open Script&#8230;</strong>-Opens a file browser and allows you to navigate to an existing query</li>
<li><strong>Recent Scripts &gt;</strong>-Lists the last 10 scripts that have been opened.</li>
<li><strong>Save Script&#8230;</strong>-Opens a file browser to save the file.</li>
<li><strong>Save Script As&#8230;</strong>-Saves the script as a new file.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Edit</strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>New Line-</strong>Adds a new line to the query.</li>
<li><strong>Delete Line&#8230;</strong>-Deletes the current line.</li>
<li><strong>Move Line Up</strong>-Moves the selected line up one row.</li>
<li><strong>Move Line Down</strong>-Moves the selected line down one row.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Options </strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>Mailware Directory&#8230;-</strong>Use this function to specify the location of the Mailware data directory.</li>
<li><strong>Mailpriv Directory&#8230;</strong>-</li>
<li><strong>Reports Directory&#8230;</strong>-Use this function to point the Reports directory.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Help</strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>SQL Templates-</strong>Clicking on this menu option opens up the following dialog. <img class="alignnone" title="SQL Templates" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-264.png" alt="SQL Templates" width="502" height="455" /></li>
<li>You can use these templates to help you build SQL queries in the DBIASM version of SQL.</li>
<li>You can get more in-depth documentation from  <a href="http://www.elevatesoft.com/manual?action=topics&amp;id=dbisam4&amp;product=d&amp;version=6&amp;section=sql_reference" target="_blank">here</a>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Command Buttons</strong> <img class="nobreak" title="Command Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-265.png" alt="Command Buttons" width="504" height="22" />
<ol>
<li><strong>New Line-</strong> Clicking on the new line will add a new line to the script grid.</li>
<li><strong>Delete&#8230;-</strong>This will delete the selected line in the script.</li>
<li><strong>Move Up-</strong>Moves the selected script row up one row.</li>
<li><strong>Move Down-</strong>Moves the selected row down one row.</li>
<li><strong>Run..-</strong>Runs the current script.</li>
<li><strong>SQL Template-</strong>Clicking on this option will show a list of SQL commands available to you <img class="alignnone" title="SQL Template Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-266.png" alt="SQL Template Drop Down" width="178" height="234" />
<ol>
<li>Clicking on one of the commands will open up the following dialog box.<img class="alignnone" title="SQL Template Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-264.png" alt="SQL Template Dialog" width="502" height="455" />
<ol>
<li>You can use these templates to help you build SQL queries in the  DBIASM version of SQL.</li>
<li>You can get more in-depth documentation from  <a href="http://www.elevatesoft.com/manual?action=topics&amp;id=dbisam4&amp;product=d&amp;version=6&amp;section=sql_reference" target="_blank">here</a>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The SQL Grid
<ol>
<li><strong>Line #</strong>-This is just a sequential line number in the script.  When you first open the Script Editor this field is blank, after clicking on the New Line button it is populated with the number 1.</li>
<li><strong>Command-</strong> Clicking on the <img class="alignnone" title="Command Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-267.png" alt="Command Drop Down" /> will show you a list of options that are available here.  <strong>Note:</strong> This button is not visible if there is no number in the Line # field.  The available options are: <img class="alignnone" title="Command Options" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-268.png" alt="Command Options" width="100" height="80" />
<ol>
<li><strong>SQL-</strong> This option allows you to enter SQL commands into the Command Text window
<ol>
<li><strong>TIP:</strong> If you double-click on the Command Text window you will get a larger dialog box that will enable you to enter your SQL without it being truncated. <img class="alignnone" title="Command Text Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-269.png" alt="Command Text Dialog" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>SHOWMESSAGE-</strong>Anything you type into the Command Text window will show up in a message box with an OK button when the script is run.</li>
<li><strong>SHOWOKCANCEL-</strong>Anything you type in the Command Text window will show up in a message box with OK and Cancel buttons when the script is run.</li>
<li><strong>EMPTYTABLE-</strong>When this option is selected the Options fields are populated with a drop down showing all of the tables available based on the Mailware directory defined in the Mailware Directory&#8230; from the Options menu.  
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> Use this feature with great care.  This is designed to empty a temporary table that you will use in the SQL.  Do not empty any of the Mailware tables that you have not created in a script.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>OPENREPORT-</strong>When this option is selected the Options fields are populated with a  drop down showing all of the reports available based on the Mailware  directory defined in the Reports Directory&#8230; from the Options menu.
<ol>
<li><strong>TIP:</strong> If you want to open a report based on a table that was manipulated in a previous line of the query you may get a table locked error when trying to run the report.  To avoid this error add a simple SELECT * FROM SomeTable before the line that opens the report.  Where SomeTable is any table in the Mailware database that is not used in the report.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>IMPORT-</strong>Not currently implemented.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Adding user prompts to your scripts-The Mailware script engine allows you to add prompts for data input while the script is running.  Below are the prompts available to use and examples of the syntax in which to use them.
<ol>
<li>[Browse] &#8211; The browse command is used to have the script open a file browser for importing a file into Mailware.  Below is an example of using the browse command: <img class="alignnone" title="Browse Command" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-270.png" alt="Browse Command" width="400" height="300" />
<ol>
<li>Note the use of the EXCLUSIVE clause.  Using the EXCLUSIVE clause greatly improves the speed that files are imported into the database.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>:DATE_ &#8211; Adding this to a SQL statement followed by a prompt (with underscores between the words) will accept a date input from the user.  The input format will be of the form MM/DD/YYYY.</li>
<li>:INTEGER_-Adding this  to a SQL statement followed by a prompt (with underscores between the words) will accept an integer value input from the  user.</li>
<li>:NUMBER_-Adding this  to a SQL statement followed by a prompt (with underscores  between the words) will accept a float value input from the  user.</li>
<li>:CURRENCY_-Adding this  to a SQL statement followed by a prompt (with underscores   between the words) will accept a currency value input from the  user.</li>
<li>:TEXT_-Adding this  to a SQL statement followed by a prompt (with underscores    between the words) will accept a text value input from the  user.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> If you are prompting a user to enter a product number you will need to ensure that the value is all upper case.  You can do this by combining this with the UPPER function</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>:TODAY_-Adding this to a SQL query will use the current date in the field.</li>
<li>Below is an example of using the TEXT prompt in a SQL query. <img class="alignnone" title="Example Prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-271.png" alt="Example Prompt" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h3><a name="Creating"></a>Creating a Simple Script</h3>
<p>The following is a simple script that you can write with the script editor.  It will prompt you to enter a ProductNo and print a report that shows all of the customers who ordered the selected product.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the Script Editor <img class="alignnone" title="Open a New Script" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-262.png" alt="Open a New Script" width="661" height="476" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Line Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-272.png" alt="New Line Button" width="80" height="22" /> button</li>
<li>Select the SHOWOKCANCEL option from the command drop down.</li>
<li>Double-Click on the Command Text field and enter in a prompt <img class="alignnone" title="Ok Cancel Prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-273.png" alt="Ok Cancel Prompt" width="400" height="300" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-274.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="27" /> button</li>
<li>Add a new line using the <img class="nobreak" title="New Line Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-272.png" alt="New Line Button" width="80" height="22" /> button</li>
<li>Select the SQL button from the Command drop down</li>
<li>Double-Click on the Command Text field and enter in the following SQL statement.<img class="alignnone" title="SELECT INTO Statement" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-275.png" alt="SELECT INTO Statement" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-274.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="27" /> button</li>
<li>Add a new line using the <img class="nobreak" title="New Line" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-272.png" alt="New Line" width="80" height="22" /> button</li>
<li>Select the SQL button from the Command drop down</li>
<li>Double-Click on the Command Text field and enter in the following SQL statement.<img class="alignnone" title="Select Statement" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-276.png" alt="Select Statement" width="400" height="300" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-274.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="27" /> button.</li>
<li>Add a new line using the <img class="nobreak" title="New Line" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-272.png" alt="New Line" width="80" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>Select the OPEN REPORT option from the Command drop down</li>
<li>Select the ProductsOrdered report from the Report Name drop down.<img class="alignnone" title="Select Report" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-277.png" alt="Select Report" width="112" height="80" /></li>
<li>Click on File-&gt;Save Script and save the script in the data directory.</li>
<li>To test the script click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Run Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-278.png" alt="Run Button" width="83" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>You will get a confirmation dialog like <img class="alignnone" title="Confirmation Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-279.png" alt="Confirmation Dialog" width="202" height="135" /> Click on the OK button.</li>
<li>You will now see the dialog box that you created. <img class="alignnone" title="OK Cancel Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-280.png" alt="OK Cancel Button" width="741" height="135" />Click on the OK button.</li>
<li>You will now get a prompt asking for a product number. <img class="alignnone" title="Product number prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-281.png" alt="Product number prompt" width="276" height="131" /> Key in a product number and click on the OK button.</li>
<li>You will now see a report similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Report Sample" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-82.png" alt="Report Sample" width="700" height="404" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>If you get an error message saying that the report could not be found, check that the Mailware Script Editor is pointing to the correct reports directory.  Go to Options-&gt;Reports Directory&#8230;</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>A copy of this script and the associated report can be downloaded from <a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/ScriptExample.zip" target="_blank">http:\\www.mailware.com/pub/ScriptExample.zip</a>.</li>
</ol>
<h3><a name="Installing"></a>Installing Mailware Scripts</h3>
<p>The scripts are installed so that they are accessible from the Tools menu in Mailware.  The installation method depends on whether or not you are using the Client-Server engine to connect to the Mailware database.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Normal Installation (Not using the client-server engine)</strong>
<ol>
<li>Copy the Mailware script file(s) into the data directory on your system hosting the database. Normally it is C:\Mailware\Data</li>
<li>From the<strong> shared network folder</strong> create shortcuts to the script files you want to appear in the Tools menu.
<ol>
<li>Select the files and right-click on them and select Create Shortcut <img class="alignnone" title="Create Shortcut" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-10-282.png" alt="Create Shortcut" width="233" height="391" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Copy the shortcuts into the Mailware tools folder.  This is usually c:\Mailware\Data\Tools</li>
<li>The links to the scripts will now show up in the Tools menu in Mailware.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Client Server Installation</strong>
<ol>
<li>Copy the Mailware script files to the Client-Server directory.  Normally this is c:\MailwareCS, although this may vary considerably.</li>
<li>From the <strong>shared network folder</strong> that points to the client-server directory, select the MWS script files you want to appear in the Tools menu and create shortcuts for them.</li>
<li>Copy the shortcuts to the Tools folder in the client-server directory.   Normally this is c:\MailwareCS\Tools  however your set up may be different from this.</li>
<li>The links to the script will now show up in the Tools menu in Mailware.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD</strong>: The MailwareScirptEdior and MailwareScript files are automatically installed in with Mailware installers dated 2009 and later.  For Mailware 2009 the script files are installed in c:\Program Files\Mailware\2009\Scripts.  For Mailware 2010 and later the script editor and script engine are installed in the same directory as the Mailware.exe file.  Normally this is c:\Program Files\Mailware 20XX where XX is the year version of your copy of Mailware.</p>
<p>Earlier versions of Mailware installers did not include the script utilities.  You can download and install them from <a href="http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/mwscript/" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<p>The Mailware script file extention (mws) is associated with the script engine when the software is installed.    If you get an Access violation message when trying to open a mailware script file, this most likely means that the file association with the script engine was not made or somehow broken.</p>
<p>There are a large number of scripts that are installed with the software.  It is highly recommended that you open up some of them in the script editor and look at the syntax that is used and research what the scripts do.  It is possible that you may be able to take one of the existing scripts and customize it to do what you want it to do.</p>
<p>If the script you are writing is complex it is highly recommended that you write the SQL and test it using the DBAISM database utilities before adding the SQL to the script editor.  The database utilities offer better error checking and provide you with better tools for determining whether or not your SQL did what you wanted it to.  The Database Utilities are installed automatically when you select the server install option for versions of Mailware 2010 or later.  You can also download and install the utilities from <a href="http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/databasetools/" target="_blank">here</a>.</p>
<p>In order for the script engine to run correctly the following criteria have to be met.</p>
<ol>
<li>The mws file needs to be installed in either the data directory or the root of the client-server folder.</li>
<li>Any reports that are requested by the script engine need to be installed in the associated reports folder.</li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-running-scripts/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Gift Certificates</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/gift-certificates/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/gift-certificates/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Jan 2011 23:59:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3764</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Create, sell and redeem gift certificates Quick Jump to: Create a Gift Certificate Sell a Gift Certificate Redeem a Gift Certificate Track Gift Certificates Create a Gift Certificate Mailware will generate random certificate numbers (including a specified prefix and/or suffix if you wish) that can be printed or redeemed online. First, add a new product [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><span style="font-size: small;">Create, sell and redeem gift certificates</span></h2>
<h3><span style="font-size: small;">Quick Jump to:</span></h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Create"><span style="font-size: small;">Create a Gift Certificate</span></a></li>
<li><a href="#Sell"><span style="font-size: small;">Sell a Gift Certificate</span></a></li>
<li><a href="#Redeem"><span style="font-size: small;">Redeem a Gift Certificate</span></a></li>
<li><span style="font-size: small;"><a href="#Track">Track Gift Certificates</a><br /> </span></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><a name="Create"></a>Create a Gift Certificate</strong><br /> Mailware  will generate random certificate numbers (including a specified prefix and/or  suffix if you wish) that can be printed or redeemed online.</p>
<ol>
<li>First, add a new product with a Product Number of &#8220;GIFT CERTIFICATE&#8221; or whatever  you wish. You can add a new product, or search to check first for an existing  one, by clicking the appropriate link on the Mailware Explorer.
<ol>
<li><strong>If you add a new product</strong> the Product screen will open to a blank form.  Type GIFT CERTIFICATE  in the Product # field: <img class="alignnone" title="Gift Certificate Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0348.png" alt="Gift Certificate Product" width="304" height="47" /></li>
<li>Enter an amount for the certificate in the <strong>Retail field</strong>. Note: This  amount can be changed at order entry. <img class="alignnone" title="Gift Price" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0349.png" alt="Gift Price" width="165" height="42" /> Note: Additional information on this tab is optional (e.g., description,  supplier etc.)</li>
<li>Next, click the <strong>Stock Levels tab</strong> and check the <strong>Non Inventory Item</strong> checkbox.<img class="alignnone" title="Non Inventory Item" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0350.png" alt="Non Inventory Item" width="130" height="69" /></li>
<li>Check the <strong>Generate Gift Cert checkbox</strong> and click the <strong>Settings</strong> button.<img class="alignnone" title="Check Gift Certificate" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0351.png" alt="Check Gift Certificate" width="220" height="24" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens enter a <strong>Prefix</strong> and <strong>Suffix</strong> if you wish.  Then specify the number of <strong>random characters</strong> you wish for the unique  certificate code. Select whether to use numbers, letters or both to make up the  code.<img class="alignnone" title="Gift Certificate Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0352.png" alt="Gift Certificate Settings" width="351" height="146" /> Enter the following data:
<ol>
<li><strong>Prefix</strong> &#8211; Any characters you enter here will always precede the randomly  generated code (e.g., GC123456)</li>
<li><strong>Suffix</strong> &#8211; Any characters you enter here will always be appended to the end  of the randomly generated code (e.g., 123456XX)</li>
<li><strong>Random Code Length</strong> &#8211; Enter the number of characters you would like to  have generated by Mailware when the gift certificate number is created. This  code will appear between the Prefix and Suffix (or by itself if they are left  blank).</li>
<li><strong>Use Characters</strong> &#8211; The randomly generated code can be created with just  numbers, just characters or both.</li>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> If you use a prefix of GC, a suffix of XX, a random code length of  5 and use characters = 5 a resulting code would be GC12345XX (where 12345 could  be any number).</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Close button</strong> to save your changes to settings.</li>
<li>You can create as many gift certificate products as you wish. These products  can now added to any order just like any other item you sell. Mailware will  generate a number that you can provide to your customer as a code and/or a  printed gift certificate.<strong>Note</strong>: By default new gift certificates are not redeemable. To make a  gift certificate active see the <strong><a href="#Track">Tracking Gift  Certificates</a></strong> topic below.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Sell"></a>Sell a Gift Certificate</strong><br /> You can sell  gift certificates you create and then distribute the generated code or print a  gift certificate.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a new order, or gift order as per the instructions in the help topic &#8211; <em><span style="color: #ff0000;">Take an Order</span> </em>or <em><span style="color: #ff0000;">Take a Gift Order</span>.</em></li>
<li><strong>Enter your Gift Certificate product</strong> as a new item on the order (press the  F2 key to lookup an item or just type the code). <img class="alignnone" title="Add Gift Cert" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0353.png" alt="Add Gift Cert" width="178" height="41" /></li>
<li>You can manually change the amount of the certificate if you like by typing a  new amount now. Or, you can change it later by right clicking the product and  choosing &#8220;Change Item Qty/Price&#8221; from the menu that appears.  <em><strong> </strong></em>
<ol>
<li><em><strong>Tip:</strong></em> If you would like to add a message to the invoice for the  gift certificate, click the Customize button on the Item Detail tab at the  bottom of the screen. Any text you enter in the dialog that opens will print  below the Gift Certificate item on the invoice.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Complete the order normally. When you are ready to provide the gift certificate  number to the customer you can do so by previewing/printing the gift  certificate.Complete the order normally. When you are ready to provide the gift certificate  number to the customer you can do so by previewing/printing the gift  certificate.  Click Reports button at the top of the screen and select <em><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">T5250 This Gift  Certificate</span> </strong></em>from the menu. <img class="alignnone" title="This Gift Certificate " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0354.png" alt="This Gift Certificate" width="224" height="155" /> You can also print all the gift certificates for a date range by selecting  report <span style="color: #ff0000;"><em><strong>R5150  Gift Certificates for Date Range</strong></em></span> from the Report Center.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Redeem"></a>Redeem a Gift Certificate</strong><br /> You can  apply Gift Certificate codes to an order as a payment. Gift Certificates can be  redeemed in whole or in part.</p>
<p>Note: Partial use will result in the  balance being applied to the customer&#8217;s Store Credit as displayed on the  Additional Info tab of the Customer screen.</p>
<ol>
<li>Add a new order, or gift order as per the instructions in the help topic  &#8211; <em><span style="color: #ff0000;">Take  an Order</span> </em>or <em><span style="color: #ff0000;">Take a Gift Order</span>.</em></li>
<li>When you are ready to apply the gift certificate click the Payment tab at the  bottom of the screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Payment Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0356.png" alt="Payment Tab" width="558" height="115" /></li>
<li>Click the <strong>New button</strong> to open the Payment dialog to enter a new payment  method. Then select <strong>Gift Cert</strong> from the pulldown.<img class="alignnone" title="Payment Method" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0357.png" alt="Payment Method" width="301" height="355" /></li>
<li>Leave the <strong>Action</strong> set to <strong>Sale</strong> and enter the Gift Certificate Number  in the <strong>Number</strong> field.<img class="alignnone" title="Enter Gift Cert" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0358.png" alt="Enter Gift Cert" width="301" height="355" /> Enter the <strong>amount</strong> you wish to redeem and then click the <strong>Authorize  button</strong>.<strong> </strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: If the Gift Certificate is not redeemable see  the instructions below for <strong><a href="#Track">Tracking Gift  Certificates</a></strong> to make is redeemable.</li>
<li>If the amount of the purchase is greater than the value of the gift certificate you will get the following message. <img class="alignnone" title="Confirm" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-283.png" alt="Confirm" width="457" height="148" /> Click on the Yes button to apply the full credit.  You can now use another form of payment to complete the transaction by closing the payment dialog screen and clicking the New&#8230; button to create a new payment record.</li>
<li>If the amount of the purchase is less than the value of the gift certificate you will get the following message. <img class="alignnone" title="Balance Applied Message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-284.png" alt="Balance Applied Message" width="308" height="118" /> and if you check the customer record under the Additional Info tab you can view the store credit. <img class="alignnone" title="Store Credit Example" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-286.png" alt="Store Credit Example" width="740" height="187" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Track"></a>Track Gift Certificates</strong><br /> Mailware  tracks each Gift Certificate number, its original balance and when it has been  used. This utility is also used to make Gift Certificate redeemable.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can access Gift Certificate Tracking by clicking the Setup tab on the Main  Menu.<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Gift Certificates button <img class="alignnone" title="Gift Certificates Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-287.png" alt="Gift Certiricates Button" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the gift certificates screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar.<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tool Bar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-288.png" alt="Setup Tool Bar" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will show the gift certificates screen <img class="alignnone" title="Gift Certificates Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-289.png" alt="Gift Certificates Screen" /></li>
<li>To view the details of a specific gift certificate you can double-click on the record or click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-290.png" alt="Edit Button" /> button.</li>
<li>In the dialog that opens you can see and change information specific to the  selected Gift Certificate: <img class="alignnone" title="Record View" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-291.png" alt="Record View" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Gray fields</strong> &#8211; These are informational and cannot be edited.</li>
<li><strong>Certificate No</strong> &#8211; You can change the number here if you wish.
<ol>
<li>Please note that you will need to reprint or distribute the revised number to  your customer. Go to the order and click the Reports button at the top of the  screen. Then select <em><strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">T5250 This Gift  Certificate</span> </strong></em>from the menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Amount</strong> &#8211; You can change the amount of the certificate.</li>
<li><strong>Redeemable</strong> &#8211; By default this is unchecked for security reasons (i.e., to  prevent unauthorized creation of gift certificates that are then deleted from  the order). You can make a gift certificate redeemable by simply checking this  box.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: You can allow/disallow access to the Gift Certificate tracking  system by setting up <span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Operator ID&#8217;s and  Security</a></strong></span>. Gift Certificate Tracking is controlled under the Actions tab  in Security.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Available Bal </strong>- Although Mailware applies remaining balances to the Store  Credit balance on the customer&#8217;s account, you can enter a remaining balance  manually in this field if you prefer. <strong> </strong>
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: You should also adjust the Store Credit for the customer by clicking  the Adjust button next to Store Credit under the Additional Info tab on the  Customer screen.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Expire Dt</strong> &#8211; You can set an expiration date for a specific gift  certificate by clicking the pull down arrow and selecting a date from the  calendar that appears.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> Expiration dates must be set manually for each gift  certificate.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Void</strong> and <strong>Void Reason</strong> &#8211; You can void a certificate and enter a  short reason.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The Gift Certificate feature uses the GiftCert table to track the details of gift certificates.  When an gift certificate is purchased, the software creates a random number based on the criteria that were set up in the related record in the Products table.  The gift certificate number is added to the GiftCert table in addition to the OrderNo, ItemNo, CustNo, Amount and the OrderDt information from the order.</p>
<p>When a gift certificate is used for payment the OrderNo is inserted into the RedeemOrderNo field, the PaymentNo is inserted into the RedeemPaymentNo field, the CustNo, is inserted into the RedeemCustNo field.   The amount that was used for the order is inserted into the RedeemAmout field and the remaining balance is inserted into the RedeemToCreditAmt and the OrderDt is inserted into the RedeemDt field.  If security is turned on the OperatorID is inserted into the RedeemOperatorID field.  The AvailableBalance is set to zero.  In addition, if there is credit remaining on the gift certificate, the amount of the credit is added to the CreditBalance field in the related customer record in the Customer table.</p>
<p> </p>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 3973px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;">
<ul>
<li><strong>Void</strong> and <strong>Void Reason</strong> &#8211; You can void a certificate and enter a  short reason.</li>
</ul>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/gift-certificates/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Creating and Managing Subscriptions</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-managing-subscriptions/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-managing-subscriptions/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 05 Jan 2011 23:16:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3733</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Introduction The subscription feature in Mailware allows you to create recurring orders for products or services on a Yearly, Monthly, Weekly and Daily basis.  It uses the Mailware scripting tools to generate new orders for products on a periodic basis and updates the number of issues left for each customer.  The subscription module requires some [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>
<p>The subscription feature in Mailware allows you to create recurring orders for products or services on a Yearly, Monthly, Weekly and Daily basis.  It uses the Mailware scripting tools to generate new orders for products on a periodic basis and updates the number of issues left for each customer.  The subscription module requires some set up by Core Technologies.  The following is a description on how to set up subscription products and how to use the scripts.</p>
<h3>Jump To</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Creating">Creating Subscription Products</a></li>
<li><a href="#Processing">Processing Subscriptions</a></li>
<li><a href="#Managing">Managing Subscriptions</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a name="Creating"></a>Creating Subscription Products</h3>
<ol>
<li><strong>Create the Products</strong>-These are the products that you will be sending out with each recurring order.  For these instructions, we will be using the subscription tools for  magazines.
<ol>
<li>For help on creating products click <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">here</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Create Subscription Products</strong>- These are non-inventory products that you will set up for each subscription that you have.  You will need to create subscription products for each type of subscription that you have.  For instance, if you offer a yearly and a monthly subscription for the same physical magazine you will need to create two subscription products.
<ol>
<li>Open the Inventory screen by clicking on <img class="alignnone" title="Inventory Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0160.png" alt="Inventory Icon" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0167.png" alt="New Button" width="71" height="22" /> button.  This is will create a new record in the Products table. <img class="alignnone" title="New Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0333.png" alt="New Product" width="734" height="547" /></li>
<li>Enter in the following information
<ol>
<li><strong>Product #-</strong>We are going to set up a monthly magazine description so we will create one that identifies it we will call it WIRED MONTHLY</li>
<li><strong>Name-</strong> Wired Magazine Monthly Description</li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong> Wired Magazine Monthly Description</li>
<li><strong>Retail-</strong>Enter the price you will charge the user for the whole year.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Stock Levels Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0175.png" alt="Stock Levels Tab" /> tab and enter the following information.
<ol>
<li>Check the Non-Inventory Item check box</li>
<li>Check the Subscription check box</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Subscription Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-11-176.png" alt="Subscription Settings" /> button this will open up the Subscription Settings screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Subscription Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0334.png" alt="Subscription Settings" width="383" height="231" />Enter the following information.
<ol>
<li>Select Monthly from the Frequency drop down.</li>
<li>Enter 12 for the duration for 12-months</li>
<li>Select the product that you will be sending out every month from the Ship Product No drop down</li>
<li>Select 1 for the quantity.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Repeat the process for each subscription combination that you have.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h3><a name="Processing"></a>Processing Subscriptions</h3>
<p>Mailware employs the use of two scripts to process subscription orders.  The first, called CreateAndUpdateSubscriptions checks the Mailware orders table for any subscriptions that were ordered and adds/updates the records in the subscription table.  The second, called CreateSubscriptionOrders is the script that creates orders for the subscription products when they are due.  They are both run from the Tools menu.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Run CreateAndUpdateSubscriptions-</strong>Click on the CreateAndUpdateSubscriptions option from the Tools menu <img class="alignnone" title="Create And Update Subscriptions" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0335.png" alt="Create And Update Subscriptions" width="373" height="248" />
<ol>
<li>You will get the following confirmation dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Confirmation Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0336.png" alt="Confirmation Dialog" width="293" height="135" /></li>
<li>Click on the OK button</li>
<li>You will get another confirmation dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Create and update confirmation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0337.png" alt="Create and update confirmation" width="258" height="135" /></li>
<li>Click on the OK button.</li>
<li>When the script is complete you will get the following dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Subscriptions have been updated" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0338.png" alt="Subscriptions have been updated" width="214" height="118" /> <strong>NOTE:</strong> If you do not get this message the script failed for some reason.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Run CreateSubscriptionOrders-</strong>This script should be run near the time that subscriptions are supposed to be sent out.
<ol>
<li>Click on the  CreateSubscriptionOrders option from the Tools menu<img class="alignnone" title="Create Subscription Orders" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0339.png" alt="Create Subscription Orders" width="375" height="255" /></li>
<li>You will get the following confirmation dialog box <img title="Confirmation Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0340.png" alt="Confirmation Dialog" width="293" height="135" /></li>
<li>Click on the OK button</li>
<li>You will get another confirmation dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Create Subscription Orders" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0341.png" alt="Create Subscription Orders" width="226" height="135" /></li>
<li>Click on the OK button.</li>
<li>When the script is complete you will get the following dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Subscription orders have been created." src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0342.png" alt="Subscription orders have been created." width="240" height="118" /> <strong>NOTE:</strong> If you do not get this message the script  failed for some reason.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<h3><a name="Managing"></a>Managing Subscriptions</h3>
<p>When the subscription option is set up another tab is added to the Customer screen to track the status of subscriptions.</p>
<ol>
<li>To view the status of a customers subscription click on  <img class="alignnone" title="Customer Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0343.png" alt="Customer Icon" width="193" height="82" /> </li>
<li>Search for your customer using the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0344.png" alt="Search Icon" width="27" height="22" /> icon.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Subscriptions Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0345.png" alt="Subscriptions Tab" width="143" height="28" /> tab</li>
<li>The following screen will show <img class="alignnone" title="Subscriptions Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0346.png" alt="Subscriptions Screen" width="820" height="437" /> The fields shown are as follows.
<ol>
<li><strong>Product No</strong>- This is the subscription product number that the customer ordered.</li>
<li><strong>Start Dt-</strong> This is the date that the subscription starts.  For an initial subscription this is the same as the date the subscription was ordered.  For renewals it is the date that the new subscription period starts.</li>
<li><strong>Expiration Dt-</strong> This is the date that the selected subscription will expire.</li>
<li><strong>Auto Renewal-</strong>If this option is checked, the system will automatically renew the subscription when the existing one expires.</li>
<li><strong>Order No-</strong> This is the order number for the subscription order.</li>
<li><strong>OrderDt-</strong>This is the date that the subscription was ordered.</li>
<li><strong>Last Order No-</strong> This is the last time an order was issued for the subscription.  This is the last order number associated with the product shipped.</li>
<li><strong>Last Order Dt-</strong>This is the last date an order was created for the subscription.</li>
<li><strong>Remaining Orders-</strong>This is the number of times that a new order will be created for this subscription.  The number depends on the type of subscription.</li>
<li><strong>Next Order Dt-</strong> This is the next time an order will be generated for this subscription.  <strong>Note</strong>: This value is not updated until the following day after the last order is issued.</li>
<li><strong>On Hold-</strong>Checking this box will prevent new subscriptions orders from being created.</li>
<li><strong>Hold Reason-</strong>This is a text field that allows you to enter a Hold reason.</li>
<li><strong>Canceled-</strong>Checking this box will permanently prevent new subscription orders from being generated for this subscription.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Show Expired Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-20-0347.png" alt="Show Expired Button" width="105" height="25" /> button will also show all of the expired subscriptions for the selected customer.</li>
</ol>
<p> </p>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The subscription feature uses the following tables, Subscription, Product, Customer and Items.  When a subscription product is created the subscription information is added to the Products table.  In addition to the standard product information the following fields are updated, IsSubscription is set to True,SubscriptionFrequency, SubscriptionStartDay (only used for weekly subscriptions), SubscriptionDuration,SubscriptionShipProductNo and SubscriptionQuantity.</p>
<p>The CreateAndUpdateSubscriptions script queries the Items table and searches for any orders that contain Products that are flagged as subscription products and puts the order and payment information into a temporary table.  This table is compared with the existing Subscription table and any duplicates are removed from the temporary table and any new ones are added from the temporary table.</p>
<p>The CreateSubscriptionOrders script checks the Subscription table for any subscriptions that are due for generating orders and creates orders for the products.  The script pulls the payment information from the subscription table and adds it to the orders.  It also decrements the Remaining Orders, updates the LastOrderDt, LastOrderNo fields in the Subscription table.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-managing-subscriptions/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Charges by Rates and Zones</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/charges-by-rates-and-zones/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/charges-by-rates-and-zones/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2011 17:33:31 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3651</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Introduction Mailware can calculate UPS, FedEx and other rates from your area. You will need your Zone chart from each shipper&#8217;s web site before entering data. Mailware uses the shipping address Zip code during order entry to determine the recipient&#8217;s zone, then looks up the rate and enters shipping charges for the order. You will [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Introduction</h2>
<p>Mailware can calculate UPS, FedEx and other rates from your area. You will need  your Zone chart from each shipper&#8217;s web site before entering data. Mailware uses  the shipping address Zip code during order entry to determine the recipient&#8217;s  zone, then looks up the rate and enters shipping charges for the order.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>You will first need to enter weights for each of your products</strong>.  To do this, open the Inventory screen and add the weight in the weight field under the product tab.
<ol>
<li>To access the Products feature click on the Inventory  icon  on the  Mailware Explorer. <img title="Inventory Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0160.png" alt="Inventory  Icon" width="193" height="82" /></li>
<li>To search for an existing product click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Find Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0162.png" alt="Find  Button" width="23" height="21" /> icon or press Ctrl-F this will open the  product search  screen.<img title="Product Search  Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0163.png" alt="Product Search Screen" width="587" height="480" />
<ol>
<li>You can search for a product by keying in text into the Product  Number, Description,  or Long Description fields and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0164.png" alt="Search  Button" width="73" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>If  you check on the Real-Time Incremental Search check box the  product search will happen real time.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> You can  also set this feature to be the default behavior by selecting the check  box in Tools-&gt;Preferences under the Orders tab.</li>
<li>The Full Text Search feature searches the Product Number,  Description and Long Description fields for the text that you enter in  that field and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0164.png" alt="Search  Button" width="73" height="21" /> button next to the full text search  field.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> You can also set this field to be the  default field when the search screen is opened  by selecting the check  box in Tools-&gt;Preferences under the Orders  tab.</li>
<li>You can also filter the records in the grid by selecting the  Supplier or the Product Type from the drop downs.</li>
<li>Once you have found the product you are looking for,  you can either  click on it in the grid view and click on the OK button or double click  on the product.</li>
<li>You can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Product Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0165.png" alt="New  Product Button" width="73" height="21" /> button and the software will  create a new record in the Products table and close the search screen.</li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Details Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0166.png" alt="Details  Button" width="73" height="21" /> will open up the selected product in a  new products screen.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter a weight for this item in pounds. Do not round weights to  the  nearest pound. You can use the weight calculator  <img class="nobreak" title="Weight Calculator" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0173.png" alt="Weight  Calculator" width="26" height="17" /> to convert ounces to  pounds.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To access the Shipping  feature click on the Setup Tab  on the Mailware  Explorer <img title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup  Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Shipping icon form the Mailware Explorer. <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-0327.png" alt="Shippin Icon" width="193" height="44" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the shipping screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar.<img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Navigation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-0328.png" alt="Shipping Navigation" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will open the Shipping Company screen <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Company" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-0329.png" alt="Shipping Company" width="540" height="349" /></li>
<li>Select the shipper that you want.  Then click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-0330.png" border="0" alt="" width="81" height="22" /> button to  open the Shipping Company dialog.</li>
<li>Click on the By Zone tab <img class="alignnone" title="By Zone" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-0331.png" alt="By Zone" width="400" height="126" /></li>
<li>Two grids are available for entry. You will need your Zone and Rate charts from  your shipper (the Zone chart is based on your Zip code). At the time of this  writing U.S. UPS charts were available online at:<a href="http://www.ups.com/content/us/en/shipping/cost/zones/continental_us.html?srch_pos=2&amp;srch_phr=rates+and+zones" target="_blank"> http://www.ups.com/content/us/en/shipping/cost/zones/continental_us.html?srch_pos=2&amp;srch_phr=rates+and+zones</a>.  U.S. FedEx charts are available at <a href="http://www.fedex.com/ratetools/RateToolsMain.do" target="_blank">http://www.fedex.com/ratetools/RateToolsMain.do</a>.  You can search shipper&#8217;s sites for additional charts.</li>
<li>Begin by entering the Zone information in the upper grid. Select a  <strong>Country</strong> from the pulldown in the first field. The country name you select  will be replaced by its number and will be entered automatically on subsequent  lines.</li>
<li>Next, enter a <strong>From Zip</strong> code or its prefix. For example,  32211 or 322.</li>
<li>In the next column enter a <strong>To Zip</strong> code or its prefix.  <strong>IMPORTANT</strong>: Even if the entry is identical to the From Zip be sure to  enter it (e.g., From Zip = 322 and To Zip = 322). There must be no blank fields  in the chart.</li>
<li>Enter the <strong>Zone number</strong> from your chart. This is based on the distance from  your shipping Zip code to the recipients Zip code as entered in the From Zip and  To Zip fields.</li>
<li><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Double-click</span> the <strong>Unavailable checkbox</strong> if you do not ship to the  Zip code in that line.  In most cases you will  leave this blank.</li>
<li>Press the <strong>Tab</strong> or <strong>down arrow key</strong> to continue to the next line until  you have entered all Zones.</li>
<li>In the next two fields enter the beginning (<strong>From Weight</strong>) and ending  weight (<strong>To Weight</strong>) from your chart. <strong>Note</strong>: Most shippers use whole  pounds only. The upper limit or To Weight will take precedence over the From  Weight of the next line. For example if you enter 0 to 1 in the first line and 1  to 2 in the second line, the amount in the first line will be charged for items  weighing exactly 1 pound. Therefore, you may enter weights as:1   to  2<br /> 2  to  3<br /> 3  to  4 etc</li>
<li>In the <strong>Cost</strong> field enter the amount from your Rate chart.  This is the actual cost to you to ship.</li>
<li>In the <strong>Charge</strong> field enter the amount you wish to charge  your customer. This can be the actual cost amount as entered previously or any  amount you wish. <strong>Note</strong>: You must enter a Charge amount even if it is the  same as the Cost amount.</li>
<li>Enter additional lines by pressing the <strong>Tab</strong> or <strong>down arrow key</strong> to  move to a new line. When you are done click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-292.png" border="0" alt="" align="absMiddle" /><strong> button</strong> to save your changes and  exit the dialog.  <strong>Note:</strong> Changes are saved for each line as you enter them so you do not  need to save periodically. Also, you can use the mini navigator buttons <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-21-0332.png" border="0" alt="" width="90" height="17" align="absMiddle" /> above each grid to move between lines. To change the value of a field,  double-click it.</li>
<li>Repeat the above steps for each shipper and ship method you wish to set up. When  you take an order you can select a method and the shipping charge will be  automatically entered for you.</li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/charges-by-rates-and-zones/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mail Order Manager and Inventory Control</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/index2/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/index2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2011 17:18:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Mailware]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3667</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware is a multi channel manager and a full back office system that does more than talk to your web store. With Mailware, you can manage your orders from all your online stores, handle inventory from multiple warehouses, interact with a full customer database, ship to your customers, and manage your accounting. Benefits of Mailware [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 925px; margin-left: -20px; text-align: center; margin-top: -35px;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/"><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/banner.png" alt="Mailware Multi Channel Manager 2011" /></a></p>
<div style="width: 925px; margin-top: 10px; text-align: left;">
<div style="width: 420px; float: left; padding-right: 20px; padding-left: 20px; border-right: 1px solid #BBBBBB; font-size:1.1em;"><span style="font-size:1.4em">Mailware is a <span style="color: #0066CC;">multi channel manager</span> and a <span style="color: #0066CC;">full back office system</span></span> that does more than talk to your web store. With Mailware, you can manage your orders from all your online stores, handle inventory from multiple warehouses, interact with a full customer database, ship to your customers, and manage your accounting.</p>
<div style="width: 100%; margin-top: 30px;"><span style="font-size: 1.2em; font-weight: bold;">Benefits of Mailware</span>
<ul style="margin-top:10px;">
<li>Save Money by Managing Your Carts &#038; Orders in One Place</li>
<li>Save Time With Comprehensive Inventory Management</li>
<li>Ensure Customer Satisfaction With Email Notification</li>
<li>One Solution for Inventory, Orders, Shipping &#038; Customers</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/">And More&#8230;</a></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
<div style="width: 420px; float: left; padding-right: 20px; padding-left: 20px;">
<div style="width: 100%; margin-top: 25px; margin-bottom: 55px; text-align: center;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/free-demo/" class="thePumpkinButton" style="color:white; margin: 10px;">Free Demo</a><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/" class="orangePumpkinButton" style="color:white; margin: 10px;">Learn More</a></div>
<p><span style="font-size: 1.2em; font-weight: bold;">What&#8217;s New <a href="http://twitter.com/mailware" target="_blank" style="color: #0066CC;">@Mailware</a></span></p>
<div id="mailwareTweets">
<p><script type="text/javascript"></p>
<p>$.getJSON('http://twitter.com/status/user_timeline/mailware.json?count=3&#038;callback=?', function(data){
        $.each(data, function(index, item){
                $('#twitter').append('
<div class="tweet">
<p>' + item.text + '</p>
<p>' + item.created_at + '</p>
</div>
<p>');
        });
});</p>
<p></script></p>
</div>
</div>
<div style="clear:both;"></div>
<div style="margin-top: 45px; border-top: 1px solid #BBBBBB; padding-top: 10px;">
<ul id="workingWith">
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/ups.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/magento.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/visa.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/ebay.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/amazon.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/volusion.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/fedex.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/prostores.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/pinnaclecart.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/miva.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
<li><img src="http://mailware.com/images/newhome/logos/paypal.png" style="border: 0;" /></li>
</ul>
</div>
</div>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/index2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Preferences &#8211; Credit Cards</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-credit-cards/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-credit-cards/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Dec 2010 16:41:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3590</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; If you have not done so already click Tools&#62;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Credit Card tab.   Set up Mailware to approve credit cards using your software. Quick Jump To: Supported Credit Card Software Setup PC Charge Setup IC Verify or XCharge [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a title="Preferences – ECheck" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-echeck/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not done so already click Tools&gt;Preferences on the text menu to open the Preferences dialog. Then click the Credit Card tab.
<p><img title="Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0322.png" alt="" width="678" height="514" /> </p>
</li>
</ol>
<h2>Set up Mailware to approve credit cards using your software.</h2>
<h4>Quick Jump To:</h4>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Search">Supported Credit Card Software</a></li>
<li><a href="#PCCharge">Setup PC Charge</a></li>
<li><a href="#ICVerify">Setup IC Verify or XCharge</a></li>
<li><a href="#PCAuthorize">Setup PC Authorize</a></li>
<li><a href="#AuthorizeNet">Setup Authorize Net</a></li>
<li><a href="#PaymentTech">Setup PaymentTech</a></li>
<li><a href="#Test">Test a Charge in Mailware</a></li>
<li><a href="#Troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;"><a name="Search"></a>Instructions<br /> </span></strong>You can choose which credit card software and merchant services provider you would like to use. Mailware supports several third party software programs which work with the vast majority of providers. Export reports are included too, so you can use other packages as well.</p>
<ol>
<li>Mailware supports the following credit card software. If you use one of these now, or if your provider accepts charges from one, Mailware will connect to the gateway and charge the credit card during order entry or batch order processing. It will enter the approval number for you into the order and mark it paid. The supported software packages are:
<ol>
<li>PC Charge (<a href="http://www.pccharge.com/">http://www.pccharge.com/</a>)</li>
<li>IC Verify (<a href="http://www.icverify.com/">http://www.icverify.com/</a>)</li>
<li>Authorize Net (<a href="http://www.authorizenet.com/">http://www.authorizenet.com</a>)
<ol>
<li>For Authorize Net you will need the <strong>xPayment</strong> component. It is offered by a separate company (xAuthorize), and is approximately $200. You can download and test it for free for charges under $5. Download the Demo at: <a href="http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/" target="_blank">http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Chase PaymentTech (<a href="http://www.chasepaymentech.com/" target="_blank">http://www.chasepaymentech.com/</a>)
<ol>
<li>For Chase PaymentTech you will need the <strong>xPayment</strong> component. It is offered by a separate company (xAuthorize), and is approximately $200. You can download and test it for free for charges under $5. Download the Demo at: <a href="http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/" target="_blank">http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>XCharge (<a href="http://www.xcharge.biz/">http://www.xcharge.biz</a>)</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>First, install and test your credit card software. It must be working before you attempt to process a charge through Mailware.</li>
<li>Next, click Tools on the text menu and select Preferences <img class="alignnone" title="Tools Preferences" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0315.png" alt="Tools Preferences" width="261" height="155" /></li>
<li>In the dialog that opens, click the Credit Card tab <img class="alignnone" title="Preferences Credit Cards" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0316.png" alt="Preferences Credit Cards" width="678" height="514" /></li>
<li><strong>Interface Software</strong>- Select your credit card software from the pulldown. The Credit Card Preferences screen displays the fields needed for your particular software. Once these preferences are set an Authorize button will appear on the Payment tab on the Order Entry screen.  Click on the links below for setup instructions for your interface software.
<ol>
<li><a href="#PCCharge">PC Charge</a></li>
<li><a href="#ICVerify">IC Veryify /XCharge</a></li>
<li><a href="#PCAuthorize">PC Authorize</a></li>
<li><a href="#AuthorizeNet">xAuthorize</a></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="PCCharge"></a>PC Charge Setup</strong></p>
<p>PC Charge is supported for single stations, and multiple stations on a network.</p>
<ol>
<li>Install and test your credit card software, then open Preferences, click the Credit Card tab and select your Interface Software as described above.</li>
<li>When you select PC Charge the following fields appear. <img class="alignnone" title="PC Charge Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0317.png" alt="PC Charge Setup" width="678" height="514" /></li>
<li>Enter the data as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Merchant Number</strong> &#8211; Enter your merchant number <span style="text-decoration: underline;">exactly</span> as it is entered in PC Charge. You can find it in PCCharge under Setup&gt;Credit Card Company. Note: This may not be the same number you received from your bank or merchant services provider.</li>
<li><strong>Use Table</strong> &#8211; Check this box if you have multiple Merchant Numbers. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/multiple-merchant-accounts/" target="_blank">Set Up Multiple Merchant Accounts</a> topic for help setting up your multiple ID&#8217;s.</li>
<li><strong>Processor</strong> &#8211; Select the appropriate processor from the pulldown. This information can also be found in PCCharge under Setup&gt;Credit Card Company.</li>
<li><strong>Time Out</strong> &#8211; The value you enter will determine how long your credit card software will wait before returning a &#8220;cannot connect&#8221; message. In most cases enter 45 seconds unless a different time out is recommended by your merchant services provider.</li>
<li><strong>Last Valid Year &#8211; </strong>For 2 digit credit card expiration dates enter the last year to be interpreted as belonging to the 21st century (20XX). For example, if you enter a Last Valid Year of 30, an expiration of 01/30 will be interpreted as 2030, and an expiration of 01/31 will be interpreted as 1931. This field allows for year 2000 compliance with 2 digit years.</li>
<li><strong>User Name</strong> &#8211; Enter a Unique Name for this PC. For example, enter User 1 on the first PC, User 2 on the second etc.</li>
<li><strong>Path</strong> &#8211; Enter the path where credit card information will be stored, and retrieved during authorization. This should be the same directory for all workstations. You can also use the browse button <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0318.png" alt="" width="0" height="0" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> <img class="nobreak" title="File Folder Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0318.png" alt="File Folder Icon" width="23" height="23" />to locate the path on your PC or network.  This is the path to the PC Charge application, normally it is c:\Program Files\PCCW although this may vary depending on the configuration of your system.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>The bottom section contains information specific to each workstation on your network (or a single PC). The User Name must be unique and must be entered on each workstation.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-293.png" alt="Ok button" /> button to save your changes. An <img class="nobreak" title="Authorize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0320.png" alt="Authorize Button" width="66" height="20" /> button will be available on the Payment tab of the Order screen and the Process Payments tab of the Process Orders action.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="ICVerify"></a>ICVerify and XCharge</strong></p>
<p>ICVerify and XCharge are supported for single stations, and multiple stations on a network.</p>
<ol>
<li>Install and test your credit card software, then open Preferences, click the Credit Card tab and select your Interface Software as described above.</li>
<li>When you select ICVerify the following fields appear.<img class="alignnone" title="ICVerify Setup " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0319.png" alt="ICVerify Setup" width="678" height="514" /></li>
<li>Enter your data as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Merchant ID</strong> &#8211; Enter your Merchant ID as supplied to you by your credit card provider.</li>
<li><strong>Use Table</strong> &#8211; Check this box if you have multiple Merchant Numbers. See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/multiple-merchant-accounts/" target="_blank">Set Up Multiple Merchant Accounts</a> topic for help setting up your multiple ID&#8217;s.</li>
<li><strong>AVS Mode</strong> &#8211; Select which AVS mode your provider requires (the default of 1 does not perform AVS checking).</li>
<li><strong>License Time Out</strong> &#8211; Enter the time in milliseconds Mailware should wait for a response from ICVerify before giving a non-connected message. Default is 10000 (10 seconds).</li>
<li><strong>Base Users</strong> &#8211; For the Max and Base users: Enter 1 in each if you are using a single license version of ICVerify. For multiple stations enter 1 in Base Users on the first PC, 2 on the second etc.</li>
<li><strong>Max Users</strong> &#8211; In Max Users enter the total number of stations you purchased.</li>
<li><strong>Request Directory-</strong>The Request Directory is usually C:\ICVERIFY\REQ_DIR however you should browse to it with the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0318.png" alt="" width="23" height="23" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> button (the folder button next to the field) to ensure you point to the correct folder.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-293.png" alt="Ok button" width="71" height="22" /> button to save your changes. An <img class="nobreak" title="Authorize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0320.png" alt="Authorize Button" width="66" height="20" /> button will be available on the Payment tab of the Order screen and the Process Payments tab of the Process Orders action.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="PCAuthorize"></a>PC Authorize</strong><br /> PC Authorize is currently supported at one station only.</p>
<ol>
<li>Install and test your credit card software, then open Preferences, click the Credit Card tab and select your Interface Software as described above.</li>
<li>When you select PC Charge the following fields appear.<img class="alignnone" title="PC Authorize Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0321.png" alt="PC Authorize Setup" width="678" height="514" /></li>
<li>Enter your data as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Service Application</strong> &#8211; Enter the path to your installation of PC Authorize. You can also browse to the PC Authorize directory with the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0318.png" alt="" width="23" height="23" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> button and select the program by double clicking it.</li>
<li><strong>Cashier ID</strong> &#8211; (Optional) Enter a name or other ID to associate with authorizations made from this PC.</li>
<li><strong>Department</strong>- (Optional) Enter a Department to associate with authorizations made from this PC.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: When using PC Authorize you should avoid opening a batch in PC Authorize and processing approvals from Mailware at the same time. Mailware will use the batch created by the PC Authorize session which may be confusing.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-293.png" alt="Ok  button" width="71" height="22" /> button to save your changes. An <img class="nobreak" title="Authorize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0320.png" alt="Authorize Button" width="66" height="20" /> button will be available on the Payment tab of the Order screen and the Process Payments tab of the Process Orders action.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="AuthorizeNet"></a>Authorize.net</strong><br /> Authorize Net is a web based gateway. You will need a utility available from xAuthorize that allows Mailware to communicate with Authorize Net (see the <a href="#Search">Supported Software</a> section above for details).</p>
<ol>
<li>Install and test your credit card software, then open Preferences, click the Credit Card tab and select your Interface Software as described above.</li>
<li>When you select Authorize.net the following fields appear.<img class="alignnone" title="xAuthorize Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0322.png" alt="xAuthorize Setup" width="678" height="514" /></li>
<li>Before you can set up Authorize.Net to work with Mailware you will need to obtain the API LoginID and the Transaction Key.  Below are instructions on how to obtain those.
<ol>
<li>Open up Notepad</li>
<li>Login to your Authorize.net account</li>
<li>Click the “Account” link at the top.</li>
<li>Click on the link : “API Login ID and Transaction Key” Click the generate button(s) if needed.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> If you have already generated a API Login ID and Transaction Key, the system will ask you to respond to a security question.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Copy the API Login ID to the clipboard and paste it into the Notepad.</li>
<li>Copy the Transaction Key to the clipboard and paste it into your Notepad on a different line</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter your data as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Gateway</strong> &#8211; Select <strong>Authorize.Net AIM</strong> from the drop down</li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> -API Login ID</li>
<li><strong>Password</strong> &#8211; Transaction Key</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Merchant on Success</strong> - Check this if you would like to receive a confirmation email on each charge.</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Merchant on Error</strong> - Check this if you would like to receive a confirmation email on each error.</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Server</strong> - Enter your SMTP email server (you can locate this in your email software).</li>
<li><strong>Merchant Email</strong> &#8211; Enter your email address.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-293.png" alt="Ok   button" width="71" height="22" /> button to save your changes. An <img class="nobreak" title="Authorize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0320.png" alt="Authorize Button" width="66" height="20" /> button will be available on the Payment tab of the Order screen and the Process Payments tab of the Process Orders action.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="PaymentTech"></a>Chase PaymentTech</strong><br /> PaymentTech is a web based gateway. You will need a utility available from xAuthorize that allows Mailware to communicate with Authorize Net (see the <a href="#Search">Supported Software</a> section above for details).</p>
<ol>
<li>Install and test your credit card software, then open Preferences, click the Credit Card tab and select your Interface Software as described above.</li>
<li>When you select Authorize.net the following fields appear.<img title="xAuthorize Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0325.png" alt="xAuthorize Setup" width="678" height="514" /></li>
<li>Before you can set up PaymentTech to work with Mailware you will need to do the following
<ol>
<li>Contact Paymenttech to have the ip addresses of the CC processing machines Whitelisted.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter your data as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Gateway</strong> &#8211; Select <strong>Paymenttech</strong> from the drop down</li>
<li><strong>Login</strong> -Paymenttech Merchant ID</li>
<li><strong>Secondary Login-</strong>BIN Number (usually something like 000002)</li>
<li><strong>Password</strong> &#8211; TerminalID (usually something like 002)</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Merchant on Success</strong> - Check this if you would like to receive a confirmation email on each charge.</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Merchant on Error</strong> - Check this if you would like to receive a confirmation email on each error.</li>
<li><strong>E-mail Server</strong> - Enter your SMTP email server (you can locate this in your email software).</li>
<li><strong>Merchant Email</strong> &#8211; Enter your email address.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-293.png" alt="Ok    button" width="71" height="22" /> button to save your changes. An <img class="nobreak" title="Authorize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0320.png" alt="Authorize Button" width="66" height="20" /> button will be available on the Payment tab of the Order screen and the Process Payments tab of the Process Orders action.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Test"></a>Test a Charge in Mailware<br /> </strong>After you have completed the setup of your software you can enter a test order in Mailware and test your connection.  If you experience any problems during the test see the <a href="#Troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a> section below.</p>
<ol>
<li>Once your credit card software is set up you can approve credit cards immediately. Enter an order (see the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Take an Order</span> help topic for details on entering orders). Then click the Payment tab at the bottom of the Order screen. Enter the credit card information then click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0320.png" alt="" align="absMiddle" border="0" />button.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note</strong>: Your credit card software must be running, however, you do not need to create a batch. One will be created automatically when you process your first charge each day.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The following dialog will open. <img class="alignnone" title="Confirm Credit Charge" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0323.png" alt="Confirm Credit Charge" width="350" height="268" /></li>
<li>Edit the cardholder name and address if necessary, then click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-0324.png" alt="" width="65" height="21" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> button.  A Results section will appear at the bottom of the dialog, and a Stop button will be available if you need to cancel the transaction.</li>
<li>Your software will contact  your provider and retrieve the approval information. Within a few seconds an approval code should appear in the Results section. Click the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-22-294.png" alt="" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> button. The approval code and amount paid will be automatically entered on the Mailware Order screen.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting<br /> </strong>If you experience problems processing a charge after completing the above the tips below may help.</p>
<ol>
<li>For PC Charge and IC Verify you must have the same Merchant ID in Mailware as in your credit card software. Some banks provide your ID in a letter with additional digits. Be sure to check the setup in your software.</li>
<li>If you are receiving a <strong>&#8220;Class not registered&#8221;</strong> error when attempting to run ICVerify, PC Charge or PC Authorize credit card software you can install credit card support files from the Mailware web site at <a href="http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/ccsupport/" target="_blank">http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/ccsupport/</a></li>
<li>If you are receiving a <strong>&#8220;Invalid class string&#8221; </strong>and are using xAuthorize as your interface software you need to install the xPayment software.  You can download it from <a href="http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/" target="_blank">http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/</a></li>
<li>If you are using PaymentTech as your gateway and get a <strong>&#8220;Precondition Failed&#8221; </strong>error message when trying to process a charge, your IP address has not been whitelisted by PaymentTech.</li>
<li>In PC Charge, if you receive a result message of &#8221; Not Captured&#8221; followed by an Authorization Code you may need to close PC Charge, then browse to the PCCW folder and delete the CVVS.PCC and Address.PCC files. Be sure to backup your PC Charge settings first, just in case. You may also need to delete Credit.pcc and Config.pcc.  If you are using PC Charge Payment Server you will need to use the command line switch /UI to start Payment Server up the first time.</li>
<li>Make sure both Mailware and your credit card software programs are running. For networks you may need to run both a server and a client version of your credit card software.</li>
<li>For IC Verify, some providers return a different character in the first position of the approval string (not the approval code you see in the results). If this occurs the charge will appear as approved but will be marked in Mailware as DECLINED. Please <span style="color: #ff0000;">contact us</span> for a patch to correct this (we have to modify it for your code). In the meantime, you can manually enter the approval code.</li>
<li>You do not need to create a batch in your credit card software, but you do need to settle the batch created by Mailware. Otherwise, charges will be entered but will not transfer funds into your account.</li>
<li>Mailware includes xAuthorize (aka xPayment) to allow you to integrate with over 100 gateway services. See the list of supported gateways below.</li>
</ol>
<div>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr valign="Middle">
<td valign="top">
<h2><span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small; color: #000000;"><span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;">xAuthorize</span></span></h2>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><span style="color: red;"><br /><span style="color: green;"><strong>Features:</strong><br /></span></span></span></span></p>
<ul type="CIRCLE">
<li>Support for over 115 gateway services (more added monthly).</li>
<li>Complete data encryption using SSL.</li>
<li>Reliable and fast processing for high volume applications.</li>
<li>Multiple transaction types (selected gateways):
<ul>
<li>sale</li>
<li>authorize</li>
<li>capture</li>
<li>force</li>
<li>void</li>
<li>credit</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>Complete status reporting (declination reason, etc).</li>
<li>Support for Email notification.</li>
<li>Support for Address Verification and CVV2 Services.</li>
<li>Compatible with any environment supporting COM objects.</li>
<li>Support for alternative currencies.</li>
<li>Support for EChecks for deductions from the customer&#8217;s bank account.</li>
<li>Designed for ease of use and rapid development.</li>
<li>Full support for test-mode operations (selected gateways).</li>
<li>Includes test accounts (selected gateways).</li>
<li>Includes test credit card numbers (with selected gateways).</li>
<li>Transaction Logging Capability</li>
<li>Multiple transaction log types &#8211; daily, monthly, single file.</li>
<li>Latest interface specification for all supported gateways.</li>
<li>Includes sample programs.</li>
<li>Includes sample Visual Basic projects.</li>
<li>Includes sample Active Server Pages.</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><span style="font-family: Verdana; font-size: xx-small;"></p>
<p></span></span><center></center></td>
<td>  </td>
<td align="center" valign="top">
<table width="150" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="1">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="center"><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><span style="color: green;">Complete List [116]</p>
<p></span><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.authorizenet.com/" target="_blank">Authorize.Net AIM </a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.achdirect.com/" target="_blank">ACH Direct Credit Card Service</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.achdirect.com/" target="_blank">ACH Direct EFT Service</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.approve.net/" target="_blank">Approve.NET </a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.bankofamerica.com/merchantservices/" target="_blank">Bank of America eStore</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.beanstream.com/" target="_blank">Beanstream</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.bluefingateway.com/" target="_blank">BlueFin</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.bluepay.com/" target="_blank">BluePay</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.bluepay.com/" target="_blank">BluePay Version 2</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://stats.clearcard.com/solutions/Index" target="_blank">ClearCard CNWB</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.orcc.com/" target="_blank">CollectPay Connect</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.orcc.com/" target="_blank">CollectPay Connect ACH</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.concordefsnet.com/home/ProdEfsnethome.asp" target="_blank">Concord EFSNET</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.ctel.com.au/" target="_blank">CTEL</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.cybercash.net/" target="_blank">CyberCash</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.cybersource.com/" target="_blank">CyberSource</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.3dsi.com/" target="_blank">3 Delta Systems</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.authorize.net/solutions/echeck.php" target="_blank">Authorize.Net ECheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.echo-inc.com/" target="_blank">ECHO Link</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.collectorsolutions.com/" target="_blank">eCollections Portal</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.collectorsolutions.com/" target="_blank">eCollections ECheck Service</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.ecx.com/html/content/qc.shtml" target="_blank">ECX QuickCommerce 3.0</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://www.internetsecure.com/Elavon/ShowPage.asp?page=XML1&amp;q=2" target="_blank">Elavon Merchant Direct</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.epochsystems.com/" target="_blank">Epoch Systems</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.epointprocessing.com/" target="_blank">EPoint Processing</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.eprocessingnetwork.com/" target="_blank">eProcessing Network</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.epssecurenet.com/" target="_blank">EPS Secure NET</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.eway.com.au/" target="_blank">eWay ECommerce</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.eznp.com/" target="_blank">EZNP Internet Solutions</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.fasttransact.com/" target="_blank">Fast Transact</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.fasttransact.com/" target="_blank">Fast Transact ACH</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.terrapayments.com/default.asp" target="_blank">FirePay &#8211; Terra Payments</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.gorealtime.com/home.html" target="_blank">GoRealTime</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.harborpayments.com/" target="_blank">Harbor Payments</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.harborpayments.com/" target="_blank">Harbor Payments Phoenix</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.iauthorizer.com/" target="_blank">iAuthorizer</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.ibill.com/Services/" target="_blank">iBill Processing</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.intellipay.com/Products/index.htm" target="_blank">IntelliPay ExpertLink</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.internetsecure.com/" target="_blank">InternetSecure</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.iongate.com/product.htm" target="_blank">IONGATE Processing</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.itransact.com/info/services.html" target="_blank">iTransact RediCharge</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://janus.myavalaunch.com/" target="_blank">Janus1 &#8211; Marqi Nutrition Ltd.</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.link2gov.com/" target="_blank">Link2Gov Web Payment</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.link2gov.com/" target="_blank">Link2Gov Web Payment ECheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.linkpoint.com/" target="_blank">LinkPoint Secure</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.linkpoint.com/" target="_blank">LinkPoint Virtual Check</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.merchantcommerce.net/mcpsAIM.htm" target="_blank">MCPS AIM</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.merchante-solutions.com/" target="_blank">Merchant E-Solutions</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.merchantpartners.com/" target="_blank">Merchant Partners</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://ws1.eigendev.com/mira/" target="_blank">MiraServ OFT</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.moneris.com/index.php" target="_blank">Moneris eSelect</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.moneris.com/index.php" target="_blank">Moneris eSelect V2</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.net1pays.com/" target="_blank">Net1 Payment Services Gateway </a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.netinvest.co.uk/ncr/netbanx/" target="_blank">NetBanx</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.netbilling.com/main.html?" target="_blank">NetBilling</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.networkmerchants.com/" target="_blank">Network Merchants</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.thompsonmerchant.com/services/NexCommerce/NexCommerce.html" target="_blank">NexCommerce Online</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://www.officialpayments.com/" target="_blank">Official Payments</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paradata.com/" target="_blank">Paradata Systems Inc</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paybytouch.com/" target="_blank">Pay By Touch</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paycom.net/services/services_credit.html" target="_blank">PayCom Processing</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.payjunction.com/" target="_blank">PayJunction</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paymentech.net/" target="_blank">Paymentech</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paypal.com/" target="_blank">PayPal Pro</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://cms.paypal.com/us/cgi-bin/?cmd=_render-content&amp;content_ID=developer/home_US" target="_blank">PayPal PayFlow Pro ACH</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://cms.paypal.com/us/cgi-bin/?cmd=_render-content&amp;content_ID=developer/home_US" target="_blank">PayPal PayFlow Pro ECHECK</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://cms.paypal.com/us/cgi-bin/?cmd=_render-content&amp;content_ID=developer/home_US" target="_blank">PayPal PayFlow Pro Credit Card</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://www.payready.net/" target="_blank">PayReady Link</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://www.nmi.com/" target="_blank">Payscape Gateway</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://www.nmi.com/" target="_blank">Payscape Gateway ECheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paystream.com.au/" target="_blank">PayStream</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paytrace.com/" target="_blank">Pay Trace</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.payvision.com/" target="_blank">PayVision</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.planetpayment.com/" target="_blank">Planet Payment</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.plugnpay.com/" target="_blank">Plug &#8216;n Pay</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paymentresource.com/TransactionCentral.asp" target="_blank">PRIGate Payment Resources</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.paymentresource.com/TransactionCentral.asp" target="_blank">PRIGate Payment Resources &#8211; ACH</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.processing.net/" target="_blank">Processing Network</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/target=_blank">Profit Stars ECheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.protx.com/" target="_blank">Protx VPS Direct</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.protx.com/" target="_blank">Protx CA VPS Direct</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.psigate.com/payment.asp" target="_blank">PSIGate</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.psigate.com/payment.asp" target="_blank">PSIGate XML</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://developer.intuit.com/qbms/" target="_blank">QuickBooks Merchant Services</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.rbslynk.com/" target="_blank">RBS Lynk</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.realexpayments.com/" target="_blank">RealEX Payments</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.rightconnect.com/" target="_blank">Right Connection</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.rtware.net/" target="_blank">RTWare AIM</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.esecpayments.com.au/index.jsp" target="_blank">SecurePay Australia</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.shift4.com/" target="_blank">Shift4</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.skipjack.com/" target="_blank">SkipJack</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.surepay.com/" target="_blank">SurePay</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://www.synapsegateway.net/" target="_blank">Synapse Gateway</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.transfirst.com/" target="_blank">TransFirst eLink &#8211; CC</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.transfirst.com/" target="_blank">TransFirst eLink &#8211; eCheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.trustcommerce.com/" target="_blank">TrustCommerce CTLink</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.trustcommerce.com/" target="_blank">TrustCommerce ACH</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.usaepay.com/gateway.htm" target="_blank">USAEPay Gateway</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.usaepay.com/gateway.htm" target="_blank">USAEPay ECheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="https://gateway.usight.com/" target="_blank">uSight</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.velocitypay.co.uk/" target="_blank">Velocity Pay</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.verepay.com/" target="_blank">VEREPAY Web Services</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.veripayment.com/" target="_blank">VeriPayment.com</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.verisign.com/products/payflow/pro/index.html" target="_blank">Verisign PayFlow Pro ACH</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.verisign.com/products/payflow/pro/index.html" target="_blank">Verisign PayFlow Pro ECheck</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.verisign.com/products/payflow/link/index.html" target="_blank">Verisign PayFlow Link</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.verisign.com/products/payflow/pro/index.html" target="_blank">Verisign PayFlow Pro</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.verisign.com.au/" target="_blank">Verisign PayFlow Pro Australia</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.novainfo.com/" target="_blank">ViaKlix (Nova)</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.novainfo.com/" target="_blank">ViaKlix (Nova) &#8211; Version 2</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.novainfo.com/" target="_blank">ViaKlix (Nova) &#8211; Virtual Merchant</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.xauthorize.com/products/xpaymentcom/" target="_blank">ViaWarp</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://vcs.co.za/" target="_blank">Virtual Card Services</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.yourpay.com/" target="_blank">YourPay (LinkPoint)</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.worldpay.com/usa_en/index.php" target="_blank">WorldPay Junior Invisible</a></span><br /><span style="font-family: verdana; font-size: xx-small;"><a href="http://www.xor-t.com/XorSite/Web/Templates/HomePage.jsp?PageId=HomePage" target="_blank">XOR Gateway</a></span></span></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a title="Preferences – ECheck" href="http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-echeck/">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/preferences-credit-cards/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Multiple Merchant Accounts</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/multiple-merchant-accounts/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/multiple-merchant-accounts/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 30 Dec 2010 20:38:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3579</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Approve credit cards in Mailware through multiple accounts. Instructions When you set up credit cards in Mailware you can choose to use multiple merchant accounts for some of the supported software packages. You might do this if you use different accounts for different types of credit cards, or if you have multiple companies. To access [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Approve credit cards in Mailware through multiple accounts.</h2>
<p><strong><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">Instructions<br /> </span></strong>When you <span style="color: #ff0000;">set up credit cards</span> in Mailware you can  choose to use multiple merchant accounts for some of the supported software  packages. You might do this if you use different accounts for different types of  credit cards, or if you have multiple companies.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Sales Tax  feature click on the Setup Tab  on the Mailware   Explorer<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Credit Cards icon form the Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="Credit Card Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-295.png" alt="Credit Card Icon" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the credit card screen from the   Inventory option in the top navigation bar. <img class="alignnone" title="Credit Card Navigation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-296.png" alt="Credit Card Navigation" /></li>
<li>This will open up the Credit Card screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Credit Card Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-297.png" alt="Credi Card Screen" /></li>
<li>If  you have no credit cards set up the screen will open with a blank record.  If you want to add a new provider, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-298.png" alt="New Button" /> button.</li>
<li>Populate the fields in the following manner
<ol>
<li><strong>Card Code</strong> &#8211; Enter an abbreviation for the credit card type. The code may  be up to 10 characters long.  This is a key field so each card code must be uniqe.</li>
<li><strong>Card Type</strong> &#8211; Select a type from the pulldown.</li>
<li><strong>Price Level</strong> &#8211; Select the price level associated with the Merchant ID  (different Merchant ID&#8217;s for Retail and Wholesale are common). If you use the  same Merchant ID for all your price levels you can leave this field blank.</li>
<li><strong>Merchant #</strong> &#8211; Enter the Merchant ID number associated with this card type  and price level.</li>
<li>Repeat the above steps for each Merchant ID you use and all combination of Price  Level and Card Types. When you approve an order in Mailware it will  automatically use the correct Merchant account. (Note: The Merchant ID Numbers  must be set up in your credit card software as well). You will also have the  option of selecting a different ID when approving charges. Note: When you <span style="color: #ff0000;">set up your credit  card</span> software you must check the Use Tables checkbox to activate support for  Multiple Merchant ID&#8217;s.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To scroll through your existing credit card providers use the <img class="nobreak" title="Navigation Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-299.png" alt="Navigation Buttons" /> buttons as the top of the screen.</li>
<li>You can save the current record by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-300.png" alt="Save Button" /> button.</li>
<li>Closing the screen with the <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-23-301.png" alt="Close Button" /> button in the upper right corner will save the current record.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The CredCard table is only used for charging with multiple merchant accounts and this feature can only be used for the ICVERIFY (X-Charge) and PC-Charge Interface software.  If the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Table" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0314.png" alt="Use Table" width="86" height="17" /> check box is checked in the Credit Card tab of Tools-&gt;Preferences you will be given the option of selecting the merchant account during credit card authorization of an order.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/multiple-merchant-accounts/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Zip Codes</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/zip-codes/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/zip-codes/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 29 Dec 2010 23:56:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3547</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Zip Code Tables View and locate Zip Codes. Add or edit new codes. Instructions The Zip Code table in Mailware is periodically updated to reflect changes from the U.S. Post Office. You can view and search for Zip Codes. You can also make your own changes to the Zip Code table. Mailware uses the Zip [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Zip Code Tables</strong></h2>
<p>View and locate Zip Codes. Add or edit new codes.</p>
<p><strong>Instructions</strong><br /> The Zip Code table  in Mailware is periodically updated to reflect changes from the U.S. Post  Office. You can view and search for Zip Codes. You can also make your own  changes to the Zip Code table. Mailware uses the Zip Code table to automatically  enter City and State names when you type a Zip Code on a customer account or  order.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Zip Code  feature click on the Setup Tab  on the Mailware   Explorer<img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Zip &amp; Postal Codes icon form the Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="Zip and Postal Codes" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0300.png" alt="Zip and Postal Codes" width="194" height="44" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the sales tax screen from the   Inventory option in the top navigation bar. <img class="alignnone" title="Navigation Tool Bar" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0301.png" alt="Navigation Tool Bar" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will display the Zip Codes screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Zip Codes Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0302.png" alt="Zip Codes Screen" width="406" height="300" /></li>
<li>To add a new zip code to the table click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Zip Code" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0303.png" alt="New Zip Code" width="71" height="22" /> button.  This will add a new record where the cursor is located.</li>
<li>To search for a zip code in the table click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0304.png" alt="Search Button" width="29" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>This will open the Search screen <img class="alignnone" title="Zip Code Search " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0305.png" alt="Zip Code Search " width="257" height="335" />
<ol>
<li>The search screen automatically searches by the Zip Code key field.</li>
<li>The search field uses Real-Time Incremental search so that when you start typing numbers in the Search Character field it will start searching from the first character.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>To edit existing Zip Codes</strong> tab to the code you wish to change and type  the new information (Zip Code update installs are optional, but will overwrite  your changes if you accept them).</li>
<li>When you have completed updating the Zip Codes table click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Exit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-24-0306.png" alt="Exit Button" width="31" height="17" /> button in the upper right corner of the Zip Code screen.  Any changes you have made will be save automatically.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note</strong>: The Mailware Zip Code table is periodically updated. Check the  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/download/extras/zipcodeupdate/" target="_blank">downloads</a> section of our web page for updates.</p>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The zip code table is only used when adding new orders or customers to the Mailware database.</p>
<p>In the Customer table, when you key in the zip code into the Zip or ShipZip fields the system does a lookup into the Zip table and if a matching record is found the system will populate the appropriate City and State fields with the data from the Zip table.</p>
<p>In the orders table, if you key in the Zip code into the ShipZip field the system will do a query on the Zip table and if a match is found it will populate the ShipCity and ShipState fields in the orders table.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> As of build 1115, the orders that are downloaded via the MCM are not checked against the Zip code table for bad values.  This is because the zip code tables in Mailware are only for the United States and Canada and are only updated when a new version is downloaded.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/zip-codes/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Sales Tax</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/sales-tax/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/sales-tax/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 29 Dec 2010 19:58:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3499</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Sales Tax Tables Create Sales Tax, VAT, GST and PST calculations for orders. Quick Jump to: U.S. Sales Tax GST and PST VAT Instructions Create U.S. Sales Tax tables that automatically calculate and add sales tax to orders. To access the Sales Tax  feature click on the Setup Tab on the Mailware Explorer Then select [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Sales Tax Tables</h2>
<p>Create Sales Tax, VAT, GST and PST calculations for  orders.</p>
<p><strong>Quick Jump to:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#US">U.S. Sales Tax</a></li>
<li><a href="#GSTPST">GST and PST</a></li>
<li><a href="#VAT">VAT</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><a name="US"></a>Instructions</strong><br /> Create U.S. Sales Tax tables that  automatically calculate and add sales tax to orders.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Sales Tax  feature click on the Setup Tab  on the Mailware  Explorer <img title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup  Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Sales Tax icon form the Mailware Explorer. <img class="alignnone" title="Sales Tax Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0283.png" alt="Sales Tax Icon" width="194" height="44" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the sales tax screen from the Setup option in the top navigation bar. <img class="alignnone" title="Sales Tax Navigation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0284.png" alt="Sales Tax Navigation" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will display the Sales Tax screen<img class="alignnone" title="Sales Tax Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0285.png" alt="Sales Tax Screen" width="553" height="356" /></li>
<li>To edit your existing tax setup select the tax field you want to edit and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0286.png" alt="Edit Button" width="79" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>This will open the Tax Code Creation Screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Tax Code Creation Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0287.png" alt="Tax Code Creation Screen" width="401" height="276" />
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Tax Code Creation dialog</strong> you can specify a rate that will be  automatically applied on orders based on the Shipping Address in the order.</li>
<li><strong>Country</strong> &#8211; If you select only a country all shipping addresses in that  country will be charged the tax rate you enter.</li>
<li><strong>State</strong> &#8211; You can further define the location by specifying a state. All  shipping addresses in that state will be charged the tax you enter.</li>
<li><strong>Zip</strong> &#8211; Enter a Zip code to narrow the sales tax to the smallest area. You  can enter an entire Zip code or just the first digit(s). For example, enter a  Zip Code of &#8220;80&#8243; and all Zip Codes starting with 80 will be charged this  tax.</li>
<li><strong>Tax %</strong> &#8211; Enter the actual percentage to be charged in the format x.xxx  (e.g., 6.5% is entered as 6.5 and 5.625% is entered as 5.625)</li>
<li><strong>Report Code</strong> &#8211; You can specify a code that can be used by reports to sort  or identify collected sales tax.</li>
<li><strong>Tax On Shipping</strong> &#8211; Check this box to have Mailware include shipping  charges in the total sale when calculating tax.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0288.png" alt="OK Button" width="71" height="22" /> button to save and close the dialog and return to the Sales Tax Table or click  the <img class="nobreak" title="Save and Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0289.png" alt="Save and Add Button" width="71" height="22" /> button to duplicate the current tax, then make any changes you wish.  This method allows you to rapidly add similar taxes (e.g., for several Zip  Codes).   <strong>Note:</strong> When you save a Tax Code the Sales Tax table will change to reflect  the new code in the format: Country Code; State Code; Zip Code; Report Code. In  the example above the Location would show: 240;CO;;CO.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To Add a new tax record click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0290.png" alt="New button" width="78" height="22" /> button</li>
<li>This will open the Tax Code Creation Screen. <img class="alignnone" title="New Tax Creation Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0291.png" alt="New Tax Creation Screen" width="401" height="297" />
<ol>
<li>In the <strong>Tax Code Creation dialog</strong> you can specify a  rate that will be  automatically applied on orders based on the  Shipping Address in the order.</li>
<li><strong>Country</strong> &#8211; If you select only a country all  shipping addresses in that  country will be charged the tax rate you  enter.</li>
<li><strong>State</strong> &#8211; You can further define the location by  specifying a state. All  shipping addresses in that state will be  charged the tax you enter.</li>
<li><strong>Zip</strong> &#8211; Enter a Zip code to narrow the sales tax to  the smallest area. You  can enter an entire Zip code or just the first  digit(s). For example, enter a  Zip Code of &#8220;80&#8243; and all Zip Codes  starting with 80 will be charged this  tax.</li>
<li><strong>Tax %</strong> &#8211; Enter the actual percentage to be charged  in the format x.xxx  (e.g., 6.5% is entered as 6.5 and 5.625% is  entered as 5.625)</li>
<li><strong>Report Code</strong> &#8211; You can specify a code that can be  used by reports to sort  or identify collected sales tax.</li>
<li><strong>Tax On Shipping</strong> &#8211; Check this box to have Mailware  include shipping  charges in the total sale when calculating tax.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK  Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0288.png" alt="OK Button" width="71" height="22" /> button to save and close  the dialog and return to the Sales Tax Table or click  the <img class="nobreak" title="Save and Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-0289.png" alt="Save and Add Button" width="71" height="22" /> button to duplicate the current tax, then make any changes you wish.   This method allows you to rapidly add similar taxes (e.g., for several  Zip  Codes).   <strong>Note:</strong> When you save a Tax Code the Sales  Tax table will change to reflect  the new code in the format: Country  Code; State Code; Zip Code; Report Code. In  the example above the  Location would show: 240;CO;;CO.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="GSTPST"></a>GST and PST</strong><br /> Mailware supports  Canadian PST and GST <a href="#GSTPSTTaxes">as shown in the Tax Chart  below</a>. The tax amounts are totaled on the order screen in the Sales Tax  field, but can be separated for tax reporting.</p>
<ol>
<li>View or Add a tax as described above.</li>
<li>The following screen will open <img class="alignnone" title="Sales Tax" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0285.png" alt="Sales Tax" width="553" height="356" /></li>
<li>To edit your existing tax setup select the tax field you want to edit  and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0286.png" alt="Edit Button" width="79" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>To add to your existing tax setup, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0290.png" alt="New" width="78" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>This will open the Tax Code Creation Screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Canada Tax Code Creation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0291.png" alt="Canada Tax Code Creation" width="401" height="297" />
<ol>
<li>Select a <strong>Country</strong> of <strong>Canada</strong> from the pulldown list.</li>
<li>Enter the GST rate for your location<span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;"> </span><br /> </span></li>
<li>Type a <strong>Report Code</strong> of <strong>GST</strong>.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0288.png" alt="OK Button" width="71" height="22" /> button to add this tax and return to the Sales Tax table.  Then press the Tab key to create a new line and click the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0290.png" alt="Add Button" width="78" height="22" /> button. A blank Tax Code Create dialog  will open.</li>
<li>Again select a <strong>Country</strong> of <strong>Canada</strong>.</li>
<li>Type <strong>ON</strong> (for Ontario) into the <strong>State</strong> field.<strong>Note</strong>:  When entering Canadian addresses in Ontario you will need to enter ON in the  State field.</li>
<li>Enter<strong> </strong>the PST tax rate.</li>
<li>Type a <strong>Report Code</strong> of <strong>PST</strong>.</li>
<li>When you enter orders for your Canadian customers outside of  Ontario they will be charged PST. Ontario customers will be charged PST and GST  as a total amount on the order (i.e., 15%). The PST and GST amounts can be  reported separately using the Report Codes.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a name="GSTPSTTaxes"></a>The following information was deemed  accurate at the time of this writing. No representations of accuracy are made by  their inclusion. The following is provided for information purposes only.</p>
<p><strong>Canadian Sales Tax (GST and PST)</strong></p>
<p><strong>Goods and Services Tax (GST) applies as follows:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>GST is a country wide tax for Canada</li>
<li>Rate 5%</li>
<li>Exemptions:</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Exports out of the country require a signed waiver form stating  that items are exported.</li>
<li>Canadian Buyers are exempt only if Export Distribution Centre  Program Permits. Export Oriented Canadian businesses are allowed with exemption  ID’s to be exempt from GST on most inventory, property purchased for to be added  to other goods in the course of processing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Provincial Tax (PST) applies as follows:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>PST is provisional tax for Ontario Province which includes various  District like Ottawa and Toronto</li>
<li>Rate7.5%</li>
<li>Exemptions:</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Export out of the Ontario Province requires payment of PST</li>
<li>Canadian Manufacturers</li>
<li>Canadian Resellers</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="VAT"></a>VAT (Value Added Tax)</strong></p>
<p>Mailware supports VAT <a href="#VATTaxes">as shown in the Tax Chart  below</a>. The tax amounts are totaled on the order screen in the Sales Tax  field, but can be separated for tax reporting.</p>
<ol>
<li>View or Add a tax as described above.</li>
<li>The following screen will open <img title="Sales Tax" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0285.png" alt="Sales  Tax" width="553" height="356" /></li>
<li>To add to your existing tax setup, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New" src="../images/help/help-25-0290.png" alt="New" width="78" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>This will open the Tax Code Creation Screen. <img title="Canada Tax Code Creation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0291.png" alt="Canada Tax Code Creation" width="401" height="297" />
<ol>
<li>Select the <strong>Country</strong> where the VAT will apply from the pulldown list.</li>
<li>Enter a <strong>Tax %</strong> of <strong>17.5</strong> (or the rate you charge)</li>
<li>Type a <strong>Report Code</strong> of <strong>VAT</strong>.</li>
<li><strong>If you have no other countries to enter</strong>, click the  <img class="nobreak" title="OK button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0288.png" alt="OK button" width="71" height="22" /> button to add this tax  and return to the Sales Tax table.</li>
<li><strong>If you would like to enter VAT for other countries</strong>, click the <img class="nobreak" title="Save and Add" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0289.png" alt="Save and Add" width="71" height="22" /> button to duplicate the current tax, then make any changes you wish.  This method allows you to rapidly add similar taxes. When you are done adding  countries click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-25-0288.png" alt="OK button" width="71" height="22" /> button to add this tax and return to the Sales Tax table.</li>
<li>When you enter orders for your VAT customers they will be charged  the tax rate you entered. This information is available in the report R6100 Daily Sales Tax by Order Date.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a name="VATTaxes"></a>The following information was deemed accurate  at the time of this writing. No representations of accuracy are made by their  inclusion. The following is provided for information purposes only.</p>
<p><strong>VAT</strong> on products can vary between zero and 17.5% as  mandatory laid down by Customs and Excise for composite products containing  elements of both standard rate VAT and zero rate VAT.</p>
<p>Countries which are  exempt from EEC VAT (Sales Tax) are shown in Black.<br /> Countries and territories  which are subject to VAT are shown in Blue.</p>
<p><img id="_x0000_i2596" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/europe.gif" border="0" alt="" align="bottom" /></p>
<p>EEC Member States subject to VAT  are:</p>
<p>Belgium<br /> Bulgaria<br /> Czech Republic<br /> Denmark<br /> Germany<br /> Estonia<br /> Greece<br /> Spain<br /> France<br /> Ireland<br /> Cyprus<br /> Latvia<br /> Luxembourg<br /> Hungary<br /> Malta<br /> Netherlands<br /> Austria<br /> Poland<br /> Portugal<br /> Romania<br /> Slovenia<br /> Slovakia<br /> Finland<br /> Sweden<br /> United Kingdom</p>
<p>Territories of  the above Member States, which are not subject to  VAT:</p>
<p>Andorra<br /> Jersey<br /> Guernsey<br /> The Aland Islands (Finland)<br /> The  Republic of San Marino<br /> The Canary Islands, Ceuta and Melilla (Spain)<br /> The  overseas departments of France (Guadeloupe, Martinique, Reunion, St. Pierre and  Miquelon, and French Guiana<br /> Mount Athos  (Greece)<br /> Vatican City<br /> Gibraltar<br /> The Faroe Islands  and Greenland (Denmark)<br /> Busingen and the Isle of Heligoland  (Germany)<br /> Livingo and Campione dItalia and the Italian waters of Lake Lugano  (Italy)</p>
<p><strong>VAT numbers for each territory are shown.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>UK (VAT No : GB227198351 )</li>
<li>Belgium (VAT No : BE453521619)</li>
<li>Denmark (VAT No : DK21832073)</li>
<li>Finland (VAT No : FI1540859-4)</li>
<li>France (VAT No : FR8435093467500017)</li>
<li>Germany (VAT No : DE112144487)</li>
<li>Ireland (Vat No : IE9507061A)</li>
<li>Italy (VAT No : IT11492960155)</li>
<li>Spain* (VAT No : ESG0061466I)</li>
<li>Sweden (Vat No : SE 502052817901)</li>
</ul>
<p><em>* The Balearic Islands are  Spanish and are classified as EC for VAT purposes.<br /> * The Canary Islands,  although Spanish, are not classified as EC for VAT purposes and are set up with  ROW tax classifications on customer master records</em></p>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The only tables that the SalesTax table interacts with are the Orders and OrderDet tables.  When an order is taken via the phone and added from the order screen the tax table is queried to determine if the tax criteria match the shipping Zip Code, State and Country fields if so the Tax Item # is added to the StateTax field in the orders table and the computed tax amount is populated in the TaxAmt field.</p>
<p>In the OrderDet table the TaxLocation field is populated with the tax code in the form [CountryCode;StateCode;ZipCode;].  Where the CountryCode is the three digit code from the Country table (240 for United States), the StateCode is the 2-character state code (CO for Colorado) and the ZipCode either the full or partial zip code from the SalesTax setup screen.   The TaxPct,  IsTaxOnShip  and TaxReportCode fields are also populated from the SalesTax table.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/sales-tax/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>CRM</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/customer-relations/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/customer-relations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2010 17:26:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3411</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Customer Relations Management Introduction The customer relations tool built into the software is intended to be used for tracking leads, opportunities contacts and relationships with potential customers. NOTE: This tool requires that the monitor resolution is set to at least 1280&#215;1024 (full screen) or 1440 x 900 (wide screen). To access the Customer Relations screen, [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Customer Relations Management</h2>
<h3>Introduction</h3>
<p>The customer relations tool built into the software is intended to be used for tracking leads, opportunities contacts and relationships with potential customers.</p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> This tool requires that the monitor resolution is set to at least 1280&#215;1024 (full screen) or 1440 x 900 (wide screen).</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Customer Relations screen, click on the <img class="alignnone" title="Customer Relations" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0241.png" alt="Customer Relations" width="193" height="44" /></li>
<li>This will open the CRM Screen (Click to open screen in a larger view) <a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-242.png" target="_blank"><img class="alignnone" title="CRM Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0242.png" alt="CRM Screen" width="820" height="437" /></a>
<ol>
<li>The screen opens with the Reminders tab selected.  The reminders screen is divided into three tabs Task Reminders, All Open Tasks and Lead Reminders, clicking on the appropriate tab will take you to the appropriate reminders.</li>
<li>Selecting a reminder and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Go To Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0243.png" alt="Go To Button" width="130" height="25" /> will take you to the related screen.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0244.png" alt="Close Button" width="130" height="25" /> button will mark the selected reminder as closed.</li>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> Only the reminders for the Operator logged into the system will show up in the reminders list.  If you do not have <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Security</a></span> activated, maximize the CRM Screen by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Maximize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-179.png" alt="Maximize Button" width="21" height="21" /> button in the top right corner of the screen and select the Operator you want to view from the drop down list in the title bar <img class="alignnone" title="Operator Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0308.png" alt="Operator Drop Down" width="476" height="246" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Leads Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-245.png" alt="Leads Tab" width="43" height="23" /> will open the leads screen (Click to open screen in a larger view)<a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-246.png"><img class="alignnone" title="Leads Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-246.png" alt="Leads Screen" width="820" height="437" /></a>
<ol>
<li>Only the leads assigned to the user that is logged into the system will be shown.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> Only the leads for the Operator logged into the system  will show up in the reminders list.  If you do not have <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Security</a></span> activated,  maximize the CRM Screen by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Maximize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-179.png" alt="Maximize Button" width="21" height="21" /> button  in the top right corner of the screen and select the Operator you want  to view from the drop down list in the title bar <img title="Operator Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0308.png" alt="Operator Drop  Down" width="476" height="246" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To Add a lead click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Create Lead Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-247.png" alt="Create Lead Button" width="130" height="25" /> button.
<ol>
<li><strong>Type-</strong>The type of lead can be assigned here this is a free form text field.</li>
<li><strong>Lead Source-</strong> This is the source that the lead came from this a a free form text field.</li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong> This is a descriptive field for the lead (required)</li>
<li><strong>First Name-</strong> Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Last Name-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Company-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Title-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Phone-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Time Zone-</strong>This field is populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Email-</strong>Self explanatory
<ol>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Email Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-248.png" alt="Email Button" width="20" height="22" /> will launch your default email application with the selected email address populated</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Website-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Notes-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Objection-</strong>This is where the user can add any information regarding why they do not want to purchase a product/service.</li>
<li><strong>Call Try-</strong> This is the field where you can identify how many times the lead had been called.  The drop down is populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Call Dt-</strong> Clicking on the drop down button will activate a mini-calendar where you can select the date.</li>
<li><strong>Call Code-</strong>This is another custom field that is populated from the CustomLookup table</li>
<li><strong>Call Status-</strong>This is another custom field that is populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Reminder Dt-</strong> This is used to set a reminder date for the lead.  Clicking on the drop down button will activate a mini-calendar.</li>
<li><strong>Reminder Time-</strong>This is used to set a reminder time for the lead.  The default time format uses the 24-hr clock</li>
<li><strong>Assign Account To-</strong>This is the field that is used to assign the Operator ID to the lead.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To created an Opportunity from a Lead, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Convert To Opportunity" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-249.png" alt="Convert To Opportunity" width="130" height="25" /> button.
<ol>
<li>This will create a opportunity for the Lead this will be assigned to the Operator ID that is selected in the Assign Account To field.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Remove Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-250.png" alt="Remove Button" width="130" height="25" /> to remove the lead from the list.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> This does not delete the record from the CRMLeads table.  It sets the IsRemoved field to True.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Save and Next Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-251.png" alt="Save and Next Button" width="130" height="25" /> button will save the current lead and add a new lead record.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Save Changes" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-252.png" alt="Save Changes" width="130" height="25" /> button will save the current record.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Cancel Changes" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-253.png" alt="Cancel Changes" width="130" height="25" /> button will cancel any changes to the current record.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Dial Phone Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0326.png" alt="Dial Phone Button" width="130" height="25" /> button will dial the phone number stored in the Phone field
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> This feature requires an autodialer to be installed on the system.  When the button is clicked, Mailware copies the phone number to the clipboard, sends an Alt-C as a command to open the dialer and pastes it to the dialing application.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Accounts tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-254.png" alt="Accounts tab" width="62" height="22" /> tab opens the accounts screen (Click to open screen in a larger view)<a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-255.png"><img class="alignnone" title="CRM Accounts " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-255.png" alt="CRM Accounts" width="820" height="437" /></a>The CRM Accounts screen is divided to two regions the upper region is the record grid and the lower is the record detail.  The record grid is used for searching through records and the lower detail area is used for updating the records.  When the Accounts tab is first opened the Account Information subtab is activated first.
<ol>
<li>Only the leads assigned to the user that is logged into the system  will be shown.
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> Only the accounts for the Operator logged into  the system  will show up in the reminders list.  If you do not have <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Security</a></span> activated,  maximize the CRM Screen by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Maximize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-179.png" alt="Maximize  Button" width="21" height="21" /> button  in the top right corner of the  screen and select the Operator you want  to view from the drop down list  in the title bar <img title="Operator Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0308.png" alt="Operator  Drop  Down" width="476" height="246" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Account Information <img class="nobreak" title="Account Information " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-256.png" alt="Account Information" width="106" height="25" /> tab
<ol>
<li><strong>CRM Account #-</strong> This is the account number that is assigned to the record when  an opportunity is created from a lead.</li>
<li><strong>Customer #-</strong> This is the Mailware customer number.  It is assigned from the CRMLeads table if the Lead comes from the Customers table.</li>
<li><strong>Originating Lead #-</strong> This is the lead number that created this account.</li>
<li><strong>Account Name</strong>-<strong> </strong>This is the name assigned to the account from the lead.  It is a combination of the Company Name ; First and Last Name fields from the lead.</li>
<li><strong>Account Description-</strong> This is populated from the Description information from the Leads table.</li>
<li><strong>Type-</strong>This is a customizable field from the CustomLookup table.  The default fields are Customer, Inquiry, Mailing, Ordering, Other and Prospect</li>
<li><strong>Industry-</strong>This is a customizable field from the CustomLookup table.  The default fields are Chemicals, Consulting Education, Entertainment, Food &amp; Beverage, Healthcare, Manufacturing, Media, Other, Retail, Shipping, Technology and Utilities.</li>
<li><strong>Employees-</strong>The number of employees.</li>
<li><strong>Annual Revenue-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Order Volume-</strong>Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Previous System-</strong> This is a custom field from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Phone-</strong>This field is pulled from the lead information when the Opportunity is created.</li>
<li><strong>Fax-</strong> This field is pulled from the lead information when the Opportunity is created.</li>
<li><strong>Email-</strong>This is pulled from the lead information when the Opportunity is created.</li>
<li><strong>Website-</strong>This is pulled from the lead information when the opportunity is created.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Dial Phone Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0326.png" alt="Dial  Phone Button" width="130" height="25" /> button will dial the phone  number stored in the Phone field
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> This feature requires an autodialer to be installed  on the system.  When the button is clicked, Mailware copies the phone number to the clipboard, sends an Alt-C as a command to open the dialer  and pastes it to the dialing application.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Customer Information <img class="nobreak" title="Customer Information" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-257.png" alt="Customer Information" width="109" height="25" /> tab (Click to open screen in a larger view)<a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-303.png"><img class="alignnone" title="Customer Information" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-303.png" alt="Customer Information" width="666" height="184" /></a>
<ol>
<li>The customer information tab opens up the customer information in the Customers layout that the Mailware software uses.</li>
<li>From this interface you can edit the data in the related customer table.</li>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Blue Line" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-258.png" alt="Blue Line" width="168" height="8" /> between the regions toggle between the Grid/Record view and Record view.  You can also drag the divider to change the ratio of grid versus record views.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Contacts <img class="nobreak" title="Contacts Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-259.png" alt="Contacts Tab" width="53" height="26" /> tab (Click to open screen in a larger view) <a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-304png"><img class="alignnone" title="Contacts" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-304.png" alt="Contacts" width="856" height="196" /></a>
<ol>
<li>This opens up a contacts list in grid view.</li>
<li>Adding a new contact here will associate the new contact with the Account that is selected.</li>
<li>To add a new contact click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Plus Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-305.png" alt="Plus Button" /> button in the tool bar at the bottom of the grid view.</li>
<li>Tab through each of the fields and add information as follows.
<ol>
<li><strong>Customer #-</strong>Leave blank, the system will automatically populate with the customer number.</li>
<li><strong>Contact #-</strong>Leave blank, the system will automatically populate the field with a sequential number.</li>
<li>The remaining fields can be populated as needed .</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To scroll through the contact list records use the navigation buttons <img class="nobreak" title="Navigation Buttons" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-261.png" alt="Navigation Buttons" width="89" height="17" /> at the bottom of the grid view.</li>
<li>To delete a contact record select the record and click the <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Record " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-262.png" alt="Delete Record" width="15" height="17" /> button.</li>
<li><strong>NOTE-</strong>The data in this table are stored in a table called CustomerContacts.  This is different from the where the data are stored when you click on the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/#ContacLog" target="_blank">Contacts</a></span> tab in the customer screen.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Dial Phone Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0326.png" alt="Dial  Phone Button" width="130" height="25" /> button will dial the phone  number stored in  the Phone field
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> This feature requires an autodialer to be installed  on the  system.  When the button is clicked, Mailware copies the phone number  to the clipboard, sends an Alt-C as a command to open the dialer  and  pastes it to the dialing application.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Opportunities <img class="nobreak" title="Opportunities Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-263.png" alt="Opportunities Tab" width="72" height="25" /> tab  (Click to open screen in a larger view)<a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0264.png"><img class="alignnone" title="Opportunities Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0264.png" alt="Opportunities Tab" width="738" height="393" /></a> The Opportunities tab is divided into three regions.  The top view is the Account grid view.  The left side is the Opportunity grid view and the right side is the Opportunity record view.  This is set up because you can have multiple opportunities for the same account.  To maximize the opportunities view click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Blue Line" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-258.png" alt="Blue Line" width="168" height="8" />.  The following fields are in the opportunity record view screen.
<ol>
<li><strong>Opportunity #-</strong>This is the auto-generated number that is created when the Lead is converted to an opportunity.</li>
<li><strong>Create Dt-</strong>This is the date that the Lead was converted to an opportunity.</li>
<li><strong>Create ID-</strong>This is the operator ID of the person who created the opportunity.</li>
<li><strong>Originating Lead #-</strong>This is the lead number that the opportunity was created from.</li>
<li><strong>Last Update Dt-</strong>This is the last time the opportunity was updated, this field is a date field.  This is a manually edited field.</li>
<li><strong>Last Update ID-</strong>This is the operator id of the person who is making the update.  This is a manually edited field.</li>
<li><strong>Last Activity Dt-</strong> This is the last time any changes were made to this record by the system.</li>
<li><strong>Name-</strong> This is the populated from the Description field from the Lead table.</li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong>This is initially populated from the Notes field in the leads screen.</li>
<li><strong>Lead Source-</strong>This is initially populated from the leads screen.  Although the drop down is populated from data in the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Partner-</strong>This is populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Type-</strong>This is another drop down that is populated from the CustomLookup table.  The default values are Existing Business and New Business.</li>
<li><strong>Amount-</strong>This is the amount that they are willing to pay.</li>
<li><strong>Budget-</strong>This is a budget amount that they have for implementation.</li>
<li><strong>Cost Conscious-</strong> Self explanatory</li>
<li><strong>Close Dt 1 and Close Dt 2-</strong> These are close date fields.</li>
<li><strong>Age-</strong>This is the age in days of the opportunity</li>
<li><strong>Closed-</strong>Marks the opportunity as closed.</li>
<li><strong>Next Step-</strong>This is populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Stage-</strong>This is the level of completion of the opportunity.   This is populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Stage Duration-</strong>This is a value of  how long the stage would be.</li>
<li><strong>Interest Level-</strong>A subjective evaluation of the customers interest in the product(s).  Populated from the CustomLookup table.</li>
<li><strong>Probability %-</strong>This is a subjective evaluation of whether or not the customer will purchase the product(s).</li>
<li><strong>Objection-</strong>Field for storing any objections that the customer my have to purchasing.</li>
<li><strong>Lost/Won-</strong>A valuation of whether or not the opportunity was successful in having the customer purchase the product(s).</li>
<li><strong>Lost/Won Reason-</strong>Self Explanatory.</li>
<li><strong>Decision Maker Name-</strong>Self Explanatory.</li>
<li>The remaining fields are software industry specific but may be used for other purposes.</li>
<li>To create a new opportunity, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Create Opportunity " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-265.png" alt="Create Opportunity" width="130" height="25" /> button.  This will create a new opportunity for the selected Account.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Changes" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-266.png" alt="Save Changes" width="130" height="25" /> to save the record to the Opportunity table.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Cancel Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-267.png" alt="Cancel Button" width="130" height="25" /> to cancel any changes to the opportunity record.</li>
<li>To create a task for the selected opportunity click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Create Task for Opportunity" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-268.png" alt="Create Task for Opportunity" width="161" height="25" />.  This will create a new entry in the Tasks screen and the application will switch to the Tasks tab.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Tasks <img class="nobreak" title="Tasks Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-273.png" alt="Tasks Tab" width="39" height="25" /> tab (Click to open screen in a larger view) <a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0269.png"><img class="alignnone" title="Tasks Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0269.png" alt="Tasks Tab" width="738" height="393" /></a> Populate the fields in the following manner.
<ol>
<li> <strong>Action-</strong>This is what you want the reminder to tell you what to do.</li>
<li><strong>Reminder Dt</strong>-This is the date you want to set the reminder for.  To set the date click on the field and then click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Date Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-270.png" alt="Date Drop Down" width="16" height="41" /> button.  This will open up a mini-calendar where you can select the date.</li>
<li><strong>Reminder Time-</strong>This is the time you will be reminded to call the customer.  To set the time click on the field and then click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Time Selection " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-271.png" alt="Time Selection" width="16" height="41" /> buttons to set the time.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> This feature uses the 24-hour clock so if you want to call back at 1:00 pm set the reminder time to 13:00.</li>
<li><strong>Notes-</strong>This is a free form note field to be included in your reminder.</li>
<li><strong>Priority-</strong> To populate this field, click on the field and select the <img class="nobreak" title="Priority Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-270.png" alt="Priority Drop Down" width="16" height="41" /> button.  This will allow you to set the priority of the call.  The values are pulled from the CustomLookup table and can be edited.  The default values are High, Low, and Normal.</li>
<li><strong>Status-</strong> This field behaves the same way as the Priority field, click on the field and select the value from the drop down.  The default values are In Progress and Not Started.  These values are stored in the CustomLookup table and can be edited.</li>
<li><strong>Closed-</strong>This field should not be checked  until the task is completed.  If you want to close the task, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-272.png" alt="Close Button" width="130" height="25" /> button.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Accounts tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0278.png" alt="Accounts tab" /> tab opens the contacts screen  (Click to open screen in a larger view)<a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0274.png"><img class="alignnone" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0274.png" alt="" width="820" height="437" /></a>
<ol>
<li><strong> </strong> Only the accounts for the Operator logged into  the system   will show up in the contacts list.  If you do not have <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Security</a></span> activated,  maximize the CRM Screen by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Maximize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-179.png" alt="Maximize  Button" /> button  in the top right  corner of the  screen and select the Operator you want  to view from the  drop down list  in the title bar<img class="alignnone" title="Operator Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0308.png" alt="Operator Drop Down" width="476" height="246" /></li>
<li>This list is read only, if you want to add or edit the contact information double-click on the record you want to access or click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Open In Account" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-275.png" alt="Open In Account" width="130" height="25" /> button.  This will open the record in the Contacts sub tab in the Accounts tab.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Opportunities" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0279.png" alt="Opportunities" width="77" height="22" /> opens the Opportunities screen (Click to open screen in a larger view) <a class="fancyImg" href="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0276.png"><img class="alignnone" title="Opportunities Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0276.png" alt="Opportunities Tab" width="820" height="437" /></a>
<ol>
<li>Only the accounts for the Operator logged into  the system   will show  up in the opportunities list.  If you do not have <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Security</a></span> activated,   maximize the CRM Screen by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Maximize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-179.png" alt="Maximize  Button" width="21" height="21" /> button  in the top right   corner of the  screen and select the Operator you want  to view from  the  drop down list  in the title bar. <img class="alignnone" title="Operator Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-0308.png" alt="Operator Drop Down" width="476" height="246" /></li>
<li>This list is read only, if you want to add or edit the contact  information double-click on the record you want to access or click on  the <img class="nobreak" title="Open In Account" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-26-275.png" alt="Open  In Account" width="130" height="25" /> button.  This will open the record  in the Opportunities sub tab in the Accounts tab.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The CRM uses CRMAccounts,CRMLeads,CRMOpportunities, CutomerContacts and CustomLookup tables.</p>
<p>CRMLeads &#8211; Holds leads, can be used to assign leads to cold callers &amp; sales reps.  The OwnerOperatorID field determines which operator the lead will show up for, and you can assign them as needed.  Leads can also be created from existing accounts and customers by setting the CRMAccountNo &amp; CustNo fields.  Any leads without those fields are considered new, and will create a new account &amp; customer when they are converted to opportunities.</p>
<p>CRMAccounts - Account information.  This is the master record for opportunities, and is also the primary link to the CustNo in the Customers table.  The link from CRMAccounts to Customers should be 1-1, though not all customers have to have an account.</p>
<p>CRMOpportunities - Opportunities information.  Most of the qualifying information is located here, along with the custom fields you requested and many standard fields.</p>
<p>CustomerContacts &#8211; This is the multiple contacts table.  It does not have a &#8220;CRM&#8221; prefix because it&#8217;s a shared table between CRM &amp; Mailware, like Customers and CustServ.</p>
<p>CustServ &#8211; This the normal contacts table, but new fields have been added for the CRM functionality.  In the CRM they are called &#8220;Tasks.&#8221;  There are new informational fields (Priority, Status) and a flag to close the tasks.  There is also a boolean flag to mark items that are part of the CRM.  Records marked this way will show up in the CRM as tasks, but regular entries will not.</p>
<p>CustomLookup &#8211; This table holds the lookup information for most lookup fields in the CRM.  This will allow you to set up custom lookup fields.   They are based on the table name (or &#8220;All&#8221; in some cases for lookups that go across tables, like time zones) and the fieldname.  These ARE case sensitive, so be careful how they go in.  The LookupValue is stored in the actual database, and the LookupDescription is used as part of the dropdown box.  You can use the sortno field to sort lookups that are not alphabetical (such as numbers).</p>
<p>We have written a script that pulls all of the customers from the Customers table that have not ordered any product and populates them in the CRMAccounts and CRMLeads tables.  The scripts will need to be customized for each implementation so that a valid administrator operator ID is inserted into the tables.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/customer-relations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 27 Dec 2010 18:09:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3437</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Add/Edit an Order Enter a new order or edit an existing or imported order. What&#8217;s New In 2011? Print Invoices by Company Serialized Inventory Multiple Product Substitution To access the Orders feature click on the Orders icon on the Mailware Explorer. The Order screen will open. NOTE: In the demo the Order List defaults to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Add/Edit an Order</h2>
<p>Enter a new order or edit an existing or imported order.</p>
<h3>What&#8217;s New In 2011?</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Company">Print Invoices by Company</a></li>
<li><a href="#Serialized">Serialized Inventory</a></li>
<li><a href="#Substitution">Multiple Product Substitution</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To access the Orders feature click on the Orders icon  on the Mailware Explorer. <img title="Order Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-13.png" alt="Order Icon" width="193" height="82" /></li>
<li>The Order screen will open. <img class="alignnone" title="Order List Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-16.png" alt="" /><br />
NOTE: In the demo the Order List defaults to All Orders with no date range restrictions. When you are logged in as a user the list will default to your orders for today&#8217;s date (which you can change). This allows you to quickly see your completed and pending orders for the day. See the Order List instructions below for more details.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Assembly"></a>Take an Order</strong></p>
<p>Enter a new order manually (phone orders, mailed orders, faxes, walk ups etc.)</p>
<p><strong>Instructions</strong></p>
<p>Follow the instructions above to open the Order screen, then:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Take an Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-17.png" alt="" width="148" height="26" /> button on the left navigation. The following screen will open so you can search for a customer.<img class="alignnone" title="Customer Search" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-18.png" alt="Customer Search" width="816" height="651" /></li>
<li>Enter as few or as many fields as you wish then press the Enter key or click Search. Results will appear in the lower half of the screen. You can double click a line or single click it and then click the <img class="nobreak" title="Next" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-19.png" alt="Next" width="92" height="25" /> button to proceed.If you do not find a match you can click the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Customer" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-20.png" alt="Add Customer" width="73" height="21" /> button to create the account with the fields you have already entered.</li>
<li>The following screen will open.<img class="alignnone" title="Customer Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-21.png" alt="Customer Screen" width="816" height="651" /></li>
<li>You can enter/edit any fields you wish on the Customer screen, then click <img title="Next" src="../images/help/help-01-19.png" alt="Next" width="92" height="25" /> to proceed to the Order screen (Note: the left navigation has been minimized in the image below using the vertical bar on the left edge due to size restrictions in the help file)..<img class="alignnone" title="Order Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-24.png" alt="Order Screen" width="816" height="651" /><strong>NOTE: </strong>There are multiple methods for entering an order and fields that can be set in Preferences to be required or skipped. The following covers every possible field. You can, of course, modify the process to meet your specific needs. For example, you could immediately start entering or scanning items into the order.</li>
<li>The <strong>Cust System ID </strong>field</li>
<li>In the <strong>Operator ID field</strong> you can select your ID from the pulldown. However, if you have security turned on Mailware will prompt you to log in when you start the program and will then automatically enter your ID when you take an order. You can change the ID to a different Operator if you wish, but your ID will remain associated with the order in log files for security purposes. Note: You can specify in Preferences to require this field.</li>
<li>Enter a <strong>Source Key</strong> from your list of available Advertising Source Keys. The field is designed so you can simply begin typing the key. A dialog opens so you can select from a list of keys or continue typing and press Enter. Note: You can specify in Preferences to require this field.<img class="alignnone" title="Source Keys" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-23.png" alt="Source Keys" width="431" height="380" />The Source Key field is used to associate an advertisement with the order. Each key is stored with the order. You can run reports to determine if a key is profitable. Also, the first key used is stored at the customer level in the Original Source Key. This key tells you where the customer came from and is useful in Downstream reports (reports that tell you which ads are profitable because they found buying customers &#8211; even if they did not buy in their first contact with you).Additionally, Source Keys can be used to apply discounts, free gifts etc. See the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Advertising Source Keys</span> topic for details.</li>
<li><a name="Company"></a> The <strong>Company </strong>pulldown field on the Order screen can be selected manually, however it is generally set automatically based on either the Operator ID or the Products added to the order. You can create different companies and associate their own invoices to them in the <span style="color: #ff0000;">Operators and Security</span> screen. When you enter an order your ID will determine the Company used and the invoice that is printed. If however you enter<span style="color: #ff0000;"> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/#Company%20Override">products that have a different company</a></span> assigned to them the last product entered will determine the company and invoice used. This feature is designed to print the most appropriate invoice for businesses that sell under multiple company names.</li>
<li>The <strong>Order #</strong> field is incremented automatically when you add an order. It is not assigned until the first product is added to the order (therefore you can cancel an order prior to adding a product by clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Cancel" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-30.png" alt="Cancel" width="74" height="24" /> button). You can specify in Preferences a starting order number.  Mailware also stores two alternate order numbers for imported orders and/or non numeric order numbers. Both are searchable.</li>
<li>The <strong>Order Date</strong> field is automatically populated with today&#8217;s date but can be changed to a different date if you wish. A log is maintained of changes made for security purposes. Changing the date does not affect processing. To hold an order use the Hold feature under Details.</li>
<li>The <strong>Billing Address</strong> is populated automatically from the Customer screen and cannot be changed. To use a different billing address click the <img title="Take an Order" src="../images/help/help-01-17.png" alt="" width="148" height="26" /> button and add a new customer account.</li>
<li>The <strong>Shipping Address </strong>is automatically populated from the Customer screen, but can be changed. Any changes made will be stored with the order and can be used on subsequent orders by clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Lookup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-31.png" alt="Lookup" width="77" height="30" /> button. In the dialog that opens select the shipping address you wish to use for the order.<img title="Lookup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-01-32.png" alt="Lookup" width="711" height="335" /></li>
</ol>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>MCM-MultiChannel Manager</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 20 Dec 2010 20:54:45 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3239</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[^Setup Home  &#124;  Next &#62; Setting up the MCM What does it do? The MCM (Multichannel Manager) is a standalone program that manages the connections and file transfers to and from the channels that are set up to integrate with the Mailware software.  The MCM is installed in the Mailware data directory and when running [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/">Next &gt;</a></p>
<h2>Setting up the MCM</h2>
<h3>What does it do?</h3>
<p>The MCM (Multichannel Manager) is a standalone program that manages the connections and file transfers to and from the channels that are set up to integrate with the Mailware software.  The MCM is installed in the Mailware data directory and when running shows up in the notification area of windows.  Normally it is set to run whenever a user is logged into the system hosting the database files.  The MCM is controlled via Tools-&gt;Preferences Channels tab.  <img class="alignnone" title="Tools-Preferencs-Channels Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0131.png" alt="Tools-Preferencs-Channels Ta" width="678" height="514" /></p>
<h3>Channel Setup Instructions</h3>
<p>As of Mailware 2011 (Build 1116) the following channels are supported.</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Amazon">Amazon</a></li>
<li><a href="#Buy.com">Buy.com</a></li>
<li><a href="#ChannelMax">ChannelMax</a></li>
<li><a href="#eBay">eBay</a></li>
<li><a href="#FBA">Fulfillment By Amazon (FBA)</a></li>
<li>Just Add Commerce</li>
<li><a href="#Magento">Magento</a></li>
<li><a href="#OS Commerce">OS Commerce</a></li>
<li><a href="#Volusion">Volusion</a></li>
<li><a href="#XCart">X-Cart</a></li>
<li><a href="#Zen Cart">Zen Cart</a></li>
<li><a href="#Custom MySQL">Custom (MySQL)</a></li>
<li><a href="#SQL Server">Custom (SQL Server)</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><a name="Amazon"></a>Amazon</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Amazon MCM:</strong></p>
<p>There are four keys required for the API: Merchant ID, Marketplace ID, AWS Access Key, and AWS Secret Key.</p>
<p>Make sure that your system has the most recent versions of Mailware and the associated MCM.  The MCM needs to be in the data directory and the MCM shortcut needs to be in the Startup folder in the start menu.</p>
<p>There are two .dll files for Amazon Web Services that need to be installed and registered on your computer.  These need to be copied into the data directory (the location of MCM.exe) and the Mailware program directory (the location of Mailware.exe).  They also need to be registered using &#8220;regasm&#8221; instead of &#8220;regsvr32&#8243;.   This only has to be done on the server.  The MCM does not need to be set up on client machines.  The Web Services version is tied to the MCM version to make it easier to know when it needs to be upgraded.</p>
<p>To register the .dlls, go to Start, Run, and type in regasm &#8220;file path &amp; name&#8221;, and click OK.  Do this for the two .dlls in the data directory as well as the ones in the program directory.  It may occur that regasm will not be found automatically, in which case you have to find it in the .net 2.0 folder and include that in the command line, for example:</p>
<p>C:\WINDOWS\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727\regasm &#8220;C:\Mailware\Data\MarketplaceWebServiceCore.dll&#8221;</p>
<p><strong>To Sign up with Amazon&#8217;s services:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Get the primary login information for the seller central account.</li>
<li>Open Mailware and create an operator ID for the Amazon download, do not assign a password to them. The exact ID and operator name do not matter (example name:&#8221;Amazon Download&#8221;)</li>
<li>Go to Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Channels tab and click on the Amazon channel on the left hand side.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the New button and enter a name for the channel like &#8220;Amazon Download&#8221; in the Description field.</li>
<li>Enter the primary login information in the Email and Password fields.  Leave that window open, your Mailware screen will look something like the following:  <img class="alignnone" title="Amazon Channel Setup Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0136.png" alt="Amazon Channel Setup Screen" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>Go to <a href="http://aws.amazon.com/">http://aws.amazon.com/</a> and click on the Sign Up Now button at the top right.  It will now ask you to log into their seller central account.<img class="alignnone" title="AWS Signup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0132.png" alt="AWS Signup" width="240" height="113" />
<ol>
<li>If you already have an AWS account the you will get a message saying that you have already set up an account</li>
<li>Otherwise, you will need to fill out some more information to set  up your account.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Open a new tab in the browser and go to <a title="https://developer.amazonservices.com/" href="https://developer.amazonservices.com/" target="_blank">https://developer.amazonservices.com/</a> and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Sign up for MWS" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0158.png" alt="Sign up for MWS" width="133" height="27" /> icon</li>
<li>Click on the radio button next to I want to access my own Amazon seller account with MWS.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Next Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0134.png" alt="Next Icon" width="77" height="27" /> icon</li>
<li>Click on the checkbox next to the I have read and accepted the <a href="javascript:onboard_open_in_popup('https://sellercentral.amazon.com/gp/mws/registration/agreement/agreement_na.html')">Amazon MWS License Agreement.</a></li>
<li>You should now get a screen similar to: <img class="alignnone" title="Amazon Login Credentials" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0159.png" alt="Amazon Login Credentials" width="746" height="720" /></li>
<li>Use the Windows Copy (ctrl-C) and Paste (ctrl-V) to copy and paste the values from this screen to the corresponding fields in the Amazon channel setup screen.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> Make sure that you remove any trailing spaces that may be added as part of the paste process.</li>
<li>Go to <a href="http://sellercentral.amazon.com/">http://sellercentral.amazon.com</a> and, when asked, type in the primary user email address and password from step 1.</li>
<li>Go to the Account info link in the left navigation pane on the seller central home page under Settings.</li>
<li>Copy the merchant token from the Seller Account Information page and paste it into the corresponding field in Mailware.</li>
<li>The &#8220;This is a Marketplace account&#8221; checkbox does not need to be checked.</li>
<li>You can now turn on the Amazon Channel.  <img class="alignnone" title="Completed Amazon Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0140.png" alt="Completed Amazon Setup" width="526" height="410" />When setting your download/upload times keep in mind the following limitations of the Amazon API.
<ol>
<li>Product Uploads: Amazon limits the frequency of product uploads to once an hour.</li>
<li>Shipping Conformation Upload: Amazon limits the number of shipping confirmation uploads to once per 24-hour period.  So set the time of the upload to be after you will complete shipping each day.</li>
<li>Order Downloads:  Do not request order downloads more frequently than once every 30 minutes.
<ol>
<li>When the MCM starts it checks for the most recent order file and downloads it.</li>
<li>After the file has been downloaded, the software requests a new order file.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0145.png" alt="OK button" width="75" height="25" /> button in Mailware to save the channel settings.</li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table from the Active Listings report that you can download from your Seller Central account.
<ol>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Product Report" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0143.png" alt="Product Report" width="90" height="25" />button from the Amazon setup page in Tools-&gt;Preferences Channels tab.  This will request an Active Listings report from your Seller Central account.
<ol>
<li>If you get an error message <img class="alignnone" title="Error Message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0144.png" alt="Error Message" width="394" height="135" /> This means that the dll files have not been registered in the Mailware program files directory (normally C:\Program Files\Mailware 20XX).  See the instructions above to resolve this issue.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When the report is complete download it to your system.</li>
<li>To format the report correctly to be imported into Mailware do the following
<ol>
<li>Open the file in a spreadsheet application.</li>
<li>Save the file again.  Do not convert the file into the spreadsheet file format.</li>
<li>This will add the necessary carriage returns at the end of each record.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Run the Import Amazon Products from the Tools menu in Mailware.
<ol>
<li>If you cannot locate the link in the tools menu check the <span style="color: #888888;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-running-scripts/" target="_blank">Installing Scripts</a></span> documentation.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The Amazon product import script makes the following assumptions about your listings.
<ol>
<li>If the Amazon Seller SKU matches a product in Mailware, the script will add a record to the ChannelListings table for that product.</li>
<li>If the Seller SKU does not match a product in the Products table it will add it to Mailware and to the Channel Listings table.</li>
<li>If you are selling the same physical product under different Seller SKU&#8217;s  then you will have to manually delete them from the products table and add them to the Channel Listings table for the product.  See the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a> </span> documentation.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> If you change your Amazon Seller Central account password, all of the access keys will change.  The process described above for obtaining the keys and copying them into the appropriate fields in Mailware.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Buy.com"></a>Buy.com</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Buy.com MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Send a request to <a href="mailto:mp-integration@buy.com">mp-integration@buy.com</a> and request FTP credentials to access your orders.</li>
<li>Set up an Operator ID for the Buy.com orders.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Buy.com logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add button" width="75" height="25" /> button</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Buy.com channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in an Email address and password in the appropriate fields (these can be any value as they are not used)</li>
<li>Enter in the FTP Host, User and Password data from the credentials provided by Buy.com.  There is no need to populate the directory field.</li>
<li>Set up the order download as necessary.</li>
<li>As of Mailware 2011 (Build 1116) Product Upload is not available for Buy.com.</li>
<li>After completing the Buy.com channel setup your setup screen will look similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Buy.com Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0141.png" alt="Buy.com Setup" width="526" height="410" /> When setting up the shipping confirmation upload keep in mind that the system uploads once per 24-hr period.  So select an upload time that is after you complete shipping for the day.</li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0145.png" alt="OK button" width="75" height="25" /> button in Mailware to save the channel settings.</li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the <span style="color: #888888;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="ChannelMax"></a>ChannelMAX</strong></p>
<p>ChannelMAX is an Amazon repricing tool.  The Mailware integration with the software uploads a file that contains the Amazon Seller SKU, a Repricing Model ID (set up using the Channel MAX web interface) and the price floor (Wholesale Price in Mailware) and price ceiling (Retail Price in Mailware).</p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the ChannelMAX MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the ChannelMax logo.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the ChannelMAX channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in an Email and Password in the appropriate fields.
<ol>
<li>These are not needed for this channel, but the software requires them.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter in a default file name in the FTP File Name field
<ol>
<li>For example CompanyNamechannelmax.txt</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Enter in the FTP Host information
<ol>
<li>For example ftp.channelmax.com</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>FTP Directory can be left blank</li>
<li>FTP User: Provided by ChannelMAX</li>
<li>FTP Password: Provided by ChannelMAX</li>
<li>Check the <img class="nobreak" title="Product Upload Is Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0139.png" alt="Product Upload Is Active" width="195" height="17" /> to turn on the channel.</li>
<li>After completing the ChannelMAX setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="ChannelMax Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0142.png" alt="ChannelMax Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0145.png" alt="OK button" width="75" height="25" /> button in Mailware to save the channel settings.</li>
<li>You will need to setup the Repricing Model ID in the associated products. To do this check the <span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="eBay"></a>eBay</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the eBay MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the eBay channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the eBay logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the eBay channel in the description field.</li>
<li>You will need to create an ebay developer account in order to access your eBay orders through the API.
<ol>
<li>Open a browser and go to the following url <a href="http://developer.ebay.com" target="_blank">http://developer.ebay.com</a></li>
<li>Click on the Join Now<img class="nobreak" title="Join Now Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-197.png" alt="" width="105" height="33" /> button</li>
<li>Fill in  your company information on the following screen, when done click on the join now button.<img class="alignnone" title="Developer Account Information" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-198.png" alt="" width="596" height="1246" /></li>
<li>You will then get an email from developer-relations@ebay.com to validate your email address and activate your account.  Check your spam email as it sometimes ends up there.</li>
<li>Once  you have activated your account, click on the Get your application keys link in Welcome to the eBay Developers Program! email and select the Generate Production Keys button on the web page.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Open a browser and add the following url to the address bar: <a href="http://developer.ebay.com/tokentool/">http://developer.ebay.com/tokentool/</a></li>
<li>At the login screen enter your developer account username and password.</li>
<li>Select the Production option from the Development Environment drop down box.</li>
<li>Select Key Set 1 from the drop down and click Continue To Generate Token.</li>
<li>In the next screen key in your ebay id and password
<ol>
<li><strong>NOTE:</strong> <strong>If you change your eBay password this process will have to be done again. </strong></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>From the next screen copy the Token from the field and paste it into the token field in the channel setup in Mailware.</li>
<li>Put the ebay userid and password in the corresponding fields in the tab.</li>
<li>Select the Operator ID that you set up for the eBay store from the OperatorID dropdown.</li>
<li>Set up the Order download time and frequency and check the Order download is active and the Download every check boxes.</li>
<li>After completing the eBay setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Ebay Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0146.png" alt="Ebay Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" title="OK  button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0145.png" alt="OK button" width="75" height="25" /> button in Mailware to save the channel settings.</li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the<span style="color: #ff0000;"> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>Ebay integration notes
<ol>
<li>As of Mailware 2011 (Build 1116) the MCM only does order downloads.</li>
<li>If the orders are downloading with items that contain prices and quantities but no product numbers you need to add the ProductNo information into the Custom Description field in you eBay listings.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="FBA"></a>Fulfillment By Amazon (FBA)</strong></p>
<p>If you have a product that is both FBA and in house then you only need the product in Mailware once. The way Mailware works with FBA is that it creates multiple locations in the stock levels tab. One is called Default and one is called FBA. The In Stock quantity that shows up in the Stock Levels tab will be the sum of the quantities from both locations.</p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Fulfillment By Amazon FBA MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Register the FBA dll&#8217;s using the regasm utility.
<ol>
<li>Type the following into a command line prompt: C:\WINDOWS\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727\regasm &#8220;C:\Mailware\Data\AmazonFWSCore.dll&#8221; /tlb</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Fulfillment By Amazon logo.</li>
<li><strong> </strong>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Amazon FBA channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in your seller central Email and Password in the appropriate fields in the setup screen</li>
<li>Copy the AWS Access Key and AWS Secret Key from the Amazon setup screen into the corresponding fields in the Fulfillment By Amazon setup screen.</li>
<li>Check the Inventory update is active and Send Inventory is active check boxes on the setup screen.</li>
<li>Select an Upload time.</li>
<li>After completing the Fulfillment By Amazon setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Amazon FBA Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0147.png" alt="Amazon FBA Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>Integration Notes
<ol>
<li>If you did an Amazon inventory import from the Active Listings report then the products will be set up as FBA products in the FBA Tab in the products table. If not check the <span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for instructions on setting up FBA products.</li>
<li>The FBA MCM integration requests an inventory report from Amazon and Mailware creates a Location called FBA.  When the inventory file is received from Amazon the stock quantities from the report are added to the FBA location for the products that Amazon reports you have stock on in FBA.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Magento"></a>Magento</strong></p>
<p>Magento is an open source web cart that runs on a MySQL database.  As is the case with all Open Source web carts, <strong>the integration requires customization of the SQL scripts that have been developed for Magento to connect to your implementation of Magento.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Magento MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To ensure that you are able to connect to the MySQL database that is hosting the store, contact your ISP to ensure that your IP address is whitelisted.</li>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the Magento channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Magento logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Magento channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the username and password for the user that has administrative privileges to the MySQL database in the appropriate fields</li>
<li>Enter in the IP or URL to the MySQL database into the Server IP field</li>
<li>Enter in the Magento database name into the Database Name field</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check boxes.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the Magento Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the Magento setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Magento Setup " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0148.png" alt="Magento Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the<span style="color: #ff0000;"> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>Magento integration notes
<ol>
<li>You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Test Connection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0150.png" alt="Test Connection" width="97" height="23" />button to check your connection to the MySQL database.
<ol>
<li>If you get a <img class="alignnone" title="Success message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0149.png" alt="Success message" width="211" height="208" /> message then you have set up everything correctly.</li>
<li>If you get a <img class="alignnone" title="No response" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0151.png" alt="No response" width="646" height="118" /> message, make sure that the MCM is running (there should be a blue Mailware logo in the notification area).  If it is not go to the Startup menu and click on the MCM shortcut.  If it is running stop it and restart it again.</li>
<li>If you get any other message check to see that your login credentials are correct.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="OS Commerce"></a>OS Commerce</strong></p>
<p>OS Commerce is an open source web cart that runs on a MySQL database.  As is the case with all Open Source web carts, <strong>the integration requires customization of the SQL scripts that have been developed for OS Commerce to connect to your implementation of OS Commerce.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the OS Commerce MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To ensure that you are able to connect to the MySQL database that is hosting the store, contact your ISP to ensure that your IP address is whitelisted.</li>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the OS Commerce channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the OS Commerce  logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the OS Commerce channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the username and password for the user that has administrative privileges to the MySQL database in the appropriate fields</li>
<li>Enter in the IP or URL to the MySQL database into the Server IP field</li>
<li>Enter in the OS Commerce database name into the Database Name field</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check  boxes.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the OS Commerce Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the OS Commerce setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="OS Commerce Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0152.png" alt="OS Commerce Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the <span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>OS Commerce integration notes
<ol>
<li>You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Test Connection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0150.png" alt="Test  Connection" width="97" height="23" />button to check your connection to the MySQL database.
<ol>
<li>If you get a <img title="Success message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0149.png" alt="Success message" width="211" height="208" /> message then you have set up everything correctly.</li>
<li>If you get a <img title="No response" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0151.png" alt="No  response" width="646" height="118" /> message, make sure that the MCM is running (there should be a blue Mailware logo in the notification area).  If it is not go to the Startup menu and click on the MCM shortcut.  If it is running stop it and restart it again.</li>
<li>If you get any other message check to see that your login credentials are correct.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Volusion"></a>Volusion</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Volusion MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the Volusion channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Volusion logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Volusion channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the Login and Password into the appropriate fields.  Keep the setup window open.</li>
<li>Log into your Volusion account and go to store management.</li>
<li>Choose Inventory, Import/Export from the Volusion top menu.</li>
<li>Click on the &#8220;Volusion API&#8221; button.</li>
<li>Click on the &#8220;Run&#8221; button for &#8220;Generic/Orders&#8221;</li>
<li>Click on the &#8220;Run&#8221; button again after the new screen opens.</li>
<li>Copy the URL in the box to the right of &#8220;Download or use this URL:&#8221; to the clipboard.</li>
<li>Paste the URL into the &#8220;Orders URL&#8221; field on the Volusion setup dialog in Mailware.</li>
<li>Repeat steps 9 through 11 for Products and Customers.</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check boxes.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the Volusion Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the Volusion setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Volusion Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0153.png" alt="Volusion Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the <span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="XCart"></a>XCart</strong></p>
<p>XCart is an open source web cart that runs on a MySQL database.  As is the case with all Open Source web carts, <strong>the integration requires customization of the SQL scripts that have been developed for XCart to connect to your implementation of XCart.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the XCart MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To ensure that you are able to connect to the MySQL database that is hosting the store, contact your ISP to ensure that your IP address is whitelisted.</li>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the XCart channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the XCart logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the XCart channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the username and password for the user that has administrative privileges to the MySQL database in the appropriate fields</li>
<li>Enter in the IP or URL to the MySQL database into the Server IP field</li>
<li>Enter in the XCart database name into the Database Name field</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check boxes.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the XCart Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the XCart setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="XCart Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0154.png" alt="XCart Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the <span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>XCart integration notes
<ol>
<li>You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Test Connection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0150.png" alt="Test  Connection" width="97" height="23" />button to check your connection to the MySQL database.
<ol>
<li>If you get a <img title="Success message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0149.png" alt="Success message" width="211" height="208" /> message then you have set up everything correctly.</li>
<li>If you get a <img title="No response" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0151.png" alt="No  response" width="646" height="118" /> message, make sure that the MCM is running (there should be a blue Mailware logo in the notification area).  If it is not go to the Startup menu and click on the MCM shortcut.  If it is running stop it and restart it again.</li>
<li>If you get any other message check to see that your login credentials are correct.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Due to the complexity of the XCart MySQL database schema, full product upload is not available for this channel.  Product prices, and stock quantity information is uploaded.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Zen Cart"></a>Zen Cart</strong></p>
<p>Zen Cart is an open source web cart that runs on a MySQL database.  As is the case with all Open Source web carts, <strong>the integration requires customization of the SQL scripts that have been developed for Zen Cart to connect to your implementation of Zen Cart.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Zen Cart MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To ensure that you are able to connect to the MySQL database that is hosting the store, contact your ISP to ensure that your IP address is whitelisted.</li>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the Zen Cart channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Zen Cart logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Zen Cart channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the username and password for the user that has administrative privileges to the MySQL database in the appropriate fields</li>
<li>Enter in the IP or URL to the MySQL database into the Server IP field</li>
<li>Enter in the XCart database name into the Database Name field</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check boxes.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the Zen Cart Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the Zen Cart setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Zen Cart Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0155.png" alt="Zen Cart Setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the <span style="color: #3366ff;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>Zen Cart integration notes
<ol>
<li>You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Test Connection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0150.png" alt="Test   Connection" width="97" height="23" />button to check your connection to the MySQL database.
<ol>
<li>If you get a <img title="Success message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0149.png" alt="Success message" width="211" height="208" /> message then you have set up everything correctly.</li>
<li>If you get a <img title="No response" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0151.png" alt="No   response" width="646" height="118" /> message, make sure that the MCM is running (there should be a blue Mailware logo in the notification area).  If it is not go to the Startup menu and click on the MCM shortcut.  If it is running stop it and restart it again.</li>
<li>If you get any other message check to see that your login credentials are correct.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Custom MySQL"></a>Custom (MySQL)</strong></p>
<p>The custom MySQL option allows Mailware to integrate with any custom cart that uses a MySQL database for its back end.  <strong>The integration requires custom SQL scripts to interact with your custom cart.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Custom (MySQL) MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To ensure that you are able to connect to the MySQL database that is hosting the store, contact your ISP to ensure that your IP address is whitelisted.</li>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the custom channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Custom (MySQL) logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Custom MySQL channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the username and password for the user that has administrative privileges to the MySQL database in the appropriate fields</li>
<li>Enter in the IP or URL to the MySQL database into the Server IP field</li>
<li>Enter in the database name into the Database Name field</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check boxes as applicable.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the Custom MySQL Cart Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the Custom MySQL cart setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Custom MySQL" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0156.png" alt="Custom MySQL" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a> documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>Custom MySQL integration notes
<ol>
<li>You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Test Connection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0150.png" alt="Test    Connection" width="97" height="23" />button to check your connection to the MySQL database.
<ol>
<li>If you get a <img title="Success message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0149.png" alt="Success message" /> message then you have set up everything correctly.</li>
<li>If you get a <img title="No response" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0151.png" alt="No    response" width="646" height="118" /> message, make sure that the MCM is running (there should be a blue Mailware logo in the notification area).  If it is not go to the Startup menu and click on the MCM shortcut.  If it is running stop it and restart it again.</li>
<li>If you get any other message check to see that your login credentials are correct.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Due to the nature of custom carts certain features may not be available.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="SQL Server"></a>Custom (SQL Server)</strong></p>
<p>The custom SQL Server option allows Mailware to integrate with any custom cart that uses a Microsoft SQL Server database for its back end.  <strong>The integration requires custom SQL scripts to interact with your custom cart.</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Set Up the Custom (SQL Server) MCM:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>To ensure that you are able to connect to the SQL Server database that is hosting the store, contact your ISP to ensure that your IP address is whitelisted.</li>
<li>Create an Operator ID for the custom channel.</li>
<li>Open the Channels Tab from Tools-&gt;Preferences and select the Custom (SQL Server) logo.</li>
<li>Check the &#8220;Show a tab for this channel on the Products screen&#8221; box.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0137.png" alt="Add  button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Enter in a name for the Custom SQL Server channel in the description field.</li>
<li>Enter in the username and password for the user that has administrative privileges to the SQL Server database in the appropriate fields</li>
<li>Enter in the IP or URL to the SQL Server database into the Server IP field</li>
<li>Enter in the database name into the Database Name field</li>
<li>Check the Product upload is active, Shipping  confirmation upload is active and Download every check boxes as applicable.</li>
<li>Select an upload time, download time and download frequency.</li>
<li>Assign the Custom SQL Server Cart Operator ID from the Operator ID drop down list.</li>
<li>After completing the Custom MySQL cart setup your screen will look similar to this: <img class="alignnone" title="Custom SQL Server setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0157.png" alt="Custom SQL Server setup" width="526" height="410" /></li>
<li>In order for the orders downloaded to work correctly with the software you will need to build the Channel Listings table.  See the<a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank"> <span style="color: #3366ff;">Products </span></a>documentation for more information on how to do this.</li>
<li>Custom SQL Server integration notes
<ol>
<li>You can use the <img class="nobreak" title="Test Connection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0150.png" alt="Test     Connection" width="97" height="23" />button to check your connection to the MySQL database.
<ol>
<li>If you get a <img title="Success message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0149.png" alt="Success message" width="211" height="208" /> message then you have set up everything correctly.</li>
<li>If you get a <img title="No response" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-27-0151.png" alt="No     response" width="646" height="118" /> message, make sure that the MCM is running (there should be a blue Mailware logo in the notification area).  If it is not go to the Startup menu and click on the MCM shortcut.  If it is running stop it and restart it again.</li>
<li>If you get any other message check to see that your login credentials are correct.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Due to the nature of custom carts certain features may not be available.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The MCM interacts between Mailware and the channels using three different methods depending on the channel.</p>
<ul>
<li>Channel Specific API&#8217;s (Application Program Interface)</li>
<li>ODBC connections to the web store databases.</li>
<li>FTP file transfers</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>API Integration: </strong>In order to use an API integration with a particular channel, our developers write the software to connect to the API to transfer the data to and from the channel.  These integrations are limited in how much data can be accessed by the API.  In many cases data that is on the channel are not included in the API and are therefore not available for Mailware to interact with.  Examples of this type of connection are Amazon, Ebay and Volusion.</p>
<p><strong>ODBC Integration:</strong> An ODBC (Open Database Connectivity) integration allows Mailware to run SQL scripts on the the database that is hosting the store (either MySQL or SQL Server).  The MCM creates a set of temporary tables on the remote server and runs sets of SQL scripts to manage the data.  With order downloads the scripts pull order information from the appropriate order tables and inserts the data into the temp_mailware_orders, temp_mailware_items and temp_mailware_payment tables these tables are then downloaded into the mailware database and appended with a number depending on what channel they are coming from for instance if the orders are being downloaded from a custom MySQL cart (ChannelNo 5) the files will be called temp_mailware_orders_5 etc.</p>
<p>Tracking number uploads are done when MCM copies all the tracking information that have not been marked as UPLOADED in the Tracking table for the channels in question and uploads them to temp_mailware_shipconfirmupload on the remote server.  The temp_mailware_shipconfirmupload file contains the mailware order number, the AltOrderNo1 (this is where the channel order number is stored), the tracking number and other shipment information.  The scripts that run on the server update the appropriate fields in the remote database with the tracking information.</p>
<p>Product uploads are handled in a similar manner as tracking uploads.  The product information (including information from the related ChannelListings table) are upload to temp_mailware_productupload on the remote server.  Scripts are run on the server to update the existing products and add new ones.  The functionality of this feature depends greatly on the complexity of the remote databases product tables.</p>
<p>Most Open Source carts (Magento, OS Commers, XCart, Zen Cart) and all custom cart integrations use this method.</p>
<p><strong>FTP File Transfers:</strong> The FTP file transfer method is for some API based integrations.  This method depends on Mailware downloading order files from a FTP location and running scripts to import them into the Mailware database.  Likewise Mailware generates a file that meets the specifications of the service and uploads them to the FTP site.   Currently this is only used for the ChannelMax repricing channel and for Buy.com</p>
<p><strong>Customer Matching:</strong> When orders are downloaded from a channel Mailware checks the current customer database for any customers that are already in the customer table.  Mailware compares the billing last name and the billing email address from the orders downloaded with those in the customer table.  If both match then the customer number (CustNo) from the Customer table will be used in the order.  If there is no match then Mailware creates a new customer in the database and assigns the new CustNo to the order.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p style="text-align: right;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/installation-and-setup">^Setup Home</a>  |  <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/update-or-upgrade-mailware-install/">Next &gt;</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Products</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/products/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/products/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 17 Dec 2010 17:53:04 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3312</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Add/Edit a Product Add a new product to your inventory, or change an existing one. What&#8217;s New In 2011? Serialized Inventory Multiple Companies Multiple Product Substitution Extra UPC fields Minimum Advertised Price Jump To: Stock Levels Assemblies (Kits) Suppliers Attachments Channels To access the Products feature click on the Inventory icon on the Mailware Explorer. [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Add/Edit a Product</h2>
<p>Add a new product to your inventory, or change an existing one.</p>
<h3>What&#8217;s New In 2011?</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Serialized">Serialized Inventory</a></li>
<li><a href="#Company Override">Multiple Companies</a></li>
<li><a href="#Substitution">Multiple Product Substitution</a></li>
<li><a href="#UPC">Extra UPC fields</a></li>
<li><a href="#MAP">Minimum Advertised Price</a></li>
</ul>
<h3>Jump To:</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Stock">Stock Levels</a></li>
<li><a href="#Assembly">Assemblies (Kits)</a></li>
<li><a href="#Suppliers">Suppliers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Attachments">Attachments</a></li>
<li><a href="#Channels">Channels</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To access the Products feature click on the Inventory icon on the Mailware Explorer. <img class="alignnone" title="Inventory Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0160.png" alt="Inventory Icon" width="193" height="82" /></li>
<li><a name="MAP"></a>This will bring up the Products screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Products Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0161.png" alt="Products Screen" width="816" height="585" /></li>
<li><a name="NewProduct"></a>To search for an existing product click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Find Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0162.png" alt="Find Button" width="23" height="21" /> icon or press Ctrl-F this will open the product search screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Product Search Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0163.png" alt="Product Search Screen" width="587" height="480" />
<ol>
<li>You can search for a product by keying in text into the Product Number, Description,  or Long Description fields and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0164.png" alt="Search Button" width="73" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>If  you check on the Real-Time Incremental Search check box the product search will happen real time.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> You can also set this feature to be the default behavior by selecting the check box in Tools-&gt;Preferences under the Orders tab.</li>
<li>The Full Text Search feature searches the Product Number, Description and Long Description fields for the text that you enter in that field and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0164.png" alt="Search Button" width="73" height="21" /> button next to the full text search field.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> You can also set this field to be the default field when the search screen is opened by selecting the check box in Tools-&gt;Preferences under the Orders tab.</li>
<li>You can also filter the records in the grid by selecting the Supplier or the Product Type from the drop downs.</li>
<li>Once you have found the product you are looking for,  you can either click on it in the grid view and click on the OK button or double click on the product.</li>
<li>You can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Product Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0165.png" alt="New Product Button" width="73" height="21" /> button and the software will create a new record in the Products table and close the search screen.</li>
<li>Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Details Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0166.png" alt="Details Button" width="73" height="21" /> will open up the selected product in a new products screen.</li>
<li>If  you have Subproducts set  up in the software, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Subproducts tab " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-42.png" alt="Subproducts tab" width="79" height="21" /> tab.  This will show  you the following dialog <img class="alignnone" title="Subproducts Product Search" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-43.png" alt="Subproducts Product Search" width="587" height="480" />The grid view will show all of the products in  your database that are subproducts.
<ol>
<li>To narrow your search select the Subproduct code from the drop down.  <img class="nobreak" title="Subproduct code drop down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-44.png" alt="Subproduct code drop down" width="283" height="34" /></li>
<li>The available options dialog will be populated with the options that were set up when creating the subproducts. <img class="alignnone" title="Select Available Options" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-45.png" alt="Select Available Options" width="587" height="480" /> As  you select the available options from the drop downs, the grid details will filter the product listing until you have selected the options you want.  When you have located the product, click on the OK button to open the product.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="MAP"></a>To add a new product click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0167.png" alt="New Button" width="71" height="22" />button.  This will create a new blank record in the products table.
<ol>
<li><strong>Product #</strong> &#8211; Enter up to 20 characters (numbers and/or text). This field is automatically capitalized so you can easily find the product later. You can also wand a bar code into this field.  This is the primary key for the products table you cannot enter in a duplicate product number.</li>
<li><strong>Name</strong> &#8211; Enter in a short name for the product this can be up to 100 characters in length.</li>
<li><strong>Description</strong> &#8211; Enter up to 255 characters to help you identify this product when viewing your inventory.</li>
<li><strong>Long Description</strong> &#8211; You can enter an unlimited length description of the item. This description can be viewed during order entry from the Product Lookup dialog when adding items to the order.</li>
<li><strong>Order Message</strong> &#8211; Enter up to a 50 character message that will be displayed when the product is selected during an order. It is a convenient way to add reminders to products (for example: &#8220;This item requires batteries.&#8221;).</li>
<li><strong>Supplier</strong>- Select a vendor from the Supplier field pull down list to associate the product with its supplier. If you have not added the supplier yet, you can make the association later by editing the product.
<ol>
<li>If a <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/" target="_blank">supplier</a> provides you with several products, enter the supplier first then, while in the Product Supply Vendor form, click the <img class="nobreak" title="New Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-0168.png" alt="New Product" /> button. Each product you add will be associated with that vendor.</li>
<li>If you have multiple suppliers for the same product you can add them in the Suppliers tab.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Product Type</strong> &#8211; Select a type if applicable, from the pulldown list, or create a new one with the Setup button. Product Types can be used in reports to group like items.</li>
<li><strong>Master Code &#8211; </strong>This field is used to associate a product with a <span style="color: #ff0000;">sub-product</span>.</li>
<li><strong>Option Text &#8211; </strong>This field is used for sending up the options to Mailware Web.</li>
<li><strong>Retail Price</strong> &#8211; This is the amount that will be charged to customers with a Pricing Level of Retail (or none) when taking an order. You may override this price on the order entry form for any item by simply typing the new price.</li>
<li><strong>Wholesale Price</strong> &#8211; This is the amount that will be charged to customers with a Pricing Level of Wholesale when taking an order. You may override this price on the order entry form for any item by simply typing the new price.</li>
<li><strong>Price 3</strong> &#8211; This is the amount that will be charged to customers with a Pricing Level of Price 3 when taking an order. You may override this price on the order entry form for any item by simply typing the new price.</li>
<li><strong>Price 4</strong> &#8211; This is the amount that will be charged to customers with a Pricing Level of Price 4 when taking an order. You may override this price on the order entry form for any item by simply typing the new price.</li>
<li><strong>By Quantity </strong>- Clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Qty Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0171.png" alt="Qty Button" /> button next to the price fields opens the quantity discount screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Quantity Discounts" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0172.png" alt="Quantity Discounts" width="461" height="326" /> From this screen you can set quantity discounts for each price level.</li>
<li><strong>By Source Key </strong>- Click <img class="nobreak" title="By Source Key" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0169.png" alt="By Source Key" width="96" height="21" /> button to set pricing that is used when a specific Ad Source Key is selected for an order. <img class="alignnone" title="Price by Source Key" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0170.png" alt="Price by Source Key" width="618" height="410" />
<ol>
<li>For each Source Key you may enter a Price that is charged for the item, and any Quantity Discounts you wish. This price will override any of the Retail, Wholesale, Price3 or Price4 prices already assigned to the product when the Source Key is selected during order entry.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Mix &amp; Match</strong> &#8211; Enter a code here in all the Product Numbers for which you wish to share a quantity discount. For example, you could enter MATCH into the Mix &amp; Match field for products A, B and C and assign quantity discounts to them. If your first price break quantity is at 5 units then the customer could order 5 in any combination of these items to get the discount (e.g., 2 Product A, 1 Product B and 2 Product C = 5 units).</li>
<li><strong>Tax Exempt &#8211; </strong>Use this check box if  you want the product to be tax exempt.</li>
<li><strong>Minimum Advertised Price (MAP) &#8211; </strong>If your products have a MAP value then you can enter it here.</li>
<li><strong>Weight</strong> &#8211; Enter a weight for this item in pounds. Do not round weights to the nearest pound. You can use the weight calculator <img class="nobreak" title="Weight Calculator" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0173.png" alt="Weight Calculator" width="26" height="17" /> to convert ounces to pounds.  <strong>Note: </strong>When the product is the master product of an <a href="#Assembly">assembly</a> the software will add this value to the weight of each item in the assembly.</li>
<li><strong>Ship Extra Chg</strong> &#8211; Enter any additional shipping charge to the customer for this item (for example, oversized items). When a customer orders this product, the extra shipping charge will be added to the shipping field in addition to any other shipping charges.</li>
<li><strong>Ship Cost</strong> &#8211; Enter your cost to ship this item. This figure is used in reports that estimate your total shipping costs.</li>
<li><strong>Ships in Own Box </strong>- Indicates this item is to be shipped alone. This is a True/False field. You can specify in reports to display this information so your shipping personnel know to pack the item separately.</li>
<li><strong>Calculate Insurance </strong>- Mailware can calculate shipping insurance on individual items if applicable. Check this box to have this item included in the calculation.<strong> Note</strong>: You will also need to set the insurance calculation in <strong>Preferences</strong> under the <strong>Orders tab.</strong> Click the <strong>Special Items</strong> button then the <strong>Shipping Insurance</strong> <strong>tab</strong>. <img class="alignnone" title="Shipping Insurance" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0174.png" alt="Shipping Insurance" width="678" height="514" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Check the Automatically calculate shipping insurance check box</strong> and enter a <strong>Rate</strong> ($ per $100 &#8211; .90 = 90 cents per 100 dollars). You also need to create a product in your inventory and select it in the <strong>Product Code pulldown</strong>. When you create the item enter a Retail price of $0.00 and check the Non Inventory checkbox on the Stock Levels tab.<br />When a marked item is added to an order a line item will be added for shipping insurance using the rate and Product Code you specify. 
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Insurance will be charged at your Rate times the Subtotal of the order. If this value is less than your rate than the rate will be used (e.g. If your rate is $.90 per $100 and your order is less than $100 then $.90 will be added to the order).</p>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Stock"></a>Stock Levels<br /> </strong>Enter quantities, stock types, reorder thresholds and costs.</p>
<ol>
<li>Find or Add a product as described above.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Stock Levels</strong> tab <img class="nobreak" title="Stock Levels Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0175.png" alt="Stock Levels Tab" width="290" height="29" /></li>
<li>The following screen will open. <img class="alignnone" title="Stock Levels Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0176.png" alt="Stock Levels Screen" width="816" height="585" /></li>
<li><strong>Non Inventory Item</strong> &#8211; Check this field if you do not track stock levels for this product. This will also prevent backorders during order entry.<br /> <strong>Tip:</strong> You can create other Non-Inventory items to add to orders (e.g., Discounts, Gift Certificates etc.).</li>
<li><strong>Drop Ship Item</strong> &#8211; Check this field if you do not stock this item, but have a third party ship it to your customer. You should also check the Non Inventory Item box unless you wish to maintain quantities for this product.</li>
<li><strong>Discontinued</strong> &#8211; Check this box to indicate the item is no longer available for sale. Orders will be allowed for the product until quantities reach zero (you should also check the Do not Allow Backorders checkbox to prevent backorders).</li>
<li><strong>Backorder Without Prompting</strong> &#8211; If checked when the item is ordered it will be marked as backordered without the dialog that prompts the operator to approve the backorder or force fill the item.</li>
<li><a name="Substitution"></a><strong>Allow Substitution</strong> &#8211; When checked this item may be replaced by another item in inventory. Click the Settings button to select the item that will replace it and to specify if the substitution occurs when the item is out of stock and/or discontinued. You can also specify whether the operator will receive a notice that the substitution has taken place.<br /> <strong>Tip</strong>: This feature can also be used to create Aliases for a product if, for example, you offer a single product number that can be ordered under several different product numbers. <img class="alignnone" title="Substitute Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0177.png" alt="Substitute Settings" width="333" height="289" /></li>
<li><strong>In Stock</strong> &#8211; When creating a product, enter the current number of items you have on hand. Thereafter, In Stock quantities are calculated automatically by Mailware when you take orders, process refunds and <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/" target="_blank">Receive Inventory</a> and <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/adjust-inventory/" target="_blank">Adjust Inventory</a>.  <strong>Note:</strong> Also see the multiple locations field below.</li>
<li><strong>Details</strong> &#8211; Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Details Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0179.png" alt="Details Button" width="64" height="21" /> button to open the following dialog. <img class="alignnone" title="Stock Details" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0178.png" alt="Stock Details" width="424" height="305" />It lists the counts of this product in various statuses on individual orders (e.g., The number Backordered).
<ol>
<li><strong>Committed</strong> &#8211; Shows the count of this item that have been ordered by customers and are currently in Committed (CM) status on individual orders. Committed items are removed from the available In Stock quantity.</li>
<li><strong>Backordered</strong> &#8211; Shows the count of this item currently backordered on individual orders. This count will not be deducted from the In Stock amount until you fill backorders.</li>
<li><strong>Filled</strong> &#8211; Shows the count of this item that have been invoiced on individual orders, but not yet shipped.</li>
<li><strong>Shipped</strong> &#8211; Shows the count of this item that have been shipped on individual orders.</li>
<li><strong>Returned</strong> &#8211; Shows the count of this item that have been returned on individual orders. Returned items are automatically returned to inventory.</li>
<li><strong>Canceled</strong> &#8211; Shows the count of this item that have been canceled on individual orders. Canceled items are automatically returned to inventory.</li>
<li><strong>Total</strong> &#8211; The total of all listed items in the dialog.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Multiple Locations </strong>- Check this box to turn off the In Stock field and use separate locations for tracking of item quantities.
<ol>
<li>To create locations click <strong>Setup</strong> on the Product screen then select <strong>Locations&#8230;</strong><br /> <img class="alignnone" title="Locations Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0180.png" alt="Locations Dialog" width="403" height="235" /></li>
<li>In the dialog above enter as many different locations as you need. You may enter Warehouses, Bins etc. or any combination of these. You can also set the priority in the Preference field. Quantities in the first location will be depleted before each subsequent location.</li>
<li>After setting up locations you can enter quantities in each by clicking the Locations button on the Product screen. Select the locations you created from the drop down and enter the number In Stock for each. <img class="alignnone" title="Locations for Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0181.png" alt="Locations for Product" width="690" height="386" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Non-Inventory</strong> &#8211; You can set a location to be a non-inventory location.  An example of this would be a fulfillment warehouse or Amazon FBA.</li>
<li><strong>Drop Ship</strong> &#8211; If you select this option, a drop ship order will be created if this location is selected.</li>
<li><strong>Not Available For Sale</strong> &#8211; Select this option if you want to reserve items for returns or for building assemblies.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Customize</strong> &#8211; Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Customize Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0182.png" alt="Customize Button" width="65" height="22" /> button to open a memo form you can use to add information to the product that can be viewed and edited during an order (by using the Customize button on the Item Detail tab on the Order Entry screen). This is especially useful for capturing descriptors like monograms, shipping instructions etc. Information typed in this memo form will print on invoices, work orders etc. <img class="alignnone" title="Customize Information Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0183.png" alt="Customize Information Dialog" width="350" height="300" /></li>
<li><a name="UPC"></a><strong>Extras</strong> &#8211; Click the <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-184.png" alt="" width="0" height="0" align="absMiddle" border="0" /> <img class="nobreak" title="Extra Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0184.png" alt="Extra Button" width="65" height="22" /> button to open the following dialog <img class="alignnone" title="Extra Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0185.png" alt="Extra Dialog" width="832" height="614" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Bin &#8211; </strong>This is the field where you can assign a bin location to the product.</li>
<li><strong>Custom Fields 1 &#8211; 5 -</strong> These fields can be used to store any additional information about your products.  <strong>Note: </strong>The field names can be changed in Tools-&gt;Preferences under the Products tab.</li>
<li><strong>ISBN &#8211; </strong>Use this field for storing the ISBN for publications.   Data can be inserted into this field using a scanner and scanning the ISBN.</li>
<li><strong>UPC,UPC2 and UPC3 &#8211; </strong>Use these fields for storing UPC&#8217;s for products. Data can be inserted into these fields using a scanner and scanning the bar codes from the products.</li>
<li><strong>Manufacturer&#8217;s ID.</strong> &#8211; This is the original manufacturer&#8217;s product number (as opposed to the supplier&#8217;s number or your own).</li>
<li><strong>Supplier Product No</strong>. &#8211; This is your supplier&#8217;s product number for this item if it is different than yours. This number can be printed on purchase orders even if you create the PO with your product numbers.</li>
<li><strong>Supplier Description</strong> &#8211; This description can also appear on the PO to help your vendor identify the item you are ordering.</li>
<li><strong>Supplier Price</strong> &#8211; The price the supplier charges you for the item.</li>
<li><strong>Duty Percent </strong>- Enter a percent you, or the customer, expect to pay when shipping out of the country.</li>
<li><strong>Preferred Currency</strong> &#8211; Use the Setup text menu item on the Product screen to create your ISO Codes, then select the preferred currency code for this product here.</li>
<li><strong>Tarriff Code</strong> &#8211; A freeform field for any tariff codes that apply to this product.</li>
<li><strong>Royalty Item</strong> &#8211; Check to indicate that royalties are paid to a third party when this item is sold.</li>
<li><strong>Preferred Ship Method</strong> &#8211; Select any of the ship methods you have set up in your Shipping tables. This is the method this item should by shipped by.</li>
<li><strong>Max Ship Items</strong> &#8211; Then maximum number of items that may ship in a box.</li>
<li><strong>Backorder Message</strong> &#8211; This message appears on the order when this product is backordered.</li>
<li><strong>Unit of Measure &#8211; </strong>Use this field to define how this product is shipped for example each, gallon, doz, lb etc.</li>
<li><strong>ImageURLLarge &#8211; </strong>Use this to store the URL to the large image of the product.</li>
<li><strong>ImageURLSmall &#8211; </strong>Use this to store the URL to the small image of the product.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>VIN Number Required</strong> &#8211; Check this box to require that a Vehicle Identification Number be associated with this product before it is shipped. Mailware also includes a Vehicle Identification Number tracking system you can use to ensure Titles are received and sent to the customer.</li>
<li><a name="Serialized"></a><strong>Serialized Inventory &#8211; </strong>Click on the Stock Levels tab from the Products screen as described above.
<ol>
<li>Check the <img class="nobreak" title="Serialized Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0277.png" alt="Serialize Inventory" width="135" height="17" /> box if you want to track the serial numbers of individual products that you sell (cell phones, cameras etc).  When this option is checked, you will be prompted during <a href="../help/receive-inventory/" target="_blank">Receive Inventory</a> to scan in the serial numbers for those items.  Clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="View button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0189.png" alt="View button" /> button will show you the Serial Numbers dialog box <img class="alignnone" title="Serial Numbers Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0190.png" alt="Serial Numbers Dialog" width="608" height="459" />This will list all of the serialized items for the selected product you have in stock, when they were received and who received them.
<ol>
<li>These serial numbers are removed from the list when they are scanned during as part of the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/process-orders/#BoxScanning" target="_blank">Box Scanning</a></span> feature.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Generate Gift Cert</strong>. &#8211; Check this box to create a product you can sell as a Gift Certificate. Mailware will create a unique random number and track its use. Customers can mail in certificates or use the number online. Certificates may be used all at once, or in multiple purchases.  Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Settings Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0187.png" alt="Settings Button" width="57" height="19" /> button to open a dialog where you can specify how your certificate number is generated. <img class="alignnone" title="Gift Cert Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0188.png" alt="Gift Cert Dialog" width="386" height="194" /> You can specify a prefix, suffix, code length and whether the random number will contain numbers, letters or both. In the sample below a possible generated code could be: ABC54C1Q.</li>
<li><strong>On Mailware Web</strong> &#8211; If you use our ecommerce package, or if you export your products to your own system, check this box to indicate that this item is available for sale on the web.</li>
<li><strong>Subscription &#8211; </strong>If the product is a subscription item, check the check box.  To set up the item as a subscription item check the <img class="nobreak" title="Subscription settings " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0191.png" alt="Subscription settings" width="57" height="19" /> button the following dialog will be displayed.  <img class="alignnone" title="Subscription Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0192.png" alt="Subscrption Settings" width="383" height="231" />
<ol>
<li><strong>Frequency &#8211; </strong>This is how often this product is delivered, you can choose between Weekly, Annually,Monthly, or Days.</li>
<li><strong>Start Day &#8211; </strong>This is specifically for weekly subscriptions where 1 is for Monday, 2 is for Tuesday, etc.</li>
<li><strong>Duration &#8211; </strong>How many times this products is going to be shipped before it expires.  For instance a years subscription for a item that is delivered monthly will have a duration of 12.</li>
<li><strong>Automatic Renewal -</strong> Check this box if the subscription will automatically renew after it expires.  This will automatically generate another invoice for the customer when the subscription expires.</li>
<li><strong>Ship Product No-</strong> Use the drop down box to select the product that will be shipped with each order generated.</li>
<li><strong>Quantity &#8211; </strong>This is the number of the above products that are going to be shipped with each order.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Preorder &#8211; </strong>Use this option if this product will be delivered at a later date.
<ol>
<li><strong>Ship Date &#8211; </strong>Use this field to set when the product is going to be delivered</li>
<li><strong>Message &#8211; </strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Use this field to display a message in the order about the product</span></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Company Override"></a><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><span style="color: #000000;">Company Override &#8211; </span></strong><span style="color: #000000;">This feature allows specific products to be associated with specific companies select the company from the drop down menu.  Clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Company Setup Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0193.png" alt="Company Setup Button" width="64" height="21" /> button will open the Company Setup dialog box. <img class="alignnone" title="Company Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0194.png" alt="Company Setup" width="424" height="305" /></span></span></li>
<li><strong>Reorder At</strong> &#8211; Enter the quantity this item may reach before Mailware reminds you in report R4130 Products to Reorderto order more. You can also specify a <strong>Reorder Quantity</strong> and expected <strong>Reorder Price</strong>. These items will be entered automatically on Purchase Orders, but can be edited, when you order this product from your vendor.
<ol>
<li>If your vendor has quantity discounts, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Supplier Quantity Discount" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0195.png" alt="Supplier Quantity Discount" width="33" height="19" /> button, this will open up the Quantity Discounts from Supplier dialog box. <img class="alignnone" title="Quantity Discounts from Suppliers" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0196.png" alt="Quantity Discounts from Suppliers" width="448" height="316" /></li>
<li>When a purchase order is made for a product that has quantity discounts the software will apply the discount to the purchase order.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>On Order</strong> and <strong>On </strong><strong><strong>B</strong>ackorder</strong> quantities and dates are entered automatically by Purchase Orders when you create them. You can enter beginning amounts into these fields if applicable.</li>
<li><strong>Soft Allocated &#8211; </strong>Used for third party inventory management systems.</li>
<li><strong>Hard Allocated -</strong> Used for third party inventory management systems.</li>
<li><strong>Standard Cost</strong> &#8211; Enter a cost for this item. This amount will not change unless you edit it.</li>
<li><strong>Average Cost</strong> &#8211; Enter a beginning cost for this product. As you receive inventory Mailware calculates your average cost automatically and updates it here.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Assembly"></a>Create Assemblies</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-size: small;">Create kits from individual items in your inventory. </span></p>
<p><strong><span style="font-size: small;"><a name="Search"></a>Instructions</span></strong><br /> Assemblies are collections of various products in your inventory. You can create a product, for example &#8211; BLACKBERRY KIT, and add all the items from your inventory that make up the kit(charger, case, etc.). When you take an order you can select just the BLACKBERRY KIT and the other items will be added automatically.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Add Component Products</strong> to be the parts of your assembly. For example, you can add a Blackberry, a Charger and a case, then assign these to an Master Assembly Product called Blackberry Kit.   Component products are created the same way as ordinary products (as described under the <a href="#NewProduct">Add/Edit a Product</a>help topic).
<ol>
<li><strong>Note: </strong>For each item you can optionally enter a <strong>Retail</strong> and/or a <strong>Wholesale</strong> price. These prices will be used when you sell the items separately. In the assembly prices for individual items will be added together to create a total price for your assembly based on the price level of the customer (e.g., a Retail customer will receive the sum of the retail prices).<br /> If you set prices for the <strong>Master Assembly Product</strong> they will be used in addition to the individual component prices. You can override individual component prices on the Master Assembly Product &#8211; details are below.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Add a Master Assembly Product</strong>. After you have created the components of your assembly, you can create a master product that groups these items into a new product.
<ol>
<li>On the Product tab <strong>enter a Product #</strong> that identifies the assembly (e.g., BLACKBERRY KIT). You can also enter a description, a long description etc. if you wish (as described under the <a href="#NewProduct">Add/Edit a Product</a> help topic).</li>
<li>If you would like to set a price for the entire product enter it into the <strong>Retail Price</strong> and/or <strong>Wholesale</strong> fields. You can leave these blank if you prefer to have the price calculated based on the individual items in the assembly tab.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Stock Levels</strong> tab <img class="nobreak" title="Stock Levels Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0175.png" alt="Stock Levels Tab" width="290" height="29" /></li>
<li>Enter an <strong>In Stock</strong> amount or check the <strong>Non-Inventory Item</strong> check box if you do not need to keep track of quantities.</li>
<li>Click the <strong>Assembly</strong> tab <img class="nobreak" title="Assembly Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0197.png" alt="Assembly Tab" width="235" height="33" /> A blank screen will appear where you can enter your previously created components. <img class="alignnone" title="Assembly Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0198.png" alt="Assembly Tab" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>To add products to the assembly, start typing the <strong>Product Number</strong> or press F2 to launch the product search screen.</li>
<li><strong>Quantity</strong> &#8211; Enter the number of this item that are part of this assembly.</li>
<li>Enter a <strong>Retail</strong> and/or <strong>Wholesale</strong> <strong>price</strong> if you wish. One of these amounts (depending on the customer&#8217;s type) will be added to the total price of the assembly. If you do not want the component price to be added to total enter a Zero (0.00). This will override the price on the separate component. If you enter zeroes for all the components only the price on the Master product will be charged.</li>
<li><strong>Discount</strong> &#8211; Enter a discount, if you wish, as a whole number (e.g., 10 = 10%). The discount will be applied to the price of the item. Typically you would not also enter a price in the step above. The price from the component product itself will be used and discounted.</li>
<li>Continue adding parts to the assembly (you can use the Tab or Down Arrow keys on your keyboard to add additional items, or you can click the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0199.png" alt="Add Button" width="65" height="21" /> button). If you enter an item you do not need use the  <img class="nobreak" title="Delete" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0200.png" alt="Delete" width="65" height="21" /> button to remove it.</li>
<li><strong>ADVANCED TIPS</strong>
<ol>
<li>If you sell items separately and as part of an assembly you can enter the separate item prices on each product. Then, on the Assembly tab of the Master Assembly Product you can enter the discounted price you charge when they are part of the assembly, or enter a zero to just use the total price from the Master Assembly Product. You can also manually override any amount on the order itself.</li>
<li>Each item of the assembly will print separately on the invoice and pick list report. You can use these to properly pull inventory and fill orders.</li>
<li>If a part of assembly is out of stock it will be backordered automatically (although you can override the backorder). You may wish to manually backorder each of the other items as well with the Force Backorder option in the Item button.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Suppliers"></a>Managing Multiple Suppliers</strong></p>
<p><strong>Instructions</strong><br /> You can associated multiple suppliers for all of your products through the Suppliers tab in the products screen.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Suppliers tab <img class="nobreak" title="Suppliers Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0201.png" alt="Suppliers Tab" width="290" height="29" />
<ol>
<li>The following screen will be displayed <img class="alignnone" title="Supplier Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0202.png" alt="Supplier Screen" width="816" height="535" /></li>
<li>To add a new supplier for your product, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Plus Sign" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0203.png" alt="Plus Sign" width="15" height="17" /> button at the bottom of the grid.  This will add a new blank row.</li>
<li>In the new record click on the Supplier field and select the supplier from the <img class="nobreak" title="Supplier Drop Down" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0204.png" alt="Supplier Drop Down" width="17" height="15" /> button.</li>
<li>Tab through the fields and add them.
<ol>
<li><strong>Supplier Product #-</strong>This is the suppliers product number.  This will show up on the purchase order</li>
<li><strong>Supplier Price- </strong>The Suppliers Price.  This will show up on the purchase order.</li>
<li><strong>Unit of Measure &#8211; </strong>This is the optional unit of measure for the product.</li>
<li><strong>Min Qty-</strong> This is the optional minimum order quantity for this supplier.</li>
<li><strong>Breakdown-</strong>This is the optional breakdown quantity.</li>
<li><strong>Discount-</strong> Enter the optional discount percentage.</li>
<li><strong>Discount Amount</strong>- This is the optional discount currency amount.</li>
<li><strong>Manuracturer ID-</strong> This is the optional Manufacturers product number.</li>
<li><strong>Suppliers Description-</strong> Enter in the suppliers description of the product, this will show up on the purchase order</li>
<li><strong>Notes-</strong> This is an optional place to put notes.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>When you are done click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0205.png" alt="Save Button" width="15" height="17" /> button to save the record<strong>.</strong></li>
<li>If  you want to delete a supplier record select the record that you want to delete and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Icon" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0206.png" alt="Delete Icon " width="14" height="16" /> button.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Attachments"></a>Attachments</strong></p>
<p><strong>Instructions</strong><br /> You can associate files and pictures with all of your products through the Attachments tab in the products screen.</p>
<ol>
<li>lick on the Attachments tab <img class="nobreak" title="Attachments Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0207.png" alt="Attachments Tab" width="136" height="27" />
<ol>
<li>The following screen will be displayed <img class="alignnone" title="Attachments Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0208.png" alt="Attachments Screen" width="816" height="535" /></li>
<li>To add a new attached file or image press on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Record" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0203.png" alt="Add Record" width="15" height="17" /> button in the grid toolbar.  This will add another record to the grid.</li>
<li>Tab through the fields to add information to the grid.
<ol>
<li><strong>File Name-</strong> This is the file name of the file/image you are attaching.  This is automatically populated when the file is attached.</li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong> This is an optional description of the item that you are attaching.</li>
<li><strong>Type-</strong> Select the type of file you are attaching from the drop down list, the choices are File or Picture</li>
<li><strong>Add File&#8230;-</strong> Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="File Browser" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0209.png" alt="File Browser" width="74" height="15" /> icon in the field this will open up a file dialog in the default directory similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Open Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0210.png" alt="Open Dialog" width="739" height="423" /></li>
<li>Select the file you want to attach and click on the Open button.  When you have successfully attached a file your screen will look similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Attached File" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0211.png" alt="Attached File" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>You can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Open File Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0212.png" alt="Open File Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to view the file in its associated application.</li>
<li>To add images the process is the same except you select Picture from the Type field and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Select File" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0209.png" alt="Select File" width="74" height="15" /> field in the Add Picture &#8230; field.  This will open the file dialog box with a filter for images.  <img class="alignnone" title="Open Picture" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0213.png" alt="Open Picture" width="739" height="423" /></li>
<li>Click on the Open button and your attachment screen will look similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Show Image" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0214.png" alt="Show Image" width="734" height="482" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><a name="Channels"></a>Setting Up Channel Products</strong></p>
<p><strong>Instructions</strong><br /> The setup for each product channel varies for each channel.  However, before you can set up any product associations with your channels you have to set up the accounts through the Channel tab in the Tools-&gt;Preferences screen.  However, for all channels you need to set up the following.  For more details click on the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/" target="_blank">MCM</a> documentation.</p>
<ol>
<li>Create an Operator ID for each channel.</li>
<li>Set up the account login credentials in Tools-&gt;Preferences Channels tab</li>
</ol>
<p>For more details click on the <a href="../help/mcm-multichannel-manager/" target="_blank">MCM</a> documentation.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Amazon</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Amazon Tab <img class="nobreak" title="Click Amazon Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0215.png" alt="Click Amazon Tab" width="269" height="43" /></li>
<li>The Amazon channel screen will then show up. <img class="alignnone" title="Amazon Product Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0216.png" alt="Amazon Product Setup" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>Select the Amazon account from the Account drop down list.</li>
<li>Add the SKU.
<ol>
<li>This is the Amazon Seller SKU.  In order for the orders downloading from Amazon this has to match exactly to the Seller SKU.  In other words, if the product on Amazon is called Abc123, it must be called Abc123 in the SKU field in this screen and not ABC123 or aBc123 or Abc-123.  The SKU&#8217;s are case sensitive.    If the Seller SKU is in ALL CAPS on your Seller Central Account then you can check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0217.png" alt="Use Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" /> check box.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Add the ASIN  this is the unique identifier that is created by Amazon.  If your products are unique on your Amazon store, in other words one ASIN for each product then you can run the Amazon product import as discussed in the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/mcm-multichannel-manager/" target="_blank">MCM</a> documentation.</li>
<li>When you select a channel to assign a product to, Mailware assigns the retail price from the Product tab to the channel listing.  If you want to upload a different price to Amazon, uncheck the Use Current Retail Price and change the price in the Price field.</li>
<li>The In Stock quantity defaults to the In Stock quantity from the Stock Levels tab.  If you want to upload a different quantity to Amazon, uncheck the Use Current In Stock Quantity field and change the stock quantity in the In Stock field.</li>
<li>If the product is on sale check the <img class="nobreak" title="On Sale Check Box" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0218.png" alt="On Sale Check Box" width="60" height="17" /> box and add the Sale Price and set the start date and end date for the sale in the Sale Start Dt and Sale  End Dt fields.</li>
<li><strong>Sales Tax Code-</strong> This should be set to A_GEN_TAX</li>
<li><strong>Repricing Model ID-</strong> This field is used if you also have a ChannelMax account.</li>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong>Folder ID-</strong></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><span style="color: #000000;">Leadtime to Ship-</span></strong><span style="color: #000000;">Select the number of days from the download. <span style="color: #888888;"><br /> </span></span></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"><strong><span style="color: #000000;">Launch Date-</span></strong><span style="color: #000000;">Use this field to set when the product will be available for sale.  If it is left blank the product will be available immediately (as long as there is a quantity in stock).</span></span></span></span></li>
<li>
<div><strong>Allow gift message option-</strong> Select this check box if the product can include a gift message.</div>
</li>
<li><strong>Allow giftwrap option-</strong> Select this check box if the product includes an option to giftwrap.</li>
<li><strong>Amazon Fulfilled Item-</strong> Check this box if the product is fulfilled by Amazon.</li>
<li><strong>Condition-</strong>Use this drop down to select the  item condition.  The following table lists the conditions
<ol>
<li>Used; Like New</li>
<li>Used; Very Good</li>
<li>Used; Good</li>
<li>Used; Acceptable</li>
<li>Collectible; Like New</li>
<li>Collectible; Very Good</li>
<li>Collectible; Good</li>
<li>Collectible; Acceptable</li>
<li>Used; Refurbished (for Electronics and Camera &amp; Photo only)</li>
<li>Refurbished (for Computers, Kitchen &amp; Housewares, Electronics, and Camera &amp; Photo only)</li>
<li>New</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Item Note..-</strong> Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Item Note" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0219.png" alt="Item Note" width="75" height="22" /> to add notes for used products.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0220.png" alt="Save Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the channel listing.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0221.png" alt="Add Listing" width="94" height="23" /> button to add a new listing for the same product.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0222.png" alt="Make Active" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from InActive to active.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Inactive" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0223.png" alt="Make Inactive" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from Active to InActive.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0224.png" alt="Delete Listing" width="81" height="23" />marks the listing for deletion from Amazon.
<ol>
<li>If you want to delete a listing from the grid, select the listing and press Ctrl-D or select File-&gt;Delete.. from the text menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Open In Browser" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0225.png" alt="Open In Browser" width="105" height="23" /> will open the selected listing in a browser.</li>
<li>After creating the listing your Amazon Channel tab will look similar to this <img class="alignnone" title="Completed Amazon Listing " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0226.png" alt="Completed Amazon Listing" width="734" height="482" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>eBay</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click on the eBay Tab <img class="nobreak" title="Ebay Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0227.png" alt="Ebay Tab" width="112" height="27" /></li>
<li>The eBay channel screen will show up <img class="alignnone" title="eBay Channel Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0229.png" alt="eBay Channel Screen" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>Select the eBay account from the Account drop down list.</li>
<li>Add the SKU.
<ol>
<li>This is the Custom Field in the Ebay list.  In order for the orders downloading from eBay this has to match exactly to the Custom Field.  In other words, if the product on Custom Field is called Abc123, it must be called Abc123 in the SKU field in this screen and not ABC123 or aBc123 or Abc-123.  The SKU&#8217;s are case sensitive.    If the Custom Field is in ALL CAPS on your eBay Account then you can check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0217.png" alt="Use  Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" width="205" height="17" /> check box.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The <strong>Category #, Price, In Stock, On Sale, and Sale Price</strong> are currently not used and are reserved for when eBay product upload a is available.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0220.png" alt="Save  Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the channel listing.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0221.png" alt="Add  Listing" width="94" height="23" /> button to add a new listing for the same product.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0222.png" alt="Make  Active" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from InActive to active.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Inactive" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0223.png" alt="Make  Inactive" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from Active to InActive.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0224.png" alt="Delete Listing" width="81" height="23" />marks the listing for deletion from the channel.
<ol>
<li>If you want to delete a listing from the grid, select the listing and press Ctrl-D or select File-&gt;Delete.. from the text menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Fulfillment By Amazon (FBA)</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Fulfillment By Amazon Tab <img class="nobreak" title="FBA Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0230.png" alt="FBA Tab" width="188" height="25" /></li>
<li>The Amazon Fulfillment By Amazon channel screen will then show up. <img class="alignnone" title="FBA Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0231.png " alt="FBA Screen" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>Select the Fulfillment By Amazon account from the Account drop down list.</li>
<li>Add the SKU.
<ol>
<li>This is the Amazon Seller SKU.  In order for the orders downloading from Amazon this has to match exactly to the Seller SKU.  In other words, if the product on Amazon is called Abc123, it must be called Abc123 in the SKU field in this screen and not ABC123 or aBc123 or Abc-123.  The SKU&#8217;s are case sensitive.    If the Seller SKU is in ALL CAPS on your Seller Central Account then you can check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0217.png" alt="Use  Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" width="205" height="17" /> check box.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0220.png" alt="Save   Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the channel listing.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0221.png" alt="Add   Listing" width="94" height="23" /> button to add a new listing for the same product.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0222.png" alt="Make Active" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from InActive to active.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Inactive" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0223.png" alt="Make   Inactive" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from Active to InActive.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0224.png" alt="Delete Listing" width="81" height="23" />marks the listing for deletion from the channel.
<ol>
<li>If you want to delete a listing from the grid, select the listing and press Ctrl-D or select File-&gt;Delete.. from the text menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Buy.com</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Buy.com tab <img class="nobreak" title="Buy.com Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0232.png" alt="Buy.com Tab" width="134" height="23" /></li>
<li>The Buy.com screen will show up <img class="alignnone" title="Buy.com Setup Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0233.png" alt="Buy.com Setup Screen" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>Select the Buy.com channel account from the Account drop down list.</li>
<li>Add the Reference ID.
<ol>
<li>This is the same Reference ID that is used to identify your product in your Buy.com account.  In order for the orders downloading from Buy.com this has to match exactly to the Reference ID.  In other words, if the product on Buy.com is called Abc123, it must be called Abc123 in the reference ID field in this screen and not ABC123 or aBc123 or Abc-123.  The Reference ID&#8217;s are case sensitive.    If the Reference ID  is in ALL CAPS on your Buy.com Account then you can check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0217.png" alt="Use   Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" width="205" height="17" /> check box.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Add the UPC for the Product.
<ol>
<li><strong>Note:</strong> This is required for inventory updates.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0220.png" alt="Save    Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the channel listing.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0221.png" alt="Add    Listing" width="94" height="23" /> button to add a new listing for the same product.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0222.png" alt="Make    Active" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from InActive to active.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Inactive" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0223.png" alt="Make    Inactive" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from Active to InActive.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0224.png" alt="Delete Listing" width="81" height="23" />marks the listing for deletion from the channel.
<ol>
<li>If you want to delete a listing from the grid, select the listing and press Ctrl-D or select File-&gt;Delete.. from the text menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The <strong>UPC</strong>, <strong>Price, Leadtime to Ship, Condition and Description </strong>are currently not used and are reserved for when Buy.com product upload a is available.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Volusion</strong>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Volusion tab <img class="nobreak" title="Volusion Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0235.png" alt="Volusion Tab" width="76" height="23" /></li>
<li>The Buy.com screen will show up <img class="alignnone" title="Volusion Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0236.png" alt="Volusiotn Screen" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>Select the Volusion account from the Account drop down list.</li>
<li>Add the SKU.
<ol>
<li>This is the same SKU that is used to identify your product in your Volusion store.  In order for the orders downloading from your Volusion store this has to match exactly to the SKU in this field.  In other words, if the product on your Volusion store is called Abc123, it must be called Abc123 in the SKU field in this screen and not ABC123 or aBc123 or Abc-123.  The SKU&#8217;s are case sensitive.    If the SKU in your Volusion store  is in ALL CAPS then you can check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" src="../images/help/help-12-0217.png" alt="Use    Mailware Prduct Number as SKU" width="205" height="17" /> check box.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Category #-</strong> This is a required field for  uploading the product to the Volusion store.  To determine what category number to use check your Volusion administrative panel.</li>
<li><strong>Price -</strong> When adding a new channel listing Mailware defaults to using the current retail price.  If you want Volusion to upload a different price, uncheck the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Current Retail Price" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0237.png" alt="Use Current Retail Price" width="169" height="17" /> check box and edit the price field.</li>
<li><strong>In Stock-</strong> Enter in the stock quantity that you want to upload to your Volusion store.  If you always want to upload the Mailware in stock quantity to Volusion check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Current In Stock Quantity" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0238.png" alt="Use Current In Stock Quantity" width="169" height="17" /></li>
<li><strong>On Sale-</strong> Check this box if you want to offer a sale price on the product.</li>
<li><strong>Sale Price-</strong> If you select the On Sale check box add the sale price into this field.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0220.png" alt="Save Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the channel listing.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0221.png" alt="Add Listing" width="94" height="23" /> button to add a new listing for the same product.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0222.png" alt="Make Active" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from InActive to active.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Inactive" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0223.png" alt="Make Inactive" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from Active to InActive.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0224.png" alt="Delete Listing" width="81" height="23" />marks the listing for deletion from the channel.
<ol>
<li>If you want to delete a listing from the grid, select the listing and press Ctrl-D or select File-&gt;Delete.. from the text menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>Other SQL Based Channels</strong>
<ol>
<li>Below are general setup instructions for the other channels not mentioned in this document.  As of Build 1116 these instructions apply to the following carts.
<ol>
<li>Magento</li>
<li>OS Commerce</li>
<li>X-Cart</li>
<li>Zen Cart</li>
<li>Custom (MySQL)</li>
<li>Custom (SQL Server)</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Select the channel tab that you will be adding the product to <img class="nobreak" title="Custom MySQL" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0239.png" alt="Custom MySQL" width="117" height="21" /></li>
<li>This will show the following screen <img class="alignnone" title="Custom MySQL Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0240.png" alt="Custom MySQL Setup" width="734" height="482" /></li>
<li>Select the channel account you are adding the product to from the Account drop down.</li>
<li>Add the SKU, this is the Product that you want to upload to the cart, it is also the alias for orders that are downloaded from the cart.  This is case sensitive, so you must match exactly what will be downloaded if this product is ordered.  In other words, if the product on the cart is called Abc123, the SKU field must show Abc123 and not ABC123 (the default Mailware product number) .  If you are adding a new product to the store, then select the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Mailware Product Number as SKU" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0217.png" alt="Use Mailware Produt Number as SKU" width="205" height="17" /></li>
<li><strong>Category #-</strong> This is the category number that this product will be associated with on the store.  To determine this value depends on the channel and the specific implementation of the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Price -</strong> When adding a new channel listing Mailware defaults to using the current retail price.  If you want the channel to upload a different price, uncheck the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Current  Retail Price" src="../images/help/help-12-0237.png" alt="Use  Current Retail Price" width="169" height="17" /> check box and edit the price field.</li>
<li><strong>In Stock-</strong> Enter in the stock quantity that you want to upload to your store.  If you always want to upload the Mailware in stock quantity to the channel check the <img class="nobreak" title="Use  Current In Stock Quantity" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0238.png" alt="Use  Current In Stock Quantity" width="169" height="17" /></li>
<li><strong>On Sale-</strong> Check this box if you want to offer a sale price on the product.</li>
<li><strong>Sale Price-</strong> If you select the On Sale check box add the sale price into this field.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0220.png" alt="Save  Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the channel listing.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0221.png" alt="Add  Listing" width="94" height="23" /> button to add a new listing for the same product.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Active" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0222.png" alt="Make  Active" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from InActive to active.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Make Inactive" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0223.png" alt="Make  Inactive" width="84" height="23" /> button toggles a product from Active to InActive.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Listing" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0224.png" alt="Delete Listing" width="81" height="23" />marks the listing for deletion from the channel.
<ol>
<li>If you want to delete a listing from the grid, select the listing and press Ctrl-D or select File-&gt;Delete.. from the text menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><strong>NOTES: </strong>Most of this type of store (channel) support full implementation of the MCM.  This means, downloading orders, uploading tracking numbers (shipping confirmation) and product upload.  However, there are some carts that do not support all three data transfers.  Below are some known issues with specific carts
<ol>
<li><strong>X-Cart</strong>-Due to the complex nature of the database schema used in X-Cart, it is not possible to do a full product upload.  What Mailware can do is update existing products (prices, in stock quantities) but cannot add new products.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> As is the case with any inventory management system, the Products table is at the center of it operations.  The Products table interacts directly with the following tables Discounts, Supplier, ProdType, LocStock,Location, Subscription, Assembly, ProductSuppliers, ProductAttachments and ChannelListings.  It is important to note that with your installation of Mailware, not all of these tables will have data in them.</p>
<p>When you click on the New product button, the software creates a blank record in the Products table.  The product number is entered and Mailware will capitalize what is entered into the Product # field.  It is important to understand that this field is the primary key in the table and if you key in a product number that is already in Mailware it will through an error message.  The supplier drop down is populated with a list of the suppliers from the suppliers table.  When you select a supplier from the list the associated SupplierNo is added to the SupplierNo field in the Products table.   The Product Type drop down is populated with the Description field from the ProdType table.   When, the product type is selected, the associated ProductCode is added to the ProdType field in the Product table.  If you have subproducts set up in Mailware, the Master Code dropdown is populated with a list of all of the distinct MasterCodes from the SubProducts table.  When a MasterCode is selected that value is populated in the Serial field of the products table.</p>
<p>Quantity pricing is handled in the Discounts table.  Depending on what type of discount pricing you select, Retail, Wholesale, Price3, Price4, By Source Key or Reorder Price , the data are put into the table in the following manner.  When a new record is added to the Discounts table, a new record is added to the table and the DiscountNo field is populated with the next number in the sequence, the ProductNo is pulled from the current record in the Products table and the PriceLevel is populated with the type of price level (Retail,Wholesale, Price3,Price4, Source Cod, or Reorder Pr); the From Qty, To Qty and Unit Price fields are populated from the Discounts dialog box for volume discounts and the Source Key,  is populated from the Ads table.</p>
<p>Item substitutions are added to the SubstProductNo,SubstProductNo2, SubstOrductNo3 fields in the Products table.</p>
<p>When an Assembly (Kit) is created a record is added to the with the ProductNo of the master product is added to the ProductNo field in the Assembly table.    When an assembly item is selected from the Product No list in the interface that productNo is added to the AddProductNo field in the Assembly table.  If the price fields are left blank the software will use the retail prices for each individual product in the Kit in addition to the master kit price.  If you want the Kit price to be just the Master product price set the price fields to zero.</p>
<p>When multiple suppliers are used the ProductNo for the current product is added to the ProductNo field in the ProductSuppliers table.  The SupplierNo is populated from the drop down list in the interface showing a list of the Suppliers in the system.  The ProductSuppliersNo is an autoincrementing field.  The remaining values in the Suppliers tab correspond to the fields in the ProductSuppliers table.</p>
<p>If files are attached to a product the data regarding the attached files are stored in the ProductAttachments table.  The actual data is stored in the Attachments/Products folder.  When a file is attached to a product the ProductNo is added to the ProductNo field in the ProductAttachments table, in addition the Description, Type fields are updated from the corresponding fields in the Attachments tab.   After the file is selected the file name is added to the FileName field in the ProductAttachments table.</p>
<p>When a product is added to a channel the ChannelListings table is populated in the following manner.  The ChannelNo field is populated  with the ChannelNo from the Channels table.  As of Build 1116 the following channel numbers are assigned.</p>
<p>1    Amazon<br /> 2    eBay<br /> 3    X-Cart<br /> 4    Zen Cart<br /> 5    Custom (MySQL)<br /> 6    Custom (SQL Server)<br /> 7    Half.com *<br /> 8    osCommerce<br /> 9    Magento<br /> 10    Volusion<br /> 11    Buy.com<br /> 12    Yahoo! *<br /> 13    Mailware Web *<br /> 14    Fulfillment By Amazon<br /> 15    ChannelMAX<br /> 16    Shopify *<br /> 17    Just Add Commerce<br /> 18    Custom FTP *<br /> 19    T-HUB *</p>
<p>* Channel not currently implemented</p>
<p>The ChannelAccountNo is pulled from the ChannelAccounts table based on the Account selected from the Account drop down list in the Channel.  The ProductNo is populated from the selected product.  The SKU, Price, IsCurrentRetailPrice,IsOnSale,SalePrice,SaleStartDt,SaleEndDt,UPC,EAN,ISBN,ASIN,IsActive,IsRemove,IsDelete, LaunchDt,LeadtimeToShipDays,IsGiftwrapAvailable,IsGiftMessageAvailable,IsProductNoAsSKU, CategoryNo,InStock, IsFulFillmentByAmazon, ItemCondition, ItemNote, RepricingModelId, TaxCode, and RepricingFolderID are all populated from the Channel tab depending on what channel is selected.  Other fields in the ChannelListings table are either not currently used or, used for process tracking.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/products/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Adjust Inventory</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/adjust-inventory/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/adjust-inventory/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2010 20:04:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3191</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How to use the Adjust Inventory This feature allows you to quickly take inventory or add and delete items from stock. Instructions You can use the Adjust Inventory Action to quickly add items to your inventory, or delete them. Note: When deleting inventory counts will be appropriately reduced by the Adjust To number or changed [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>How to use the Adjust Inventory</h2>
<p>This feature allows you to quickly take inventory or add and delete items from stock.</p>
<p><strong><span style="font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">Instructions<br /> </span></strong>You can use the Adjust Inventory Action to quickly  add items to your inventory, or delete them. Note: When deleting inventory  counts will be appropriately reduced by the Adjust To number or changed to the  Change To quantity, however, no record of the deletion will be maintained.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Adjust Inventory feature, click on <img class="alignnone" title="Adjust Inventory " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0120.png" alt="Adjust Inventory" width="193" height="44" /></li>
<li> This will bring up the Adjust Inventory screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Adjust Inventory Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0121.png" alt="Adjust Inventory Screen" width="789" height="561" /></li>
<li>The dialog is blank when it opens. You can enter items individually using a bar  code wand or by typing the Product Number in the Product column of the grid. You  can also lookup products by clicking the <img class="nobreak" style="border: 0pt none;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0122.png" border="0" alt="" width="17" height="16" align="absMiddle" /> button which appears in the grid.  Alternatively, you can Prefill the list with all your existing inventory by  clicking the <img class="nobreak" title="Prefill Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0124.png" alt="Prefill Button" width="75" height="21" /> button. Note: The grid will not include any items in your  inventory which you have marked as &#8220;Non-Inventory Items.&#8221;</li>
<li>During the Prefill process you will see a scroll bar as the table is populated with the inventory information. <img class="alignnone" title="Prefill" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0123.png" alt="Prefill" width="789" height="561" /></li>
<li>As you enter each item or scroll through the Prefill list you can adjust  quantities up or down using the Adjust by Method. Enter a number to adjust  quantities (e.g., to add three more items to inventory enter the number 3. If  you had 2 in inventory this will add 3 more for a total of 5). If you are not  using Prefill, you can default the number of items added or deleted by selecting  a value in the Default Adjust by field. The default number may be changed as you  enter items, or you can check the Skip the Adjust by field and simply enter or  wand items. This is quicker if you always add or subtract one.</li>
<li>Instead of adjusting items, you can change quantities to a different number by  selecting the <img class="nobreak" title="Use Change To Method" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0125.png" alt="Use Change To Method" width="157" height="17" />. As you enter items or scroll through Prefill  items you enter the actual number you wish to show in stock (e.g., If you enter  4 then the number in stock when you save will show a quantity of 4 in Mailware).  You can use either Adjust By or Change To in any single session.<img class="alignnone" title="Prefilled Products" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0127.png" alt="Prefilled Products" width="789" height="561" /></li>
<li>When you have finished a session <strong>close all workstations running Mailware</strong>, then  click the <img class="nobreak" title="Update " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0126.png" alt="Update" width="68" height="21" /> button. All changes made will be written to your product database  at that time. If any records were locked you will receive a message indicating  that some items could not be changed. Click OK and you will be returned to the  grid where only the unchanged items will be displayed. You can then Save again  to make the changes.NOTE: If you experience a system crash or other  system failure you can open the ADJINV.LOG file in your Mailware (C:\Program Files\Mailware 20XX)  directory to see which changes were actually made to your database and which  were not saved. You can then reenter your changes. This is a backup safety  measure.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Additional Information</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>You can enter items more than once in the Grid. This is desirable  when using the Adjust by method (e.g., If you enter or wand an item and adjust  it by 1, then enter it again later and adjust it by 2 the total number added to  your inventory when you save will be 3). Currently when using the Change To  method the same item may be entered more than once. In this situation the last  item entered will be the final quantity for the product (e.g., If you enter an  item with a Change To quantity of 3, then enter it again later with a quantity  of 4 the final quantity in Mailware will be 4).</li>
<li>When you save a session changes are made to your Product database  all at once. Before the changes are written a log file (Adjinv.log) is created  in your Mailware directory (C:\Program Files\Mailware 20XX). If you experience a system crash or  other failure you can open the log with notepad to see which changes were made  to your database, and which need to be reentered in the Adjust Inventory  action.</li>
<li>Greyed fields in the grid are for informational purposes only and  cannot be changed. To make changes to these fields open Mailware and use the  Product table.</li>
<li>If you wand or enter a product number that is not included in your  Mailware database a message will appear stating &#8220;Product does not exist in  database&#8221;. You can set these items aside and add them to your product database  through Mailware as in item 3 above.</li>
<li>The Adjust Inventory action does not support fractional  quantities.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Filter Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0128.png" alt="filter Button" width="75" height="21" /> button allows you to select groups of products based on filter criteria.  <img class="alignnone" title="Adjust Inventory Filter" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0129.png" alt="Adjust Inventory Filter" width="512" height="274" />
<ol>
<li>Note, this feature only works after data has been added to the grid either through the Prefill method or by keying or scanning in product numbers.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>As of Mailware 2011 (Build 1115) the <img class="nobreak" title="Reason Code" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-13-0130.png" alt="Reason Code" width="219" height="22" /> feature is not fully built out.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD: </strong>This feature uses primarily the AdjustInv table.  When you use the Prefill&#8230; option the software populates the AdjustInv with the ProductNo from the Products table.  The query excludes products that have been marked non-inventory.  Depending on what adjustment method is used, either the QtyAdd or QtyChangeTo fields are populated with the data that are keyed in in the interface.  When the Update button is clicked the InStock amounts are either adjusted by or changed to the amounts in the AdjustInv table and the Updated field is changed to True.  If one of the records in the Products table is locked the Updated flag remains false and the Product(s) remain in the AdjustInv table.  All records that have the Updated flag set to True are then deleted.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/adjust-inventory/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Server Administration Tool</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/server-administration-tool/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/server-administration-tool/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2010 06:04:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3210</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Introduction The DBIASM server administration tool is where you manage users and Mailware databases that are connected to client computers through the DBIASM database engine. This tool can also be used to monitor who is connected to the databases as well as the status of the database engine as well. Quick Jump To Starting the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Introduction</strong></h2>
<p>The DBIASM server administration tool is where you manage users and Mailware databases that are connected to client computers through the DBIASM database engine. This tool can also be used to monitor who is connected to the databases as well as the status of the database engine as well.</p>
<p><strong>Quick Jump To</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="#Starting">Starting the Server Administration Tool</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="#Logging">Logging In to the Server</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="#Linking">Linking a Mailware Database to the Client-Server Engine</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="#AddUsers">Adding Users</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="#LinkingUsers">Linking Users to Databases</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="#Procedures">Procedures</a></strong>
<ul>
<li><strong><a href="#ProcedureUsers">Procedure Users</a></strong></li>
<li><strong><a href="#Events">Events</a></strong></li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong><a href="#OtherInformation">Other Useful Information</a></strong></li>
</ul>
<p><strong><a name="Starting"></a>Starting the Server Administration Tool</strong></p>
<p>Once the database tools have been downloaded and installed, the Server Administration Tool can be started from the DBIASM Additional Software and Utilities menu from the start button.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Start Server Admin Tool" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0100.png" alt="Start Server Admin Tool" /></p>
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> On newer installations (Mailware 2011) the Server Administration Tool will be installed in the Mailware 20XX folder in the start menu where XX is the year version that  you are running.</p>
<p><strong><a name="Logging"></a>Logging In to the Server</strong></p>
<p>When the  Administration Tool has started, connect to the server via File-&gt;Login</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Login To Server Admin" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0112.png" alt="Login To Server Admin" width="777" height="497" /></p>
<p>The login dialog box will pop up. The default administrator login and password are admin/DBAdmin.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Login Prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0113.png" alt="Login Prompt" width="279" height="151" /></p>
<p>Click the Server tab. Change the following:</p>
<ul>
<li>Connection Timeout: 3600</li>
<li>Dead Session Cleanup: 30</li>
<li>Dead Session Expiration: 120</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong><a name="Linking"></a>Linking a Mailware Database to the Client-Server Engine</strong></p>
<p>In order to take advantage of the client-server engine, the engine needs to know where the Mailware database(s) are located. You do this from the Databases tab.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Select Databases Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0114.png" alt="Select Databases Tab" width="777" height="497" /></p>
<p>In the Database Information portion of the dialog box, name the database the same as you did in the clientserver.ini file next to the RemoteDatabase field. If the RemoteDatabase is missing from the clientserver.ini file then the name of the database must be Mailware.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Add Database Directory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0115.png" alt="Add Database Directory" width="777" height="497" /></p>
<p>Use the Select&#8230; button next to the directory field to open a file browser dialog box to navigate to the folder that contains the mailware database. <strong>Note:</strong> <strong>This is not the folder that contains the clientserver.ini file.</strong></p>
<p>Click the Save button to add the database to the database engine.</p>
<p>This can be repeated for as many Mailware databases that are on the system (provided that they have a valid clientserver.ini file).</p>
<p><strong><a name="AddUsers"></a>Adding Users</strong></p>
<p>In order for client computers to access the Mailware databases through the client-server engine users have to be created and then linked to the mailware databases. To add users to the system you start by selecting the Users tab. By default the Admin user has been created. To add additional users click the Add button.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Add Users" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0116.png" alt="Add Users" width="777" height="497" /></p>
<p>Key in a User Name and Password in the appropriate fields in the User Information box. Note, only users with the Administrator check box checked will be able to log into this Database Administration Tool. Depending on the size of your company, there should only be a select few who have administrator privileges to access this utility. Use this option wisely!</p>
<p>Use this screen to add other users to the system. Keep in mind that it is not necessary to have every Mailware user have a User Name on the client server. The Operators &amp; Security settings in Mailware offer much more control over who has access to features than does the client-server engine.</p>
<p><strong><a name="LinkingUsers"></a>Linking Users to Databases</strong></p>
<p>Up to this point you have all your users added to the client-server engine. However, they will not be able to connect to the database(s) until they become Database Users. This is how you associate your users with your Mailware companies.</p>
<p>This is done through the Database Users tab.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Assign Users" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0117.png" alt="Assign Users" width="777" height="497" /></p>
<p>First, select the Mailware database from the drop-down list on the left side of the menu box. Once this has been done a list of users who have access to this database will appear in the list box below.</p>
<p>To select a user that you want linked to this database select them from the drop-down list on the right side of the menu box. Once you have selected a user, in most cases you will check all of the Rights boxes below the User Name drop-down.</p>
<p>Click Save to complete the action.</p>
<p><strong><a name="Procedures"></a>Procedures</strong></p>
<p>The procedures tab allows scripts to be run on a periodic basis.  To set up a procedure, click on the Procedures tab.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Procedures tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-188.png" alt="" width="769" height="493" /></p>
<p>In the name field key in the name of the Mailware script preceded by Mailware followed by a colon.  So if the script that  you want to automate is called MyScript.mws, then the name would be Mailware:MyScript.mws.  The script will need to be installed in the Mailware data directory, not in the MailwareCS folder.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The script will need to have all of the prompts removed before it can be run from the CS Engine.  To find out how to do that check out our <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/creating-and-running-scripts/" target="_blank">Creating and Running Scripts </a> help page</p>
<p>The following screen shows how the script name will look.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-189.png" alt="" width="769" height="493" /></p>
<p>Click on the <a href="NoBreak"><img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-190.png" alt="" width="75" height="25" /></a> button.</p>
<p><strong><a name="ProcedureUsers"></a>Procedure Users</strong></p>
<p>In order to be able to run procedures in the client server engine you will need to assign a user to the procedure.  In normal circumstances this involves simply assigning the Admin user to the procedure.  To set  up a Procedure User, click on the Procedure Users tab.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Procedures Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-191.png" alt="" width="769" height="493" /></p>
<p>Click on the procedure that  you want to run  from the Procedure drop-down list and then click on the Add button.  By default the Admin user will be selected in the User Name screen</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Assign Procedure User" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-192.png" alt="" width="446" height="336" /></p>
<p>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-190.png" alt="" width="75" height="25" /> button to save the changes.</p>
<p><strong><a name="Events"></a>Events</strong></p>
<p>The Events tab is where you set the frequency that a procedure (script) will run.  Click on the Events tab, you will get a screen similar to the one below.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Events Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-193.png" alt="" width="769" height="493" /></p>
<p>To create a new scheduled event, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-194.png" alt="" width="60" height="25" /> button.  In the Event Information screen enter in the following information in the fields</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Name</strong>-Enter the name of the procedure that you want to run.  You will need to use the same naming convention that was used when the procedure was set up.  So if the script is called MyScript.mws, then the name would be <strong>Mailware:MyScript.mws</strong></li>
<li><strong>Description-</strong>Enter an optional description of the procedure.</li>
<li><strong>Run Type-</strong>Select the frequency that  you want the procedure to run. The options are Once, Hourly, Daily,Weekly and Monthly.  In most cases you would select hourly.</li>
<li><strong>Starting/Ending-</strong> Select the date range that you want the procedure to run.</li>
<li><strong>From/until-</strong> Select the time that you want the procedure to run.  Depending on how long the procedure takes to run, you will need to allocate a large enough time window for the procedure to complete.</li>
<li><strong>Every-</strong> This is where you set the time span that the procedure.  In most cases you would set this to one hour.</li>
</ul>
<p>When you have finished setting up the Event, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Save Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-190.png" alt="" width="75" height="25" /> button.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong><a name="OtherInformation"></a>Other Useful Information</strong></p>
<p>If you want to know what version of the client-server engine is running it is located on the title bar of the Server Administration Tool.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Server Version" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0118.png" alt="Server Version" width="777" height="497" /></p>
<p>The Status tab also has a wealth of information on who is connected to the server. It also allows you to disconnect users or even start or stop the Client-Server engine.</p>
<p>The Log tab will display a detailed list of all the events that have occurred since the server was started. This is very useful if users are experiencing problems accessing the databases.</p>
<p><img class="alignnone" title="Server Log" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-14-0119.png" alt="Server Log" width="777" height="497" /></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/server-administration-tool/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Client-Server Setup</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2010 01:42:21 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation and Setup]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3193</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Client-Server Setup Instructions. Client/Server is more secure and is much less prone to data corruption. Only the server accesses the data so if it is in good working order you will not see any data corruption. The workstations access it only via the server. The following instructions are general in nature and may vary depending [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Client-Server Setup Instructions.</h2>
<p>Client/Server is more secure and is much less prone to data corruption. Only the server accesses the data so if it is in good working order you will not see any data corruption. The workstations access it only via the server.</p>
<p>The following instructions are general in nature and may vary depending on your specific server configuration.</p>
<ol>
<ol>
<li>Download the <strong>full install</strong> of the version of Mailware that you are licensed for from http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/</li>
<li>When  you run the installer on your server make sure that you select the Client-Server option.</li>
<li>After the install is complete, create a folder on your system for each company that you will be running through client-server.  For example c:\MailwareCS</li>
<li>Share the new folder and give it full permissions to Everyone.</li>
<li>Copy the reports folder from your data directory to the new directory.  Normally this is c:\Mailware\Data\reports</li>
<li>Create a tools folder in the new directory.  For example c:\Mailware\CS\tools</li>
<li>Copy all of the Mailware Script files (.mws extention) into the new c:\Mailware\CS folder.  <strong>NOTE: Do not copy the Mailware Scripts into the tools folder.</strong></li>
<li>Create a new file in the c:\Mailware\CS folder and call it clientserver.ini</li>
<li>Open Notepad or some other text editor and add the following to the new clientserver.ini file<br />
<code>[Settings]<br />
UseClientServer=1<br />
IPAddress=127.0.0.1<br />
Port=12005<br />
HostName=<br />
Service=<br />
RemoteDatabase="Mailware"</code></li>
<li>Change the IPAddress= to be the IP address of your server.</li>
</ol>
</ol>
<p>To check your IP address click the Windows Start button then choose Control Panel (you may need to select Settings, then Control Panel). Double click Network Connections. In the dialog that opens double-click your network connection. In the dialog that opens click the Support tab which displays your IP address (Note: this is the IP address for the PC, not necessarily its IP for the Internet.).</p>
<ol>
<li>Save the clientserver.ini in the c:\Mailware\CS folder.</li>
<li>To Ensure that the client-server is set up as a service do the following.
<ol>
<li>Open a Command window (Start-&gt;Run-&gt;Cmd)</li>
<li>Navigate to the directory that contains the client server file.  It will be in c:\Program Files\Mailware\20XX\CS Engine where XX is the version year of Mailware you are installing.</li>
<li>Type the following command in the Command Prompt: dbsrvr /install</li>
<li>If the client-server engine was installed correctly you will get a prompt similar to <img title="Service Installed  Successfully" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0103.png" alt="Service Installed Successfully" width="217" height="131" /></li>
<li>Below is an example of setting up the client-server as a service.  <img title="Command Line Setup" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0102.png" alt="Command Line Setup" width="669" height="341" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>To start the Service you will need to do the following
<ol>
<li>Double click on the Administrative Tools from the Control Panel</li>
<li>Double click on the Services icon</li>
<li>Locate the Mailware Client-Server service, it will have the form  DBSRVR_MW_20XX_YYYY where XX is the version year of the software and YYYY is the build number. <img title="Services" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0104.png" alt="Services" width="638" height="453" /></li>
<li>Click on the Start hyperlink to start the service.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>On your server, click the Windows Start button and select All Programs&gt;DBIASAM Additional Software and Utilities&gt;Server Administration Utility. <img class="alignnone" title="Start the Client Server Admin" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0100.png" alt="Start the Client Server Admin" width="250" height="418" />
<ol>
<li>If you are installing Mailware 2010 or later the Server Administration Utility will be located under Mailware XXXX in the start menu.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>From the Server Administration Utility <img class="alignnone" title="Login to Server" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0101.png" alt="Login to Server" width="777" height="497" />
<ol>
<li>Click on File Login to Server you will get a login screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Administrative Login" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0110.png" alt="Administrative Login" width="280" height="155" /></li>
<li>For the default login use Admin as the User Name and DBAdmin as the Password.</li>
<li>Click on the Databases tab and then the Add button.</li>
<li>In the Name field that appears type Mailware. Browse to the directory that contains your Mailware data, then click Save (Note: You must name the database Mailware (or whatever you named it in the clientserver.ini file).</li>
<li>Click on the Users tab and add as many users as you need.</li>
<li>Click on the Database Users table and then click Add at the bottom.  Select one of the users you added from the pulldown that lights up.  Check all of the Rights to Grant and click Save.  Repeat this for all users.</li>
<li>Close the Server Administration Utility.
<ol>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/server-administration-tool/" target="_blank">Click</a> for more detail information on the Server Administration Utility</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Open Mailware and click File-&gt;New Database from the text menu.<img class="alignnone" title="New Database" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0106.png" alt="New Database" width="690" height="465" /></li>
<li>From the Open Database screen <img class="alignnone" title="Open Database " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0107.png" alt="Open Database" width="474" height="284" /></li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0108.png" alt="Add" width="50" height="21" /> button</li>
<li>Give the Company a name such as MailwareCS</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="DotDotDot" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0109.png" alt="DotDotDot" width="17" height="17" /> button and navigate to the c:\MailwareCS folder.</li>
<li>Click on the Ok button after you have saved the location and then click Ok again to exit the Open Database screen.</li>
<li>You should now get a login prompt similar to <img class="alignnone" title="Login Prompt" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-15-0110.png" alt="Login Prompt" width="280" height="155" /></li>
<li>To test your connection to the Mailware database through the client-server use the User Name of Admin and DBAdmin as the Password.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>NOTE: </strong>For setting up multiple companies:</p>
<ol>
<li>Create a new database in the server admin utility, then</li>
<li>Create a separate folder for each company with its own clientserver.ini and,</li>
<li>Name the RemoteDatabase above to the same name as the db you created.</li>
<li>For all folders include a reports and tools folder to store reports and script shortcuts.</li>
</ol>
<p>Scripts are stored in the same folder as the clientserver.ini file</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/client-server-setup/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Suppliers</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Dec 2010 20:32:25 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3166</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Creating and Managing Suppliers Whats New in 2011? The ability to assign a Buyer to a supplier. Default FOB Default Terms Minimum Purchase and Free Freight amounts Discount % Credit Line To access the Suppliers  feature click on the Setup Tab on the Mailware Explorer Then select the Suppliers icon form the Mailware Explorer. NOTE: [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Creating and Managing Suppliers</h2>
<h3>Whats New in 2011?</h3>
<ul>
<li>The ability to assign a Buyer to a supplier.</li>
<li>Default FOB</li>
<li>Default Terms</li>
<li>Minimum Purchase and Free Freight amounts</li>
<li>Discount %</li>
<li>Credit Line</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To access the Suppliers  feature click on the Setup Tab  on the Mailware Explorer <img class="alignnone" title="Setup Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-085.png" alt="Setup Tab" width="739" height="95" /></li>
<li>Then select the Suppliers icon form the Mailware Explorer. <img class="alignnone" title="Suppliers" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-086.png" alt="Suppliers" width="195" height="45" /> <strong>NOTE: </strong>You can also access the suppliers screen from the Inventory option in the top navigation bar.  <img class="alignnone" title="Supplier Navigation" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-087.png" alt="Supplier Navigation" width="739" height="464" /></li>
<li>This will display the Product Supply Vendors screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Product Supply Vendors" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-088.png" alt="Product Supply Vendors" width="818" height="583" /></li>
<li>The interface is divided into three tabs Vendor Information, Products and Purchase Orders.</li>
<li>To Add a new Supplier/Vendor click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-089.png" alt="New Button" width="66" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>At this time you can key in all the vendor information that you need for your business.</li>
<li>To associate a buyer with the supplier select them from the drop down list.  If you need to add a buyer you can add them from the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Operators &amp; Security</a><span style="color: #000000;"> menu.</span></span></li>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;"> </span></span>The <img class="nobreak" title="Email Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-090.png" alt="Email Button" width="23" height="22" /> button will launch your email client and populate the email address with the suppliers email address.</li>
<li>The Products tab will show all of the products for the selected supplier.  <img class="alignnone" title="Supplier Products Tab" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-091.png" alt="Supplier Products Tab" width="818" height="583" />
<ol>
<li>You can edit one of the products listed by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-092.png" alt="Edit Button" width="65" height="21" /> button.  This will open the Products screen with the selected product in view.  <img class="alignnone" title="Edit Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-094.png" alt="Edit Product" width="726" height="520" /></li>
<li> If you want to add a product from this screen click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Product Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-095.png" alt="Add Product Button" width="65" height="21" /> button.  A new record will be added to the products table with the selected supplier populated in the supplier field.  <img class="alignnone" title="Add Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-093.png" alt="Add Product" width="726" height="520" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The Purchase Orders tab will show all of the purchase orders for the selected  supplier.  <img class="alignnone" title="Supplier Purchase Orders" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-096.png" alt="Supplier Purchase Orders" width="818" height="583" />
<ol>
<li>To edit one of the purchase orders on the list select it from the list and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Edit Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-092.png" alt="Edit Button" width="65" height="21" /> button.  <img class="alignnone" title="Edit Purchase Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-097.png" alt="Edit Purchase Order" width="744" height="520" /></li>
<li>To add a new purchase order for this supplier click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Purchase Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-095.png" alt="Add Purchase Order" width="65" height="21" /> button.  This will create a new purchase order for the selected supplier. <img class="alignnone" title="New Purchase Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-02-098.png" alt="New Purchase Order" width="744" height="520" /> For help on purchase orders click <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/" target="_blank">here</a>.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>You can add new products or create new purchase orders by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add PO or Product" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-16-099.png" alt="Add PO or Product" width="182" height="22" /> icons from the top of the suppliers screen.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The suppliers feature uses primarily the Suppliers table.  However it interacts with numerous other tables in the system including the Products and PO tables.  When the new supplier is added to the new system the SupplierNo field is autoincremented and when you finish adding the supplier information and click on the Save button, the data are added to the Supplier table.</p>
<p>When you click on the Products tab the software queries the Products and ProductSuppliers tables for all of the Products that are assigned to the selected supplier.</p>
<p>When you click on the Purchase Orders tab the software queries the PO table for all of the purchase orders that were issued to the selected vendor.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Purchase Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 10 Dec 2010 16:14:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3147</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How to Create Purchase Orders Whats New in 2011? Item level discounts (both Percent or Amount) Multiple Receiving Addresses To access the Purchase Orders feature click on the Purchase Orders icon on the Mailware Explorer This will bring up the Purchase Order screen. To create a new purchase order click on the button. Select the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>How to Create Purchase Orders</h2>
<h3>Whats New in 2011?</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Discounts">Item level discounts</a> (both Percent or Amount)</li>
<li><a href="#Receiving Address">Multiple Receiving Addresses</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To access the Purchase Orders feature click on the Purchase Orders  icon on the Mailware Explorer <img class="alignnone" title="Purchase Orders Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-068.png" alt="Purchase Orders Button" width="192" height="44" /></li>
<li>This will bring up the Purchase Order screen.<img class="alignnone" title="Purchase Order Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-069.png" alt="Purchase Order Screen" width="744" height="520" /></li>
<li>To create a new purchase order click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-306.png" alt="New Button" /> button.</li>
<li>Select the Supplier from the Vendor drop down list.  The list is populated from the <span style="color: #000000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/suppliers/" target="_blank">Suppliers</a> </span>table.</li>
<li>The Vendor Name &amp; Address fields are populated from the Suppliers table.  These are editable and can be changed if the vendor information is different.</li>
<li>The ship to address depends on the source of the Purchase Order.
<ol>
<li>By default the ship to address information is pulled from the Company Info tab under Tools-&gt;Preferences.</li>
<li>If the Purchase Order is a Drop Ship then the ship to address comes from the original order.</li>
<li><a name="Receiving Address"></a>You can set up multiple receiving addresses for orders that are not Drop Ship orders by selecting the Setup at the top of the Purchase Order screen. <img class="alignnone" title="Setup Receiving Addresses" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-077.png" alt="Setup Receiving Addresses" width="643" height="70" /></li>
<li>This will bring up the Receiving Address Setup screen.  <img class="alignnone" title="Receiving Address Setup Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-078.png" alt="Receiving Address Setup Screen" width="634" height="244" /></li>
<li>To add a new receiving address click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-079.png" alt="Add Button" width="75" height="21" /> button and key in the address information in the fields.</li>
<li>If you want to delete a receiving address select the address you want to delete and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-080.png" alt="Delete Button" width="75" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>When done adding multiple receiving address information click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Close Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-081.png" alt="Close Button" width="75" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>To select an alternate receiving address click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Traingle Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-070.png" alt="Triangle Button" width="18" height="17" /> button next to the Ship To field.  This will show a list of  the addresses to select from <img class="alignnone" title="Receiving Address Selection" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-083.png" alt="Receiving Address Selection" width="498" height="73" /></li>
<li>Select the address from the list and the selected address will be added to the ship to address fields.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Add any optional messages to the vendor in the Message field.</li>
<li>Add any FOB/Instructions to the FOB/Instructions</li>
<li>You can select the Required Dt from the mini calendar that pops up when the <img class="nobreak" title="Triangle Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-070.png" alt="Triangle Button" width="18" height="17" /> is clicked.</li>
<li>You can select the Expected Dt from the mini calendar that pops up when the <img class="nobreak" title="Triangle Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-070.png" alt="Triangle Button" width="18" height="17" /> is clicked.</li>
<li>To add products to the purchase order, select the product field from the grid and start typing the product you want to add to the PO and the product list will start searching through the Products table to find a match.  <img class="alignnone" title="Product Search Download" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-071.png" alt="Product Search Download" width="789" height="190" /> <strong>NOTE:</strong> If you products database is large, you may want to use the Product Search feature to select your products.  Instead of keying in the Product No into the grid directly, press the F2 key and you will get the following screen.  <img class="alignnone" title="Product Search" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-072.png" alt="Product Search" width="768" height="701" />
<ol>
<li>You can add all the products to the Purchase Order from this menu.</li>
<li>Select the products you want to add to the PO using  the Product Number, Description or Long Description fields and click the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-073.png" alt="Search Button" width="73" height="21" /> button.
<ol>
<li>You can also use the full text search option by keying in  text tin the Full Text Search field and clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Search Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-073.png" alt="Search Button" width="73" height="21" /> button next to the Full Text Search field.  This option will search in the ProductNo, Description, Long Description and the Name fields for the text.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>Select the Product  you want to add to the purchase order from the product grid.</li>
<li>Key in the quantity you want to order in the Quantity To Add field</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add to Purchase Order" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-074.png" alt="Add to Purchase Order" width="202" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>When you are done adding products to the purchase order, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="OK Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-075.png" alt="OK Button" width="73" height="21" /> button to close the Product Search screen.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Discounts"></a>If you get either a percentage discount or a currency discount you can key them in to the Percent or Amount fields.  <img class="alignnone" title="PO Item Discounts" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-084.png" alt="PO Item Discounts" width="396" height="93" />
<ol>
<li>If you key in a percentage the software will automatically compute the equivalent discount amount.</li>
<li>You can also key in the amount directly into the item grid.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>If you need to delete an item from the list, select the item from the grid and click on the  <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Item" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-17-076.png" alt="Delete Item" width="97" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Once you have completed adding products you can either print the Purchase Order from the Reports menu or <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/" target="_blank">Email</a> the the Purchase Order to your supplier.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The Purchase Order system uses the following tables: PO,POItems,Products,Suppliers and optionally the ProductSuppliers table if your products have multiple suppliers and the Items table if the PO is a drop ship PO.  When a new PO is created, a new record is added to the PO table, the PONo field is an autoincremented value that is added to the table.  The SupplierNo field is populated when the Supplier is selected from  the Vendor drop down list.  The Vendor drop down list is populated from the Suppliers table.   The Date field is automatically populated from the computers system date.  The ProductAmt,ShipAmt,TaxAmt and OtherAmt are populated from the Orders table if the PO is a drop ship PO.  The TotalAmt field is the total amount of the purchase order including any discounts that may have been applied.  The ExpectDt, PaidAmt, InternalNote(P.O. Number on the Purchase Order screen),PrintNote1 (FOB), PrintNote2(Message), Terms and RequiredDt fields are populated from the Purchase Orders screen.   The ShipCompany,ShipContact,ShipAddress1,ShipAddress2,ShipCity, ShipState, ShipZip are populated from the company information stored in Tools-&gt;Preferences Company Info tab for normal purchase orders or from the order shipping address information if the purchase order is a drop ship order.  The IsDropShip field is set to True if the order is a DS order otherwise it is blank.  The DropShipOrderNo is the order number that the drop ship originated from.  The SubtotalAmt is the sum of the products ordered not including any discounts, the DiscountAmt is the sum of any discounts and the ItemsAmt is the total of the PO with discounts.</p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The InternalNote field in the PO table is used to store the PO number or optionally the Drop Ship PO number.  Drop Ship PO numbers are in the form PONo-OrderNo where PONo is the next incremental PO number and OrderNo is the Order Number where the PO came from.</p>
<p>When a product is added to the POItems table the PONo is copied from the PO that is being edited and the ItemNo field is an autoincremented field.  When either the product drop down or the F2 product search screen is activated the only products that are shown are those assigned to the Supplier that is selected.    When a product is added the ProductNo and Description data are pulled from the Products table.  The Ordered is the quantity ordered from the PO item grid and the ExpectedDt is pulled from the PO table.  The CostAmt is the Supplier Cost from either the Products table if multiple suppliers are not used or the ProductSuppliers table if multiple suppliers are used.   The TotlAmt is the quantity ordered multiplied by the unit cost (including any discounts).  The SupplierNo field is copied from the PO table and the ProductSuppliersNo field is the foreign key link to the ProductSuppliers table.  The ManufacturerID, SupplierProductNo, SupplierDescription and UnitDescription are populated from either the Products or the ProductSuppliers table depending on if multiple suppliers are used.  The BreakdownQty and SupplierMinQty are populated from the ProductSuppliers table.    The DropShipOrderNo and DropShipItemNo are the item number and order number foreign keys if the purchase order is a drop ship PO.  The DiscountPct is the dicount percentage and the DiscountAmt is the amount of the discount either computed from the DiscountPct or entered in the products grid.  The DiscountTotalAmt is the DiscountAmt multiplied by the number of products ordered and the TotalCostAmt is the Unit Cost of the product including any discounts.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Receive Inventory</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 09 Dec 2010 19:00:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3124</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How to Use Receive Inventory Whats New in 2011? Item level discounts (both Percent or Amount) Product code scanning Product Serialization Cross Docking Administrative Override (This feature allows for administrative override of the item costs). Lot Numbers (This feature support lot number tracking for products including expiration dates). To access the Receive Inventory feature click [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>How to Use Receive Inventory</h2>
<h3>Whats New in 2011?</h3>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Discount">Item level discounts (both Percent or Amount)</a></li>
<li><a href="#Scan Product">Product code scanning</a></li>
<li><a href="#Serialize">Product Serialization</a></li>
<li><a href="#Cross Docking">Cross Docking</a></li>
<li><a href="#Admin Override">Administrative Override (This feature allows for administrative override of the item costs).</a></li>
<li><a href="#Lots">Lot Numbers (This feature support lot number tracking for products including expiration dates).</a></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>To access the Receive Inventory feature click on the Receive Inventory icon on the Mailware Explorer <img class="alignnone" title="Receive Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-036.png" alt="Receive Inventory" width="192" height="43" /></li>
<li>This will display the Receive Inventory screen <img class="alignnone" title="Receive Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-037.png" alt="Receive Inventory" width="821" height="553" /></li>
<li>To receive a new shipment click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-038.png" alt="New Button" width="70" height="22" /> button.</li>
<li>Select the Company that you are receiving the product from using the Vendor drop down list.</li>
<li>Add the optional invoice number in the Invoice # field.</li>
<li>Add the optional  invoice date in the Invoice Dt field.</li>
<li>If you have locations set up and want to select a default location where all of the items are going to be received to, select the location from the Default Location drop down box.</li>
<li>Select the Purchase order number you are receiving the inventory from the PO Number drop down list.
<ol>
<li>If you are receiving inventory for multiple PO&#8217;s, Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Select Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-052.png" alt="Select Button" width="57" height="20" /> button.</li>
<li>This will bring up a list of all the PO&#8217;s for the selected vendor. <img class="alignnone" title="Choose Purchase Orders" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-053.png" alt="Choose Purchase Orders" width="428" height="249" /></li>
<li>To select multiple PO&#8217;s for the selected vendor, double click on the check box in the Use? column.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>This will populate the items received list from the selected PO number(s) you selected.</li>
<li><a name="Scan Product"></a>If your product table contains UPC codes you can use a scanner to receive inventory using the Scan Product Code field.  To use this feature do the following:
<ol>
<li>Place the cursor in the Scan Product Code field.</li>
<li>Scan the UPC code from the product.</li>
<li>After scanning the product code into the Scan Product Code field click the <img class="nobreak" title="Add to Items Received" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-050.png" alt="Add to Items Received" width="142" height="25" />button.
<ol>
<li>If you want to be prompted for the quantity received press F8 or toggle the <img class="nobreak" title="Prompt Qty" src="../images/help/help-18-307.png" alt="Prompt Qty" /> button.  This will show a dialog box asking for a quantity every time a product is scanned.   If the button is not depressed (toggled) the quantity is defaulted to 1.  <img class="alignnone" title="Quantity Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-051.png" alt="Quantity Dialog" width="276" height="131" /></li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>You can then repeat the process for all of the items that you are receiving for this PO.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Discount"></a>If there is a discount (either a percentage or dollar amount)  for the item you are receiving, enter the value  in the appropriate discount field in the Items Received grid.</li>
<li>If there is an item that you are receiving that is not on the PO(s) that you selected you can add an item to the Item Received grid by clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add Item" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-054.png" alt="Add Item" width="75" height="21" /> button this will add a new record to the grid and you can select the product you want to add by either selecting it from the products table using the method(s) described in the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/" target="_blank">Purchase Orders</a> <span style="color: #000000;">help topic</span></span>.</li>
<li>If you add a product to the Items Received grid that you want removed you can remove the item by selecting it and clicking on the <img class="nobreak" title="Delete Item" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-055.png" alt="Delete Item" width="75" height="21" /> button.</li>
<li>If all of the item in the PO have been received in the shipment, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Receive All" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-039.png" alt="Receive All" width="106" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Once all the items have been received from the shipment, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Apply to Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-040.png" alt="Apply to Inventory" width="106" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>If you need to adjust one of the items that have already been applied to the inventory, select the item from the list and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Adjust Item" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-056.png" alt="Adjust Item" width="75" height="21" /> button.  This will add a new record into the Items Received grid from this point you can add to the quantity received by putting a positive number in the quantity field or  a negative number to the quantity field depending if you want to add or subtract the quantity received.  After the record has been changed click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Apply to Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-040.png" alt="Apply to Inventory" width="106" height="25" /> button again to save the changes to the Products table.</li>
<li><a name="Cross Docking"></a>To use the new Cross Docking feature do the following.
<ol>
<li>Make sure that you have applied all of the inventory using the <img class="nobreak" title="Apply to Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-040.png" alt="Apply to Inventory" width="106" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Cross Docking" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-057.png" alt="Cross Docking" width="106" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>This will bring up a dialog that displays all of the orders that have not been shipped that contain the products that you just received. <img class="alignnone" title="Cross Docking Dialog" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-058.png" alt="Cross Docking Dialog" width="709" height="484" /></li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Refresh Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-059.png" alt="Refresh Button" width="75" height="25" /> button queries the database for additional orders that have been added to the system for the products that had been received and not shipped.</li>
<li>The <img class="nobreak" title="Fill and Print " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-060.png" alt="Fill and Print" width="75" height="25" /> button fills the orders in the list and prints out a R5104 Box Invoice report for all of the orders on the list.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Serialize"></a>If the product(s) your are receiving are serialized (see the<span style="color: #ff0000;"> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/" target="_blank">Products</a></span>help topic for set up instructions) you can scan in the serial numbers from the receive inventory screen.  To use this feature do the following.
<ol>
<li>Ensure that you have received the inventory before scanning in the serial numbers.</li>
<li>Click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Serial Numbers Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-061.png" alt="Serial Numbers Button" width="108" height="21" /> button, this will bring up the Add Serial Numbers screen <img class="alignnone" title="Add Serial Numbers" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-062.png" alt="Add Serial Numbers" width="550" height="410" /></li>
<li>Scan in the serial number of each product you are receiving and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Add To List" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-063.png" alt="Add To List" width="94" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>If you need to remove an item from the list, select the item on the list and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Remove Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-064.png" alt="Remove Button" width="75" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>Once you have scanned the same number of items that have been received the dialog will close.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="Admin Override"></a>The Admin Override feature allows an administrator to change a price of a product if it is greater than the price stored in the system.  <strong>NOTE:</strong> This feature is only available if If the security feature is turned on (See the <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/operators-security/" target="_blank">Operators &amp; Security</a><span style="color: #000000;"> help topic).</span></span></li>
<ol>
<li><span style="color: #ff0000;"><span style="color: #000000;">If the </span></span>user receiving doesn&#8217;t have permissions to change the price of an item you will get the following error message when the <img class="nobreak" title="Apply to Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-040.png" alt="Apply to Inventory" width="106" height="25" /> button is clicked.  <img class="alignnone" title="Price Override Message" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-065.png" alt="Price Override Message" width="706" height="135" /></li>
<li>To override the price changes, click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Admin Overrride Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-066.png" alt="Admin Overrride Button" width="106" height="25" /> button.</li>
<li>You will get a screen similar to the one below.  <img class="alignnone" title="Login Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-067.png" alt="Login Screen" width="360" height="130" /> This will allow a user with administrative privileges to log in and authorize the price change.</li>
<li>At this point you can click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Apply to Inventory" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-040.png" alt="Apply to Inventory" width="106" height="25" /> button to update the inventory.</li>
<li><a name="Lots"></a>This will also update the Average Cost stored in the Products table.</li>
</ol>
<li>Mailware supports Lot tracking, including expiration dates. You can specify Lot numbers during receive inventory for products you have set up to track as lots. To use this feature first set up your products that have lot numbers by opening the product screen and clicking the Stock Levels tab <img class="nobreak" title="Stock Levels" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-12-0175.png" alt="" width="290" height="29" /></li>
<li>Check the box labeled &#8220;Track by Lots&#8221;. This product will also need to have &#8220;Multiple Locations&#8221; checked.<img class="alignnone" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen39.png" alt="" width="337" height="333" /></li>
<li>You can then create a purchase order (See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/purchase-orders/">Purchase Orders help topic</a>). For any items that have Lot Numbers you will be able to specify the lot number during Receive Inventory (See the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/">Receive Inventory help topic</a>). Receive Inventory as per the help topic. For items with a Lot Number you must specify at least a Location and Lot #. If you forget Mailware will remind you when you attempt to apply to inventory.
<p><strong>Location</strong> &#8211; Select a location you previously set up in the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/products/">Products help topic</a> under Multiple Locations.<br />
<strong>Lot #</strong> &#8211; Enter the Lot # for this line item. You can do this on the fly as lot numbers do not need to be set up in advance.<br />
<strong>Lot Expire Dt</strong> &#8211;  Enter or select a date of expiration for this lot if applicable.<br />
<strong>Lot Note</strong>-  You can enter a short note for this lot if you like.<img class="alignnone" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen41.png" alt="" width="756" height="631" /></li>
<li>Click the <img class="nobreak" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-18-040.png" alt="Apply to Inventory" width="106" height="25" /> button to commit the stock counts. Your inventory will be updated with the Lot information in the Locations button on the Stock Levels tab of the product screen for each item.<img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/mwscreen44.png" alt="" width="913" height="342" /></li>
<li>As you sell items during order entry or import they will be automatically deducted from the Location and Lot # stored at the product level. The Lot Number is stored with the ordered item so you can run a report to see which orders and items are associated with a specific lot (Report R5552 Items Sold by Lot #).<strong>Note</strong>: When adding items to orders if the quantity exceeds the number available in a Lot you will need to create another line item for the remaining items (e.g., Lot 1 has 10 items. You enter a quantity of 12 for a product. Mailware will create a line item for a quantity of 10 for Lot 1. You can then add the same product again for a quantity of 2 and it will be deducted from the next Lot #).</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The  receive products feature interacts with a number of tables in the database.  They are the RcvInv, RcvInvIt, Products,Suppliers, PO,POItems tables and optionally the SerialNumbers table if item serialization is used.  The RcvInv table contains the fields that relate to the supplier that was selected and the Purchase Order(s) that were used.  The table also contains the InvoiceNo, Shipping,Tax,Item totals (ItemAmt), Totals (TotalAmt), the sum of the discounts (DiscountAmt) and the subtotals (SubtotalAmt). When you click on the New button in the Receive Inventory screen a new record is created in the the RcvInv table. The Vendor Name drop down is populated with the list of suppliers from the suppliers table. When the supplier is selected the associated supplier number (SupplierNo) is inserted into the new record in the RecInv table. The PO Number drop down is populated with a list of PO&#8217;s associated with the selected vendor. If only one PO is selected then that number populates the PurchaseOrder field in the RcvInv table. If multiple PO&#8217;s are selected from the Select.. button then &#8220;Multiple Selected&#8221; is inserted into the PurchaseOrder field. Once the vendor (SupplierNo) and PO(s) are selected the RcvInvIt table is populated with the product information from the purchase orders selected. The contents of RcvInvIt is displayed in the Items Received grid in the Receive Inventory screen.</p>
<p>If item serialization is used the serial numbers for the product are stored in a MEMO field in the RcvInvIt in the SerialNumbers field. In addition, the ProductNo, SerialNumber and fields relating the record in the RcvInvIt table to the one in the SerialNumbers table.</p>
<p>The Products table InStock and Cost fields are not updated until the Apply to Inventory button is pressed. When the Apply to Inventory button is pressed the Quantity received in the RcvInvIt table (Received) is added to the InStock quantity field in the products table. The average cost is also updated in the Cost field in the Products table.</p>
<p>When using the Cross Docking feature, the software selects all of the orders that have products on backorder that match those that are in the RcvInvIt table and populates the list in the Fill Backorders grid in the Cross Docking screen. When you click on the Fill &amp; Print button the quantities on backorder are subtracted from the InStock field in the Products table and the items are moved from backordered to filled status.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Email Notifications</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 Dec 2010 19:07:28 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>mark</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Help]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3063</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How to use Email Notification The Email Notification system is used to notify your customers about orders, back orders,  purchase orders and more.  The email notification system uses the same SQL language that the Report Writer uses, so almost any data can be extracted and emailed to your clients. To access the Email Notification feature [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>How to use Email Notification</h2>
<p>The Email Notification system is used to notify your customers about orders, back orders,  purchase orders and more.  The email notification system uses the same SQL language that the Report Writer uses, so almost any data can be extracted and emailed to your clients.</p>
<ol>
<li>To access the Email Notification feature click on the Email Notification icon on the Mailware Explorer.<img class="alignnone" title="Email Notification" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-308.png" alt="Email Notifcation Icon" /></li>
<li>Mailware comes with a set of pre-built email notifications that you can customize to meet your needs.<img class="alignnone" title="Email Notification Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-309.png" alt="" width="659" height="484" /></li>
<li>Notice that there is a <strong>Contact Log</strong> check box for each email notification type.  If this is checked the record of the sent message will be recorded in the customers log.  See <span style="color: #ff0000;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/add-edit-a-customer/" target="_blank">Customer Contacts</a><span style="color: #000000;"> for more information. </span></span></li>
<li><a name="send email"></a>To set up your email notification using one of the pre-built templates, double-click on the row that most closely matches what notification you want to send.<img class="alignnone" title="Email Settings" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-310.png" alt="Email Settings" /></li>
<li>To set up your email notification you will need to find the following information.
<ol>
<li><strong>Mail Host</strong>: This is the internet address of your email service.</li>
<li><strong>Account Name</strong>: This is also called your email login name.</li>
<li><strong>Server requires authentication</strong>: This checkbox is almost always required for email authentication.</li>
<li><strong>Password</strong>: This is the password that you use to log in to  your email client.</li>
<li><strong>From Email Address</strong>: This is the email address that your customers will see.</li>
<li><strong>From Name</strong>: This will be your company name.</li>
<li><strong>Reply To Email Address</strong>:  This is only required if you want  your customers to reply to a different address than the From Email Address.</li>
<li><strong>Subject</strong>: In most cases you will probably want to keep this the same.</li>
<li><strong>Blind Carbon Copy</strong>: You can use this if you want the email notification to be sent to another recipient without the receiving party from knowing.</li>
<li> <strong>Carbon Copy</strong>:  This is for sending out email notifications to another email address.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li><a name="message"></a>Click on the <strong>Message</strong> tab to customize the message that you send to your customers.<img class="alignnone" title="Email Message Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-311.png" alt="Email Message Screen" /> This screen is divided up into three regions, the <strong>Header</strong>,<strong>Detail Records</strong>, and the <strong>Footer</strong>.    This is the text of your email message.  On pre-built email notifications you can use the existing text and change it to meet your needs.  You can also insert fields from the query that is defined in the Data tab.  To add additional data fields to the message you can type them in square brackets [] or select them from the <img class="nobreak" title="Insert Field Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-312.png" alt="Insert Field Button" /> button.</li>
<li>For example to insert an field into the Header, position the cursor where you want the field to be inserted and click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Insert Field Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-312.png" alt="Insert Field Button" /> to open the field menu.</li>
<li>Select the field that you want added from the list by clicking on it.<img class="alignnone" title="Select Field" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-22.png" alt="Select Field" width="266" height="93" /></li>
<li>Once you have the layout that you want you can select the <img class="nobreak" title="Preview Email" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-23.png" alt="Preview Email" width="75" height="25" /> button to view all of the emails that match the criteria that you selected.<img class="alignnone" title="Email Preview" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-24.png" alt="Email Preview" width="403" height="305" /></li>
<li>You can double click on any of the memo fields to see a preview of the actual email text.  <img class="alignnone" title="Email Preview" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-25.png" alt="Email Preview" width="561" height="395" /> Click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-26.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="24" /> to close the preview and click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-26.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="24" /> again to close the email preview list.</li>
<li>You can send all of the emails in a group by pressing the <img class="nobreak" title="Send Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-27.png" alt="Send Button" width="64" height="22" /> button from the Emails screen this may prompt you for a date range, an order or a PO number.   At this point you will see a list of the emails that are ready to be sent out.<img class="alignnone" title="Send Emails" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-28.png" alt="Send Emails" width="599" height="412" /></li>
<li>If you want to send the all the emails on the list, simply click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Send Now" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-29.png" alt="Send Now" width="75" height="25" /> button.  If there are items in the list that you do not want to send emails out on, simply double-click on the check-box in the Send field to un-check the box.</li>
<li>Once the emails have been send you will see a status message, a sent date and any error messages that may have prevented the email notification from sending out the message.</li>
<li>To create a new email notification click on the <img class="nobreak" title="New Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-30.png" alt="New Button" width="77" height="22" /> button and key in the email settings under the Settings tab.</li>
<li>Click on the Data tab and the following screen will appear:<img class="alignnone" title="Email Data " src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-32.png" alt="Email Data" width="396" height="428" /></li>
<li>This screen contains 2 main parts. The top half shows the SQL code that is used  to select which customers receive an email and what information is available to  be displayed in the email. You can edit it manually or use the report writer  interface to create or edit a campaign.The lower half contains pulldown  lists of fields available from the query. These are used to specify which fields  are used by the email.</li>
<li>If you are creating a brand new campaign the SQL section will be blank. If you  are editing a campaign text will appear in this section. If you know SQL you can  edit it manually by clicking the checkbox next to &#8220;Manually enter SQL&#8221;.   You may prefer to use the report writer interface to create or edit your query.  To use it click the <img class="nobreak" title="Editor Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-31.png" alt="Editor Button" width="75" height="25" /> button.  A dialog similar to the following will appear.<img class="alignnone" title="Report Editor Screen" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-33.png" alt="Report Editor Screen" width="700" height="404" /></li>
<li>You can create a query just as you would a report. For help creating reports see  the help topic <strong><span style="color: #ff0000;">Modifying Reports.</span></strong> You can also load an existing report and edit it for your query. To do so click  File&gt;Open Report from the text menu and browse to the Mailware Reports  directory (located under your data directory). Select a report and click  Open.<strong>Note:</strong> Some report functions are not available for email  queries. This includes prompts for dates and fields, @functions (Sum, Count  etc.), layout page features and field formatting. Also, when adding fields do  not include spaces in headers.</li>
<li>When you are finished making changes to your query click <strong>File&gt;Save</strong> from the text menu (<strong>Note</strong>: If you load an existing report and make no  changes to it you must use File&gt;Save to save the query).</li>
<li><strong>Click File&gt;Close Report</strong> to exit the report writer dialog.  If you made changes to the query you will be asked to save the query.  <strong>Note: </strong>changes will NO T be made to any report you used to create the query.  Changes are only made to the email query, and are stored in the Email table in the SQL field.</li>
<li>You will be returned to the Data tab of the email campaign you are  editing. You can now select fields in the pulldowns in the lower half of the  screen. Fields are as follows:
<ol>
<li><strong>Group By</strong> &#8211; Use this to select a field by which results for the query will  be grouped together. For example, if creating an invoice query group by OrderNo.  This will list all items from an order within that order number.</li>
<li><strong>Email Address Field</strong> &#8211; Select the field the campaign will use for a  mailing address. This is typically the <strong>email</strong> field from the Customer  table. This field is required before you can Preview any results.</li>
<li><strong>Customer # Field</strong> &#8211; Select the field that contains the Customer #. This is  used to associate the email with a specific customer account. The typical field  for this is <strong>CustNo</strong> from the Customer table. This field is optional, but  recommended.</li>
<li><strong>Order # Field</strong> &#8211; Select the field that contains the Order #.  This  is used to associate the email with a specific order. The typical field  for  this is <strong>OrderNo</strong> from the Orders table. This field is  optional, but  recommended.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>You can at this point click on the <img class="nobreak" title="Preview Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-23.png" alt="Preview Button" width="75" height="25" /> button to see the records that will be selected by the query.  This preview does not show the actual email, that is available from the Message tab.</li>
<li>Click on the Message tab to create or edit your email text. <a href="#message">Use the instructions above to create your email message.</a> You can type any text you wish into the Header and Footer sections. The Detail  section is used for repeating data (e.g., products from an order). Use the  Insert Field button to add variables (customer name and information, items  orders, prices paid, amounts due etc.).  When you are done editing the email click the <img class="nobreak" title="Ok Button" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/help/help-19-26.png" alt="Ok Button" width="77" height="24" /> button to save your changes.  <a href="#send email">Use the instructions above for Sending Emails.</a></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>ADVANCED TIP:</strong> You can edit the SQL for the email directly (it is located under the Data tab).  Additionally you can add prompts (e.g., Order #, Date Ranges etc.)  for any  field using the following syntax:</p>
<p>Mailware can include  prompts in the scripts by using parameters with a certain structure.  For  instance, this statement would prompt for a date to be  entered:</p>
<p><code>SELECT<br /> *<br /> INTO<br /> TEMP_MyTable<br /> FROM<br /> Orders<br /> WHERE<br /> OrderDt = :DATE_Please_enter_the_order_date</code></p>
<p>This  will prompt for a date with the text &#8220;Please enter the order date:&#8221; and would  include in the result table (TEMP_MyTable) the orders that matched the<br /> date  entered.</p>
<p>Parameters always start with a colon.  Parameters with the  following<br /> prefixes will generate a prompt:</p>
<p>:DATE_<br /> :INTEGER_<br /> :NUMBER_<br /> :CURRENCY_<br /> :TEXT_<br /> :TODAY_   (just like DATE, but defaults to today&#8217;s date)</p>
<p>You will get a prompt each  time the parameter shows up in the SQL.  If you use the same parameter twice, it  will still prompt the second time, and a different value may be entered.</p>
<p><strong>UNDER THE HOOD:</strong> The email notification system uses three tables Email, EmailBatch and EmailArchive.  The Email table contains the Email name, host information, Subject, the SQL code for running the queries and the text for the header, detail in addition to the footer information.  This is the table that is directly linked to the main email screen.  The EmailBatch file contains a copy of the Email table when the email notification was sent out in addition to an incremental batch number.  The EmailArchive table contains a record of each email that was sent out from the software including the date it was sent, the email address it was sent to , and the text of the email that was sent.  This data is used for reports R8000 Email Notification Status and R8005 Email Notification Status with Text.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/help/email-notifications/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Revision History &#8211; 2011</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Nov 2010 17:14:00 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[2011 Revisions]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=3002</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Download the Version 2011 Update Or, Download the full Version 2011 install Download Now File Name: Mailware2011FullInstall.exe Size: 98 meg Mailware Version 2011 &#8211; FULL INSTALLThis will completely reinstall version 2011 of Mailware. Please be sure to backup your data before running. What&#8217;s New in Mailware 2011 Feature Announcement #1 Cross Docking Filling orders from [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware2011Update.exe"><img class="alignleft" style="margin-left: 4px; margin-right: 4px; border: 0pt none;" src="/mwimages/download.png" alt="Update Now" longdesc="Download Now" width="52" height="67" align="left" border="0" hspace="4" /></a></h2>
<h2><strong>Download the Version 2011 Update<br />
</strong></h2>
<p>Or,</p>
<div>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3" valign="top">
<h6>Download the full Version 2011 install</h6>
<hr noshade="noshade" />
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3" valign="top"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td valign="top" width="165"><strong> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/pub/Mailware2011FullInstall.exe">Download Now</a><br />
</strong>File Name: Mailware2011FullInstall.exe<br />
Size: 98 meg</td>
<td></td>
<td valign="top" width="387"><strong>Mailware Version 2011 &#8211; FULL INSTALL</strong>This will completely reinstall version 2011 of Mailware. Please be sure to backup your data before running.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<hr noshade="noshade" />
<h1 style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 20px;">What&#8217;s New in Mailware 2011</h1>
<h2>Feature Announcement #1</h2>
<div>
<p><img class="alignleft" style="float: left;" title="Cross Docking" src="/images/icons/shipping.png" alt="" width="116" height="116" /></p>
<h3>Cross Docking</h3>
<p>Filling orders from received merchandise used to mean entering them into inventory first, then pulling them back out to complete a customer&#8217;s order. With the new Cross Docking feature you can receive items directly from purchase orders to orders.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/#Cross Docking">Read the Help Topic&#8230;</a></p>
<hr style="margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #2</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="float: left;" title="Serialized Inventory" src="/images/icons/code.png" alt="" width="116" height="116" />Serialized Inventory</h3>
<p>Receive inventory from purchase orders and simultaneously scan unique serial numbers for each product. Then sell and track serial numbers to customers. Serial numbers are stored at the product level and can be viewed including received date and operator.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/#Serialize">Read the Help Topic&#8230;</a></p>
</div>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #3</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="float: left;" title="Enhanced Purchase Orders" src="/images/icons/po.png" alt="" width="116" height="116" />Enhanced Purchase Orders</h3>
<p>We&#8217;ve added new features to the purchase order system like line item discounts (% and $), Terms, Required Dates, minimum purchase amounts and free freight thresholds. New fields are tied to enhanced feature sets in the Supplier and Receive Inventory screens for a more robust purchasing system.</p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #4</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="float: left; padding-right: 10px; padding-bottom: 35px;" title="Enhanced Receive Inventory" src="/images/icons/truck.png" alt="" />Enhanced Receive Inventory</h3>
<p>You can scan items, including UPC Codes, without using the keyboard (other than a keystroke to receive multiple quantities). We&#8217;ve added an admin override feature if the cost doesn&#8217;t match what was on the PO and added a % and $ discount field that carries over from the PO and can be modified. Plus you can adjust prices from the packing list/invoice, and then post to inventory. Serial numbers can be scanned in at Receive Inventory now and stored (see the Serialized Inventory feature).</p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/help/receive-inventory/">Read the Help Topic&#8230;</a></p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<h2>Feature Announcement #5</h2>
<h3><img class="alignleft" style="float: left;" title="Enhanced Substitutions" src="/images/icons/swap.png" alt="" />Enhanced Substitutions</h3>
<p>We added additional substitutions, which now work for kits, with a prompt on the order screen to select which item they want to substitute (or it can do it automatically based on highest inventory)</p>
<hr style="clear: both; margin-top: 20px; margin-bottom: 20px;" noshade="noshade" />
<p><strong>2011 Revision History</strong></p>
<div style="text-align: left;"><span style="line-height: normal; color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif;">MCM 2011, Build 1136.1.1109 </span></div>
<ol>
<li><span style="line-height: normal; color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif;">Fixed XML encoding for Volusion order download </span></li>
<li><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Changed Volusion to convert DSC-* products to DISCOUNT </span></li>
</ol>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; line-height: 19px;"><br />
Mailware 2011, </span> Build</span><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> 1135</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">1. Fixed payment authorization on Process Orders screen.</span>Mailware 2011, Build 1128</p>
<ol>
<li>Fixed &#8220;invalid floating point&#8221; error when receiving inventory with zero received</li>
<li>Made UPC a required field for Buy.com listings</li>
<li>Fixed Order screen previous addresses error on residential/commercial flag</li>
<li>Fixed the wording for the VAT tax preference on the Products tab</li>
<li>Added hyperlink setup for CRM HTML tabs to Preferences screen, changed Google tab name to &#8220;Online Email&#8221;</li>
<li>Fixed Product Type field dropdown to autodrop on entry on the Product screen</li>
<li>Fixed Order screen not tabbing through ship to first name field</li>
</ol>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span class="il"><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; line-height: 19px;"><br />
Mailware 2011, </span> Build</span> 1134</span></p>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; line-height: 19px;"><br />
Mailware 2011, </span> Build</span><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> 1133</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Changed USAEPAY gateway to blank out currency property when charging credit card</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; line-height: 19px;"><br />
Mailware 2011, </span> Build</span><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> 1132</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added Ship First Name and Ship Company to orders grid on Customer screen</span></li>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added On Order, Expected Dt, On Backorder, BO Expected Dt fields to product search screen. (Not visible by default &#8211; make visible by using the grid customization dropdown button at the top left of the grid.)</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; line-height: 19px;"><br />
Mailware 2011, </span> Build</span><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> 1131</span><br style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);" /><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);">1. Changed gift orders items ship to name to first + last name, or company if names are blank, on order screen</span></p>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><span style="color: #000000; font-family: Georgia, 'Times New Roman', 'Bitstream Charter', Times, serif; line-height: 19px;"><br />
Mailware 2011, </span> Build</span><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> 1130</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added option to show gift items in order item grid</span></li>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added gift order items tab to order screen (readonly)</span></li>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added ability to open gift order screen by double clicking on gift order item</span></li>
</ol>
<p><span class="il" style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"><br />
Mailware 2011, Build</span><span style="color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal; background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969);"> 1129</span></p>
<ol>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Changed item discounts on Order screen to allow fractional percentages</span></li>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added option to commit inventory on import to the channel setup dialog</span></li>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Added run now buttons for Shipping &amp; Product Upload to Amazon Channel setup dialog</span></li>
<li><span style="background-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.917969); color: #222222; font-family: arial, sans-serif; line-height: normal;">Fixed ItemProduct: LocationNo field not found error on Receive Inventory screen</span></li>
</ol>
<p>Mailware 2011, Build 1127</p>
<ol>
<li>Fixed table locked error when running database backup</li>
<li>Changed RMA Refund screen to allow selected credit card number to be seen for refund processing</li>
<li>Changed RMA Refund to blank credit card number after saving as authorized</li>
<li>Changed Customer and Product attachments so that adding a file will now prompt to copy the file into the attachments directory. If the file exists, a prompt will confirm before overwriting. If file is missing when opened, a specific error message will show.</li>
</ol>
<p>MCM 1127.1.1104</p>
<ol>
<li>Fixed start and end sale date for Amazon product uploads.</li>
</ol>
<p>Mailware 2011, Build 1126</p>
<ol>
<li>Fixed the Vendor screen to show the first tab when opened</li>
<li>Fixed parameter assignment on the PO report</li>
</ol>
<p>Mailware 2011, Build 1125</p>
<ol>
<li>Added email as attachment option to PO screen menu</li>
<li>Added new PO report that exports to .pdf file</li>
<li>Added preference to select email notification to use when emailing PO</li>
<li>Added ability to include attachment with email notification</li>
<li>Removed the help navigation panel on the Mailware Explorer screen</li>
<li>This uses MCM build 1124</li>
</ol>
<p>MCM 1124.3.1103</p>
<ol>
<li>Fixed index creation order bug for buy.com</li>
</ol>
<p>MCM 1124.2.1102</p>
<ol>
<li>Added check on Buy.com product upload for UPC length &gt;= 12</li>
<li>Changed Ship_Company_Name to Ship_To_Company on Buy.com order import</li>
<li>Added AltOrderNo2 to the MySQL/MS-SQL imports. (Will still default to cart name if left blank)</li>
<li>Added ability to automatically calculate shipping charges for MySQL/MS-SQL carts</li>
<li>Added specific error log entry for Buy.com file import errors</li>
<li>Added trim to check for blank Receipt_Item_ID for Buy.com order import</li>
<li>Changed Shopify.com order import to use new &#8220;shipping-lines&#8221; element array if present</li>
<li>Changed order imports to sort by OrderDt and AltOrderNo1 before importing</li>
<li>Fixed Shopify order import loop problem</li>
</ol>
<p>MCM 1124.1.1101</p>
<ol>
<li>Updated with current features (1017.6.1034)</li>
<li>Added Lot # support</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1124</p>
<ol>
<li>Added lot number, expiration date, and notes to multiple location inventory</li>
</ol>
<p>Mailware 2011, Build 1123</p>
<ol>
<li>Added order number to the shipping screen</li>
<li>Changed ConnectShip interface to always include PROOFLAG element</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1118</p>
<ol>
<li>Changed PO to default the Supplier Discount % to the PO Discount %, instead of applying them to the Item Discount %</li>
<li>Fixed PO line items to default to the existing PO Discount % when new items are added</li>
<li>Fixed floating PO Discount % label on the PO screen</li>
<li>Fixed the search dialog on the Suppliers screen</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1117</p>
<ol>
<li>Added setup dialog for Shipping Method calcuations (at Shipping)</li>
<li>Changed ConnectShip interface to request proof of signature if marked on Order</li>
<li>Changed ConnectShip interface to request insurance if marked on order</li>
<li>Changed ConnectShip interface to use Residential flag is marked on order</li>
<li>Changed ConnectShip interface to use the Shipper set in Box table</li>
<li>Added IsResidential and ShipIsResidential fields to Customer table</li>
<li>Added ShipIsResidential, IsSignatureRequired, IsShipInsured fields to Orders table</li>
<li>Added WeightTo, OrderAmtFrom, OrderAmtTo, Country, State, SelectType, POShipMethod,</li>
<li>ResidentialShipMethod, InternationalShipMethod fields to ActualShip table</li>
<li>Added idxResort index to ActualShip table</li>
<li>Added new shipping method calculation procedure to Box Shipping</li>
<li>Added Residential checkboxes to Customer screen addresses</li>
<li>Added Phone extension fields to Customer screen</li>
<li>Added Ship Insured and Signature Required checkboxes to Shipping tab on Order screen</li>
<li>Added Residential checkboxes to addresses on Order screen</li>
<li>Added menu item to open ship method calculation dialog screen</li>
<li>Added preference to automatically set Signature Required on Order screen if item total</li>
<li>is over a certain dollar amount</li>
<li>Added preference to automatically set Ship Insured on Order screen if item total</li>
<li>is over a certain dollar amount</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1116</p>
<ol>
<li>Added progress updates to all Process Orders tabs</li>
<li>Changed progress bar on Process Orders to minimize redraws, and update on full percentage change only</li>
<li>Added Purchase Order discounts to PO screen</li>
<li>Added Purchase Order discounts to Receive Inventory screen</li>
<li>Fixed floating delete button on PO screen</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1111</p>
<ol>
<li>Added USB scale option to shipping preferences</li>
<li>Added MT PS series scale reading via USB to box shipping</li>
<li>Changed Receive Inventory screen to not automatically add new receipt record</li>
<li>Fixed Cross Docking (renamed from Quick Fill) feature, added new processing screen</li>
<li>Fixed Receive inventory to mark item as serialized when added</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1110</p>
<ol>
<li>Lengthened ShipMeth field (and variants) throughout application</li>
<li>Added two additional substitution product numbers to Product substitution dialog</li>
<li>Added option to substitute highest stock to Product substitution dialog</li>
<li>Changed Shipping to only print invoices for serialized inventory</li>
<li>Added ability to choose from multiple substitutions to Order screen</li>
<li>Added ability to substitute kit items to Order screen</li>
<li>Added ability to automatically substitute highest stock item to Order screen</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1109</p>
<ol>
<li>Fixed ConnectShip integration to use the Shipper code from the ConnectShipSetup table, based on the order CompanyNo</li>
<li>Added index for OrderDet.Priority field</li>
<li>Added OverrideCompanyNo field to Products table</li>
<li>Added MinimumFreeFreightPurchaseAmt, CreditLineAmt, CoOpPct fields to Supplier table</li>
<li>Changed scale configuration</li>
<li>Removed CRLF from scale write</li>
<li>Added dropdown Company field to Orders screen</li>
<li>Added automatic assigment of Company on order screen based on the company specified for the operator</li>
<li>Added company override by product to the order screen.</li>
<li>Added company field to Operator dialog form.</li>
<li>Added Setup button for company to Operator dialog form.</li>
<li>Added Check All / Uncheck All buttons to all tabs on Process Orders</li>
<li>Added ability to refresh by priority for all tabs on Process Orders</li>
<li>Changed Fill Backorders on Process Orders to fill &#8220;RUSH&#8221; priority items first</li>
<li>Added progress indicators to all tabs on Process Orders</li>
<li>Changed Refresh process for all tabs on Process Orders to disable grid while refreshing.</li>
<li>Added Company Override dropdown to products screen</li>
<li>Added Company Setup button to products screen (Admin only)</li>
<li>Added MPA for Free Freight, Credit Line, and Co-op% fields to Supplier screen</li>
<li>Added Minimum for Free Freight field to PO screen</li>
<li>Fixed PO discount to not default to 0</li>
<li>Fixed possible error when using Receive Address dropdown</li>
<li>ALSO: See new MCM build that fixes the eBay order message bug</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1108</p>
<ol>
<li>Changed generic edit dialog to center on main form instead of screen</li>
<li>Added SubtotalAmt, DiscountAmt, ItemAmt, Terms, RequiredDt, SupplierDiscountPct to PO table</li>
<li>Changed POItem Description field length to 50</li>
<li>Added DiscountPct, DiscountAmt, DiscountTotalAmt, TotalCostAmt fields to POItems table</li>
<li>Added DefaultTerms, DiscountPct, BuyerOperatorID, DefaultFOB, VendorCode, MinimumPurchaseAmt fields to Supplier table</li>
<li>Added DiscountPct, DiscountAmt fields to ProductSuppliers table</li>
<li>Added ReceivingAddresses table</li>
<li>Changed scale interface to set parity bits to even and remove extra CRLF code</li>
<li>Fixed product search dialog to use the ProductSuppliers table correctly</li>
<li>Added UPC, UPC2, and UPC3 to the full text search on the product search dialog</li>
<li>Fixed message after Adjust Inventory is complete</li>
<li>Added override of POItem DiscountPct &amp; DiscountAmt from ProuductSuppliers after product search</li>
<li>Added MAP field to Products screen</li>
<li>Added Discount % and Discount Amt fields to Suppliers tab on Product screen</li>
<li>Added Vendor Code, Default FOB, MPA, Default Terms, Discount %, Buyer fields to Supplier screen</li>
<li>Added Required Dt, Terms to PO screen</li>
<li>Added Subtotal, Discounts to PO form and changed total calculation to subtract discounts</li>
<li>Added Minimum Purchase Amount to PO form.  Field changes to Yellow if the amount is not met.</li>
<li>Added Discount %, Discount Amt, Disounted Cost Amt and related calculations to PO Items grid on PO screen</li>
<li>Added Expected date to PO Items grid on PO screen.</li>
<li>Added Prompt to change line item expected dates if PO expected date is changed</li>
<li>Added default to current PO expected date for PO items</li>
<li>Added default to supplier discount % when new PO line items are added.</li>
<li>Added multiple Ship To addresses setup dialog, accessible from the PO Setup menu</li>
<li>Added dropdown to select from multiple Ship To addresses on PO screen</li>
<li>Added default to Supplier FOB and Terms when creating new PO</li>
<li>Added delete item button to PO screen</li>
<li>Added default to PO item Discount % and Discount Amt when adding PO items to Receive Inventory screen</li>
<li>Fixed line item discount calculation on Receive Inventory screen to using rounding</li>
</ol>
<p>Build 1102:</p>
<ol>
<li>Added UPC2 and UPC3 fields to Products table</li>
<li>Changed Box Shipping to search all three UPC fields and Product #</li>
<li>Added Invoice printing to Box Shipping (Uses &#8220;R5104 Box Invoice.srw&#8221; report`, triggered by &#8220;Finished Packing Order&#8221; button)</li>
<li>Added ConnectShip interface to Box Shipping (Triggered by &#8220;Finished Packing Order&#8221; button)</li>
<li>Added CurrentBoxShipOrderNo report filter option, which uses the current order number in the box scan screen</li>
<li>Added NotAvailableForSale location option to product multiple location inventory.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can set up the report by copying &#8220;R5100 This Invoice.srw&#8221; and renaming the copy &#8220;R5104 Box Invoice.srw&#8221;.  Then replace the CurrentOrderNo field with CurrentBoxShipOrderNo.</p>
<p>Connectship XML requests are logged in the ConnectShipLog table.  It will show the XML request, the XML result, and an error message if applicable.  This can be used to determine if the settings are correct and if the connection to the XML server is being made.</p>
<div id="_mcePaste" style="position: absolute; left: -10000px; top: 0px; width: 1px; height: 1px; overflow: hidden;">
<h3><a href="../new-features-in-mailware-2010/2010-multi-channel-manager/"><img class="size-full wp-image-471 " style="margin-left: 4px; margin-right: 4px;" title="Multi Channel Manager (MCM)" src="../mwimages/NewMWFeatureMultiChannel.png" alt="Multi Channel Manager (MCM)" width="112" height="112" align="left" /></a>Multi Channel Manager (MCM)</h3>
<p>We have added several new carts and updated a few. Plus, the MCM can be easily updated to work with any MySQL, SQL Server, XML or .csv cart. Don’t see your cart in the list? Just ask.</p>
<p>The MCM runs on your desktop and communicates directly with all your channels – no 3rd party hosting required. It automatically:</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/revision-history/2011-revisions/revision-history-2011/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Video Tutorials</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/video-tutorials/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/video-tutorials/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2010 19:09:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Mailware]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2968</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Please select a video from the side bar.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Please select a video from the side bar.</p>
<div id="videoLoc" style="width:100%;height:350px;border:1px solid #CCCCCC;">
<object id="foo" name="foo" type="text/html" data="" style="width:100%;height:100%;"></object>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/video-tutorials/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Integration</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/landing/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/landing/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 19 Aug 2010 16:09:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2643</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[The following are a few of the services that Mailware be integrated into. Services are divided into marketplaces, feeds, shipping, third party software, and eCart solutions.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[The following are a few of the services that Mailware be integrated into. Services are divided into marketplaces, feeds, shipping, third party software, and eCart solutions.]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/landing/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Shopping cart software Comparison</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/cart-comparison/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/cart-comparison/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 13 Aug 2010 20:46:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2424</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This chart is a feature and price comparison of a few of the popular eCart Solutions that work with Mailware Multi-Channel Manager. The information found on this chart was compiled from the information provided on each company&#8217;s website. Rollover for more information. Number of Software Variations 2 3 2 1 3 3 4 5 6 [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 925px; margin-left: -20px; text-align: center;">
<div style="text-align: center; height: 50px; padding-bottom: 17px;">This chart is a feature and price comparison of <strong>a few</strong> of the popular eCart Solutions that work with <strong>Mailware Multi-Channel Manager</strong>. The information found on this chart was compiled from the information provided on each company&#8217;s website.</div>
<div id="cartChart">
<div id="stickyBox" style="width: 920px; background: #dbe5f1; background-image: url(http://mailware.com/images/logos/mailwareLogo.png); background-repeat: no-repeat; background-position: 20px 15px;">
<div class="cartChartHeader" style="width: 298px !important;"><img src="http://mailware.com/wp-content/themes/parallelus-unite/images/bullets/star.png" alt="" /> Rollover for more information.</div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/prostores/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/prostores.png" alt="ProStores" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/miva-merchant/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/miva.png" alt="Miva Merchant" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/x-cart/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/xcart.png" alt="X-Cart" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/zen-cart/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/zencart.png" alt="ZenCart" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/oscommerce/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/oscommerce.png" alt="osCommerce" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/magento/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/magento.png" alt="Magento" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/nscommercespace/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/nscommercespace.png" alt="nsCommerceSpace" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/aspdotnetstorefront/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/aspdotnet.png" alt="ASP.net Storefront" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/volusion/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/volusion.png" alt="Volusion" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/pinnacle-cart/"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/pinnaclecart.png" alt="Pinnacle Cart" /></a></div>
<div class="cartChartHeader"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cartchart/bvcommerce.png" alt="BV Commerce" /></div>
</div>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Number of Software Variations</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>2</td>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>3</td>
<td>3</td>
<td>4</td>
<td>5</td>
<td>6</td>
<td>5</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays">Instalation/Setup Fee</td>
<td></td>
<td>$49</td>
<td></td>
<td>Free</td>
<td>Free</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$49 for packages 1 and 2. $99 for package 3."></td>
<td></td>
<td>$49</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$49.95 installation fee. Fee waived for the two highest end software variations."></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Fee</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$29.95 or $59.95/month."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$59.95, $89.95 or $129.95/month."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$115.00 or $431.00 flat fee."></td>
<td>Free</td>
<td>Free</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Free for lowest package. Otherwise, yearly fee of $2,995 or $12,990."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$26.95, $49.95 or $99.95 /month."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$695, $1,295 or $1,495 flat fee."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$24.99, $39.99, $59.99, $99.99 or $159.99 /month."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$29.95, $54.95, $74.95, $95.95 or $149.95 / month."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="$0, $49, $99, $199, or $499 /month."></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays">Transaction Fees</td>
<td>0.5%</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Free</td>
<td>Free</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>eCommerce Hosting</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Hosted Storefront and Secure Cart</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Cart</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Personalized Domain</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available through company that hosts your webstore."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Number of Products</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="5,000 or 100,000."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="25, 300 or 100,000 products."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="25, 250, 1,000, 5,000 or unlimited products."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="10, 100, 5000, 10000, or 50000."></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">SSL Security</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Unique Email Boxes</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="5, 50 or 100 email addresses."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="5 free."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="2, 10, 30, 50 or 100."></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Storage Space</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="10 or 20 GB."></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="1, 2 or 25 GB/month."></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="100, 400 or 600MB, or 1.2 or 2.5 GB."></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Data Transfer</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="50 or 100 GB / month of Bandwidth."></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="5, 10 or 25GB/month."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="1, 3, 5, 15 or 25 GB of space."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="1, 6, 10, 17 or 40 GB."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="1, 10, 100, 250, or 1000 GB."></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Support</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Getting Started Checklist</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Online Tools &amp; Help</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Priority Email Tech Support</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">24/7 Toll-Free Phone Tech Support</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Training Videos</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Design/Customization</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Free Templates</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Customized Basic Design Settings</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Theme Builder &amp; HTML Design Editor</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Logo Generator</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Product Photos</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Thumbnail &amp; full size available."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Multiple photos allowed."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Unlimited."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Web Design Software Integration</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Promotion</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Run Promotions</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Coupon Codes</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Member Promotions &amp; Merch. Programs</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Gift Certificates</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Built-In Sale Price</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Free Shipping Option</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Quantity Discounting</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Product Merchandising</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Shopping Cart Cross-Sell / Upsell Merch.</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Downloadable Products</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">New Products / Featured Products</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Related Products Merchandising</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Product Reviews</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Wish List / Shopping List Feature</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Recently Viewed Products</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Limit Number of Products Purchased</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Catalog / Inventory Management</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Real Time Inventory Management</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Drag &amp; Drop Management</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Product Catalog</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Product Category &amp; Subcategory Level</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Product Attributes / Features</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Attribute-Level Inventory Tracking</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Inventory-Based Catalog Control</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Back-Orders &amp; Order-Splitting</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Low Quantity Alarm</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Batch Import / Export</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Customer Management</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Services, Subscriptions &amp; Memberships</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Multiple Buyer Groups</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Customer Accounts</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Customer Access to Account &amp; Details</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Email Notifications</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">View Order History</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Reccuring Orders</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Marketing Tools</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Search Engine Optimization (SEO)</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Affiliate Program</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Payment &amp; Order Processing</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Multiple Payment Methods</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Merchant Account Integration</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Process Credit Cards</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Invoice Management</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Recurring Billing</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">PayPal Processing</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Batch Order Processing</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">CW2 Security Code Support</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Shipping</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Drop Shipping</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available in X-Cart PRO."></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Major Company Shipping Integration</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Print Labels From Home</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Custom Shipping Tables</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Product Level Shipping Options</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Cart Level Shipping Options</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Quick Shipping Calculator</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">International Shipping</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Tax Tools</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Tax Calculators</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Back Office Management &amp; Administration</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Password Protection</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Export Products, Orders &amp; Customer Info.</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Import Products, Orders &amp; Customer Info.</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Available with an add-on."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Multiple Administrative Users</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Web Accessible Administration Interface</td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Reporting &amp; Accounting Tools</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Business Reporting</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Quickbooks Integration</td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Possible with use of a module from the X-Cart Marketplace."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Other Integration</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">AJAX Support</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td colspan="12" height="19px"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td class="alignLeftWays" colspan="12"><strong>Misc. Features</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr class="whiteTableBG">
<td class="alignLeftWays">Upgrade Options</td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Only available with certain packages."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showToolTiper" title="Free access to new versions for life."></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td class="showChecker"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 20px;"><a href="#">- Back to Top -</a></p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/cart-comparison/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Tracking Numbers</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/tracking-numbers/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/tracking-numbers/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 06 Aug 2010 17:57:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shipping Integration]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2330</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Package tracking tools that allow sellers to connect to shipping solutions and upload tracking numbers.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h3>How Package Tracking works</h3>
<p>When a customer buys a product on a web store, marketplace, or auction, they are given a unique number for each package. This tracking number allows the customer to trace where the package is in the shipping process.  The Mailware package tracking software allows the online merchant to automate many shipping tasks in order to save time.</p>
<h3>How Mailware works with tracking numbers</h3>
<p>Mailware integrates with multiple shipping solutions including UPS Worldship, FedEx Manager and Dazzle from <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/endicia/" target="_blank">Endicia</a>. Each of these creates shipping tracking numbers for packages you ship. These numbers are automatically entered into Mailware and then emailed and uploaded to your web sites. In Mailware, edit or create an order. On the left navigation, click the ‘Tracking Numbers’ button to open a dialog.</p>
<p><img src="/images/TrackingNo.png" border="0" alt="" width="303" height="384" /></p>
<p>The dialog may open in read-only mode. If you would like to enter or edit shipping tracking numbers manually you can unlock the dialog in preferences (Tools&gt;Preferences&gt;Orders).</p>
<p>In the display you can see the package tracking number that was returned to Mailware by your shipping software, or you can manually enter numbers. Most package tracking software also returns the actual charges billed to you (this is different than the charges billed to your customer, but can be the same amount), the weight of the package, the date shipped, the carrier and method and up to 3 custom fields. If you have more than one tracking number you can use the &lt; &gt; arrows at the top of the dialog to scroll through them.</p>
<p>Mailware can also upload package tracking numbers to your web stores that support them. Some of the web stores that work with Mailware include <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/amazon/" target="_blank">Amazon</a>, <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/ebay/" target="_blank">eBay</a>, <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/magento/" target="_blank">Magento</a>, and <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/volusion/" target="_blank">Volusion</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/tracking-numbers/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Customize Ordered Items</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/customize-ordered-items/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/customize-ordered-items/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2010 20:53:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2274</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Customize orders with messages, email notification and other order entry tools.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Customize Ordered Items Overview</strong></h2>
<p>You can add notes, details, personalization, work order information and more to each item in an order through our dynamic software. Customize messages can be prebuilt at the product level and edited at order entry or you can enter them from scratch in an order.</p>
<h2><strong>How Customize works</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware add or edit an order. Click any product in the order and then on the &#8216;Item Detail&#8217; tab at the bottom of the order screen click the &#8216;Customize&#8217; button. A dialog will open into which you can enter unlimited text. You can prepopulate this field at the product level and then edit it at order entry. For example, enter field names at the product level, then customize the item at order entry and type in the data for those fields (like personalization/monograms, instructions for work orders etc.).</p>
<p><img src="/images/Customize.png" border="0" alt="" width="350" height="300" /></p>
<p>The Customize field appears by default beneath each product on the printed billing invoice so it is a good place for notes about the product, upsell and cross sell suggestions etc. Or, you can remove it from the billing invoice and use it in internal reports like pick lists and work orders.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/customize-ordered-items/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Hold OrderOrder Specifics</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/hold-order/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/hold-order/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2010 20:16:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2269</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Hold orders for payment processing before order fulfillment. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Hold Order Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Mailware allows you to place any imported order on hold indefinitely or until a date you set. Upon release the order will appear in batch processing ready for order fulfillment.</p>
<h2><strong>How Hold Order works</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware add or edit an order. In the left navigation click the &#8220;Put Order on Hold&#8221; button. In the dialog that opens click the &#8216;Hold Order&#8217; checkbox and if desired select a release date from the &#8216;Hold Until&#8217; pulldown. Click the &#8216;Close&#8221; button when done. The order will display a bright red notice in the &#8216;Order Info&#8217; tab (to the right of the shipping address) indicating the order is on hold.</p>
<p><img src="/images/HoldOrder.png" border="0" alt="" width="462" height="424" /></p>
<p>You can use scripts to hold orders based on criteria you choose. For example, hold all orders from a specific source, hold unpaid orders (although unpaid orders are exempted from processing by default), orders with installment payments etc. You can also set preferences to default new work orders to on hold. This allows you to approve each order before processing and fulfillment.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/hold-order/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Installment Payments</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/installment-payments/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/installment-payments/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2010 20:02:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Payments]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2264</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware’s full back office system offers PCI Compliance and installment payment plans for your customers.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Installment Payments Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Create installment payment plans and apply them to orders. Mailware will remind you to charge credit cards or send billing invoices to the customer at each interval until paid in full. You can hold an order too, so it does not ship until paid and processed. This works for layaways as well.</p>
<h2><strong>How Installment Payments work</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware open an order then click &#8216;Installment Payments&#8217; in the left navigation to create installment plans. Enter a Plan Name, # of Payments, Interval (weekly, monthly), # of Grace Days and whether you want to collect sales tax and/or shipping in the first payment. Click the &#8216;Close&#8217; button to save your work.</p>
<p><img src="/images/InstallPayments.png" border="0" alt="" width="558" height="475" /></p>
<p>To use your plans create a new order, or edit an existing one. Click the &#8216;Payment&#8217; tab and select the default payment from the list. Click &#8216;Edit&#8217; to open the Payment dialog (You can also create a new payment by clicking the &#8216;New&#8217; button. This is handy when you want to create an installment plan for the balance of an existing order).</p>
<p>In the Payment dialog select &#8220;Install&#8221; as the payment method. Then select one of your plans from the &#8216;Plan&#8217; pulldown. You can click the &#8216;Payments&#8217; button next to see the payments that will be created or skip that step and enter the credit card number (or choose an existing card number from their history. Mailware stores them in encrypted format for PCI Compliance purposes).</p>
<p>You can authorize the first payment immediately using the &#8216;Authorize&#8217; button or charge the card later when due. Click &#8216;OK&#8217; to save and Mailware will display each of the upcoming payments in the grid. The order will not be submitted to batch processing (for fulfillment) until all the payments are authorized, however you can mark the order as On Hold as an additional safety measure. To do so click the &#8220;Put Order on Hold&#8221; button in the left navigation.</p>
<p>If you would like to fulfill the order immediately you can do so by printing an invoice, packing list, pick list etc. directly from the order screen. These items are found under the &#8216;Print&#8217; menu item at the top of the screen. Be sure to mark the order as shipped from the Order text menu item at the top of the screen or by right clicking individual items to show that the order has been filled even though payments are still due. If you have a shipping integration set up for UPS, FedEx, USPS etc. the order will be marked shipped automatically so you can skip that step.</p>
<p>Installment payments are useful for payment plans, collections, layaways and staged work (like labor). You can also use them with subscriptions and recurring orders.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/installment-payments/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>What is Mailware?</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 28 Jul 2010 20:52:36 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Mailware]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2129</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How does it work? Mailware is a multi channel manager and a full back office system that does more than talk to your web store. With Mailware, you can manage your orders from all your online stores, handle inventory from multiple warehouses, interact with a full customer database, ship to your customers, and manage your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div>
<p><img style="margin-left: 10px;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/questionmark.jpg" alt="How Mailware Works" align="right" /></p>
<h3 style="color: #0066cc; margin-top: -30px; text-align: right;">How does it work?</h3>
<p>Mailware is a multi channel manager and a full back office system that does more than talk to your web store. With Mailware, you can manage your orders from all your online stores, handle inventory from multiple warehouses, interact with a full customer database, ship to your customers, and manage your accounting. Check out the features to the right to learn more.</p>
</div>
<div style="margin-top: 80px;">
<p><img style="margin-right: 10px;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/1.jpg" alt="Your Web Presence" align="left" /></p>
<h3 style="color: #0066cc; margin-top: -30px;">The Multi Channel Manager (MCM)</h3>
<p>Products you sell may exist in multiple online locations: marketplaces, auction websites, feed sites, and your web store(s). Managing all these services manually can be troublesome and time consuming. Mailware works with all of your online stores, feeds, marketplaces, and  auctions to <strong>eliminate micromanagement</strong>. Mailware <strong>creates new listings and updates inventory counts</strong> on all your sites as items are  sold. <strong>Orders are downloaded automatically</strong> at the intervals you set, ready to fulfill. And after orders are shipped, Mailware <strong>uploads tracking numbers and ship dates</strong>.</p>
</div>
<div style="margin-top: 50px;">
<p><img style="margin-left: 10px;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/2.jpg" alt="Full Back Office System" align="right" /></p>
<h3 style="color: #0066cc; margin-top: -30px; text-align: right;">Full Back Office System</h3>
<p><strong>Mailware</strong> is a complete back office system . Use Mailware to update inventory in multiple locations, manage customers, send emails, create purchase orders, process returns, enter phone orders, track ads and much, much more. There are hundreds of features in the back office system alone that you won&#8217;t find in online solutions or simple channel managers &#8211; features you need to run your mail order business.</p>
</div>
<div style="margin-top: 50px;">
<p><img style="margin-right: 10px;" src="http://www.mailware.com/images/3.jpg" alt="Integrate Third Party Software" align="left" /></p>
<h3 style="color: #0066cc; margin-top: -30px;">Integrated Third Party Software</h3>
<p>Mailware works with dozens of third party packages so you do not have to give up your favorite software. Ship with UPS Worldship, Fedex Manager, Endicia and more. Mailware exports to Quickbooks and other accounting packages &#8211; everything your bookkeeper and CPA needs is included. Process credit cards directly from Mailware with dozens of credit card providers. Verify addresses with NCOA services like AccuZip and Mailers +4. Send and receive data from drop shippers, vendors, wholesalers and retailers. This list is as long as there are software systems.</p>
</div>
<h2 style="color: #0066cc; margin-top: 40px;">The Big Picture</h2>
<div style="margin-top: 10px;"><img src="http://www.mailware.com/images/cloudsgrass.jpg" alt="Mailware uploads shipping information, downloads orders, and uploads/downloads products and product information." /></div>
<p style="margin-top: 30px; text-align: center;"><a href="#">- Back to Top -</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Actual Shipping Method</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/actual-shipping-method/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/actual-shipping-method/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jul 2010 19:45:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shipping Integration]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2105</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Multiple Shipping tools and methods integrated into your Mailware back office system. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Actual Shipping Method Overview</strong></h2>
<p>With Mailware, customers can choose from multiple shipping solutions and systems. You can specify or automatically select a different shipping method than the one selected by the customer at order entry or on your web site. For example, you could send an order via Priority Mail instead of UPS Ground. The customer typically receives the order in the same or less time and Mailware will show the originally selected method while also storing the alternate method.</p>
<h2><strong>How Actual Shipping Methods work</strong></h2>
<p><strong> Manual Method: </strong>During order entry or when editing an order you entered or imported you can simply click the &#8216;Shipping&#8217; tab and then the &#8216;Actual&#8230;&#8217; button. In the dialog that opens select a different ship method for the order from the pulldown. You can also override an automatically calculated actual method here by checking the override option. Mailware will show the original method on the order, but will send the order to the appropriate Actual method (e.g., if the customer selected UPS 2nd Day, but you choose Priority Mail the order will be shipped by Priority Mail. You can choose to show either ship method to the customer on the invoice, in emails and on your shopping cart.)</p>
<p><img src="/images/ActualShip.png" border="0" alt="" width="559" height="244" /></p>
<p><strong>Automatic Method:</strong> Click the &#8216;Orders&#8217; button on the Mailware main menu. In the window that opens click the &#8216;Actual Ship Calc&#8230;&#8217; button in the left navigation under the Setup section. In the dialog that opens you can set up logic to choose an Actual ship method based on; the selected method, total weight is greater or lesser than a set weight or the order is over a set quantity.</p>
<p>Create as many rules as you like. When you enter an order the &#8216;Actual Ship Method&#8217; will be automatically selected if the order meets the rules you created. For imported orders a script can be run to select the &#8216;Actual Ship Method.&#8217;</p>
<p>If you would like to control which ship using method appears on reports and emails you can do so by editing within the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/tools/reporting/ " target="_blank">Report Writer</a> and<a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/customers/email-notification/" target="_blank"> Email Notifications</a> system.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/actual-shipping-method/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Order Source</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-source/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-source/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jul 2010 01:31:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2098</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Another system tool is Order Source and where import or keyed orders come from including basic related customer information. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Order Source Overview</strong></h2>
<p>You can track where your orders came from whether they were imported orders or keyed. The source can be used to sort orders at fulfillment, report on sales amounts and costs by source, control the contact information on reports (e.g., Different billing invoices for different stores/sources) and send orders to different locations to fulfill.</p>
<h2><strong>How Order Source works</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware you can specify a list of sources. Open the Order screen and click the &#8216;Order Source&#8217; button under Setup on the left column. In the dialog that opens add as many sources as you wish. These may be general like; &#8220;Internet&#8221;, &#8220;Phone&#8221; etc. or specific like the name of each web store or retail location. Click &#8216;Close&#8217; and then on any order click the &#8216;Details&#8217; button to manually select a source for an order.</p>
<p>You can import orders and have them automatically set the source for an order based on the location from which they came. In addition, on import you can specify a unique Operator ID for each source. This allows you to control the contact information on invoices automatically. You can set the invoice to use under the Operator ID setup (Click the Setup menu item on the main Mailware menu and use the pulldown under each ID to specify an invoice report).</p>
<p>Sources can also be used by any report to sort or separate information. Print a sales report with totals for each location. Or have the report page break at each source for distribution to separate recipients. Email notifications can be sent based on source as well. Quickly notify drop shippers, vendors and other recipients of any information related to their orders that you wish.</p>
<p>In the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/multi-channel-manager/2010-multi-channel-manager/" target="_blank">Multi Channel Manager</a> (MCM) you can setup Operator ID sources so orders are marked automatically as they are downloaded. Click Tools&gt;Preferences from the text menu at the top of Mailware and on the dialog that opens click the Channels tab. Select a channel on the left to Add or Edit and in the next dialog that opens select the Operator ID you wish to assign it from the pulldown. If you do not have an ID already created you can do so from the Setup menu instructions above for assigning invoices to locations.</p>
<p>Once setup your location sourcing, invoice printing and reporting/emailing are all automatic.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-source/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Order Priority</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-priority/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-priority/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jul 2010 01:22:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2096</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Order priority shipping through USPS Endicia and FedEx and other order fulfillment options.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Order Priority Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Some orders require special attention. In Mailware you can import orders and print these at the top of pick lists and fulfill them first. Or, you can lower the priority of an order and save it for later fulfillment.</p>
<h2><strong>How Order Priority works</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware open the Order screen and click the &#8216;Priority&#8217; button under the &#8216;Setup&#8217; option in the left column. In the dialog that opens add as many Priority names as you wish and their Sort Order. Close the dialog and then on any order click the &#8216;Details&#8217; button. You can specify a Priority manually from the pulldown for any order.  Or, an order import can specify the priority so it is automatically populated.</p>
<p><img src="/images/Priority.png" border="0" alt="" width="462" height="373" /></p>
<p>When you print pick lists, invoices etc. you can specify the sort order in the report to look at Priority first. Ascending order will print items with a Priority Sort Order of 1 first. Your Rush items can be first and Low Priority items last. You can also have them print in separate batches.</p>
<p>Other fields can be used to sort and separate batches in the report writer too. Use fields such as items ordered, order source, date, time etc. They can work in lieu of or in conjunction with the Priority field for maximum flexibility.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-priority/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Terms</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/terms/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/terms/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jul 2010 01:10:29 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2094</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware offers multiple payment methods and tools to customize payment plans and terms.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Terms Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Do you offer payment terms to your customers? In Mailware you can create as many payment plans as you like and assign them to orders and customers. Then print statements or email notifications to remind them to pay. Mailware exports to your Quickbooks add on so you can age your accounts receivables.</p>
<h2><strong>How Terms work</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware click the &#8216;Orders&#8217; button, then in the Setup section of the left column click the &#8216;Terms&#8217; button. In the dialog that opens you can add as many plans as you wish. Type a descriptive name (e.g., Due Upon Receipt or Net 30) then enter the Net Days, Discount %, Discount Days and Finance %. Click Close to save your work.</p>
<p><img src="/images/TermsSetup.png" border="0" alt="" width="424" height="305" /></p>
<p>You can assign a plan at order entry by clicking the &#8216;Details&#8217; button and selecting a plan from the pulldown. Or, assign terms at the customer level (on the &#8216;Additional Info&#8217; tab of the Customer screen) and they will be applied automatically to all future orders by that customer.</p>
<p><img src="/images/Terms.png" border="0" alt="" width="462" height="373" /></p>
<p>From the Report Center you can print statements for date ranges ready to mail. Or click the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/customers/email-notification/" target="_blank">Email Notification</a> button and run the Statements email notifications.</p>
<p>Accounts Receivable export to Quickbook so you can use it to track amounts due and age receivables. Receive payments in Mailware and it update Quickbooks. No need to enter payments twice or work in two separate programs.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/terms/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Order Messages</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-messages/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-messages/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 23 Jul 2010 01:03:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2092</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Make notes on priority items or send messages to customers about their orders in this order entry system. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Order Messages Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Mailware Multi Channel Manager includes several message fields you can use during order entry and elsewhere. Add single messages to business invoices on-the-fly or prebuild a repeating message for all your orders and customers. Mailware includes item level messages, shipping notes, email notification and more.</p>
<h2><strong>How Order Messages work</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware enter an order. Directly below the item list select a prebuilt message from the pulldown, or enter a custom message. It will appear on the invoice. If you would like to make a prebuilt message click on the Properties Icon and select &#8216;Setup Order Messages&#8230;&#8217; Any text you type can be selected later and added to the current invoice.</p>
<p><img src="/images/OrderMessages.png" border="0" alt="" width="589" height="384" /></p>
<p>Click the &#8216;More button next to the &#8216;Order Message&#8217; field to open a dialog with a second &#8216;Order Message&#8217; (which is used internally by default e.g., on pick lists, work orders etc.). It can be prebuilt or entered on-the-fly too. On this dialog click the &#8216;Gif/Messages&#8217; tab and enter anything you wish into one or both of the unlimited length message fields. You can have these appear on the invoice, a gift card, work orders or any report you wish. Finally, click the &#8216;Shipping tab&#8217; and enter another unlimited length message for your shipping carrier (e.g., &#8220;Leave on back porch.&#8221;). There is even an &#8216;Install Notes&#8217; field if your orders require special handling or setup.</p>
<p>Go back to the order screen and click any item then click the &#8216;Customize&#8217; button on the &#8216;Item Detail&#8217; tab. This opens another unlimited length message field into which you can enter any text you wish specific to that item. It appears by default under the product on the invoice, but can be used on any report too. It is great for item instructions, gift messages and suggested add-on products.</p>
<p>Need to make internal notes about a specific order. Click the &#8216;Notes&#8217; tab on the &#8216;Order&#8217; screen and enter anything you wish. Anyone who reviews or edits the order can read them. They do not print on any reports, but again you can add them to any reports you wish.</p>
<p>Lastly, you can add a permanent message to any report so you do not have to type or select it during order entry. Open a report, like the invoice, and click the &#8216;Layout&#8217; tab. Here you can make any changes you wish including adding a Label or Memo field (from the Page Designer icon). Type your message and drag and drop it anywhere you like on the preview of your form.</p>
<p>Mailware includes other messages and notes you can enter on other screens too. There is plenty of room to make as many comments as you wish, all in easy to use and find locations.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/order-messages/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Product Search</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/inventory/product-search/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/inventory/product-search/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2010 01:15:57 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Inventory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Inventory Control]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2063</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Back office software with easily integrated inventory management and database product search.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Product Search Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Find products in Mailware through a quick product search with a multitude of options – product number, size, color, keywords, upc codes and more. The software’s product search is customizable and consistent across orders, inventory and purchase orders.</p>
<p>The product search screen includes rich details about each item including images, stock levels, backorder status, current quantities (for hot selling items) and your own custom fields.</p>
<h2><strong>How Product Search works</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware enter an order, open the inventory screen or start a new purchase order. Open the product search dialog or start typing a product number and press the F2 key.</p>
<p><img src="/images/ProductSearch.png" border="0" alt="" width="589" height="701" /></p>
<p>Mailware’s product search is fast. Indexed fields and an intelligently designed database means you can locate a product in seconds, no matter how large your inventory catalog grows. You can simply search the system by product number. But there are many more options; Full Text Search looks at the Product Number, Description and Long Description fields simultaneously. Or, you can search any one of those fields individually. Filter by supplier and product type. Hide or show In Stock and Discontinued items too.</p>
<p>Do you sell items with multiple options like size, color etc.? The &#8216;Subproducts&#8217; tab in the product search makes finding any combination of options quick and easy. Select a product then select each option from the pulldown fields. You can create Subproducts quickly in Mailware for thousands of variations.</p>
<p>After you find your product(s) you can get detailed information about each one including your own custom fields, number in stock, on order and backorder from vendors and much more. Critical items are displayed directly on the search but you can see every detail with 2 clicks including images, attachments (like .pdf and word docs) etc.</p>
<p>Ready to add an item to an order? No need to close the search add 1 or more while the search screen remains open. You can even customize the items as you add them (insert instructions, notes, personalization, monograms etc.).</p>
<p>Finally, the product search screen is fully customizable. Change it to suit your business and start adding items to orders more quickly and with less errors. The product search works for inventory and purchase orders too.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/inventory/product-search/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Gift and Multiple Recipient Orders</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/gift-and-multiple-recipient-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/gift-and-multiple-recipient-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2010 00:28:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2059</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Gift and Multiple Recipient Orders Overview Create gift orders from a single sender to multiple gift recipients. The sender receives a billing invoice and each recipient receives a packing list without prices. Each customized gift order can have its own ship method and charge. You can also create orders for multiple recipients, for example from [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Gift and Multiple Recipient Orders Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Create gift orders from a single sender to multiple gift recipients. The sender receives a billing invoice and each recipient receives a packing list without prices. Each customized gift order can have its own ship method and charge.</p>
<p>You can also create orders for multiple recipients, for example from a client of yours to all their recipients of your product. This is useful if you drop ship for other sellers, have customers with multiple recipients in the same company, want to associate a group of orders with a specific client etc.</p>
<h2><strong>How </strong><strong>Gift and Multiple Recipient Orders </strong><strong>work</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware enter an order normally for the gift giver, client or vendor. Then click the Gift tab and add new orders. A separate order window pops up ready for product entry and the recipient’s shipping address. Mailware remembers the shipping addresses you enter so they can be used again without retyping.</p>
<p><img src="/images/GiftOrders.png" border="0" alt="" width="589" height="750" /></p>
<p>Print a business invoice for the gift giver and packing lists for the recipients then pick, pack and ship. Fulfillment is handled just like any other order so you do not have to worry about separating your gift orders. Mail, email or fax the invoice to the gift giver or ship it with any other items they may have ordered for themselves. The billing invoice displays all the products sent, and the charges grouped by recipient. You can bill the recipient, charge a credit card (a single charge for all the orders) or use any of the other supported payment methods in Mailware.</p>
<p>The gift order system is also designed for grouping shipments to multiple recipients. This is frequently used when drop shipping for clients. Their orders can be manually entered or imported with the client as the gift giver and their customers as the recipients. While not necessary this does provide an easy way to bill your clients and provide status of shipped orders.</p>
<p>The multiple recipient feature is also handy for large and corporate customers who have multiple recipients in the same organization. Set up the company and add new recipients for each employee as they order. Mailware remembers their information so you only have to enter it once. You can enter purchase order numbers for each recipient in the payment section of the gift order for tracking and billing purposes.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/gift-and-multiple-recipient-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Credit Card Processing</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/credit-card-processing/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/credit-card-processing/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2010 00:27:41 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA["credit card"]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Payment]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2056</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Back office system that integrates with the best merchant accounts for easy credit card processing. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Credit Card Processing Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Mailware is not only PCI Compliant, but supports over 100 of the best merchant account service providers like Authorize.net, Paymenttech, XCharge, PayPal and many more. See full list below.</p>
<p>Process any order by simply clicking the &#8216;Authorize&#8217; button to receive an approval code and charge the customer’s credit card.</p>
<h2><strong>How Credit Card Processing works</strong></h2>
<p>In Mailware simply set up preferences for the gateway of your choice. This activates an Authorize button on the Payment tab of the order screen. When you enter or import orders you can click the Authorize button for an immediate approval. Mailware can export batches for select gateways as well so you can authorize hundreds of charges at once.</p>
<p><img src="/images/CCPayment.png" border="0" alt="" width="503" height="441" /></p>
<p>Mailware’s credit card processing uses SSL data security encryption to send your charges. Multiple transaction types are supported for selected gateways including; sales, authorizations, capture, forces, voids and credits. You receive an approval code or declination and reason for each charge. Address Verification and CVV2 services are fully supported.</p>
<p>You can choose to receive email notifications for each charge processed. Mailware supports alternative currencies and eCheck services.</p>
<p>You can enter a single charge, or set up installment payments and/or recurring payments (useful for layaways, payment plans and subscriptions). Each transaction is logged and saved. Security settings can be activated to prevent internal fraud. Credit card information can be stored in encrypted format or completely erased for PCI Compliance purposes.</p>
<p><strong>Currently Supported Gateways</strong></p>
<p>Authorize.Net AIM<br />
ACH Direct Credit Card Service<br />
ACH Direct EFT Service<br />
Approve.NET<br />
Bank of America eStore<br />
Beanstream<br />
BlueFin<br />
BluePay<br />
BluePay Version 2<br />
ClearCard CNWB<br />
CollectPay Connect<br />
CollectPay Connect ACH<br />
Concord EFSNET<br />
CTEL<br />
CyberCash<br />
CyberSource<br />
3 Delta Systems<br />
Authorize.Net ECheck<br />
ECHO Link<br />
eCollections Portal<br />
eCollections ECheck Service<br />
ECX QuickCommerce 3.0<br />
Epoch Systems<br />
EPoint Processing<br />
eProcessing Network<br />
EPS Secure NET<br />
eWay ECommerce<br />
EZNP Internet Solutions<br />
Fast Transact<br />
Fast Transact ACH<br />
FirePay &#8211; Terra Payments<br />
GoRealTime<br />
Harbor Payments<br />
iAuthorizer<br />
iBill Processing<br />
IntelliPay ExpertLink<br />
InternetSecure<br />
IONGATE Processing<br />
iTransact RediCharge<br />
Janus1 &#8211; Marqi Nutrition Ltd.<br />
Link2Gov Web Payment<br />
LinkPoint Secure<br />
LinkPoint Virtual Check<br />
MCPS AIM<br />
Merchant E-Solutions<br />
Merchant Partners<br />
MiraServ OFT<br />
Moneris eSelect<br />
Moneris eSelect V2<br />
Net1 Payment Services Gateway<br />
NetBanx<br />
NetBilling<br />
Network Merchants<br />
NexCommerce Online<br />
Official Payments<br />
Paradata Systems Inc<br />
Pay By Touch<br />
PayCom Processing<br />
PayJunction<br />
Paymentech<br />
PayPal Pro<br />
PayPal PayFlow Pro ACH<br />
PayPal PayFlow Pro ECHECK<br />
PayPal PayFlow Pro Credit Card<br />
PayReady Link<br />
Payscape Gateway<br />
Payscape Gateway ECheck<br />
PayStream<br />
PayVision<br />
Planet Payment<br />
Plug &#8216;n Pay<br />
PRIGate Payment Resources<br />
PRIGate Payment Resources &#8211; ACH<br />
Processing Network<br />
Profit Stars ECheck<br />
Protx VPS Direct<br />
Protx CA VPS Direct<br />
PSIGate<br />
PSIGate XML<br />
QuickBooks Merchant Services<br />
RBS Lynk<br />
RealEX Payments<br />
Right Connection<br />
RTWare AIM<br />
SecurePay Australia<br />
Shift4<br />
SkipJack<br />
SurePay<br />
TransFirst eLink &#8211; CC<br />
TransFirst eLink &#8211; eCheck<br />
TrustCommerce CTLink<br />
TrustCommerce ACH<br />
USAEPay Gateway<br />
USAEPay ECheck<br />
uSight<br />
Velocity Pay<br />
VEREPAY Web Services<br />
VeriPayment.com<br />
Verisign PayFlow Pro ACH<br />
Verisign PayFlow Pro ECheck<br />
Verisign PayFlow Link<br />
Verisign PayFlow Pro<br />
Verisign PayFlow Pro Australia<br />
ViaKlix (Nova)<br />
ViaKlix (Nova) &#8211; Version 2<br />
ViaKlix (Nova) &#8211; Virtual Merchant<br />
ViaWarp<br />
Virtual Card Services<br />
YourPay (LinkPoint)<br />
WorldPay Junior Invisible<br />
XOR Gateway</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/credit-card-processing/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Shipping Integrations</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/fulfillment/shipping-integrations/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/fulfillment/shipping-integrations/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2010 00:21:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Fulfillment]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Order Specifics]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2053</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Shipping Integration Overview Mailware supports shipping via carriers like UPS, FedEx and the US Postal Service. You can also ship freight, international and provide local pickup. For the major carriers Mailware supports direct integration. This means any orders entered or imported into Mailware appear automatically in your shipping software as well, ready to process. How [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Shipping Integration Overview</strong></h2>
<p>Mailware supports shipping via carriers like UPS, FedEx and the US Postal Service. You can also ship freight, international and provide local pickup.</p>
<p>For the major carriers Mailware supports direct integration. This means any orders entered or imported into Mailware appear automatically in your shipping software as well, ready to process.</p>
<h2><strong>How Shipping Integrations work</strong></h2>
<p>Mailware includes an Open Database Connection (ODBC) driver for its database. This allows the Mailware database to communicate with those of the various carriers. As orders are entered or imported into Mailware they become immediately available within the shipping service systems. Key or scan a Mailware order number into UPS Worldship, FedEx Ship Manager or Endicia and all necessary information for the order to ship will appear. When processing end of day, shipping services systems will direct tracking numbers, ship dates and actual shipping costs back to Mailware.</p>
<p>For phone orders, calculate shipping quotes including flat rates, cost by order total, cost by order weight, costs by percentage, minimum rates, maximums and have access to rate and zone charts from major carriers. Charges can be compiled into any combination and can be adjusted to match USPS shipping rates. There is no limit to the number of shipping methods you can save and reuse – for example, create a ground ship method for residential, commercial and/or international locations and select these shipping quotes on the fly as needed. Each will charge the customer accordingly.</p>
<p>Create ship methods to match those found on your web stores. As orders are downloaded the matching method is automatically applied. Keep the chosen method or override it with an alternative Actual Ship Method to reduce shipping costs for a company while lowering shipping prices for the customer. Shipping integration allows automatic individual or batch printing of labels. In either case simply pick and pack orders, apply the label and be done.</p>
<p>Other features of the Mailware Shipping Integration include:</p>
<ul>
<li>Automatic upload of shipping confirmations to your web stores.</li>
<li>Access to order details.</li>
<li>Send shipping information, including clickable tracking numbers to customers.</li>
<li>Send e-mail notifications to customers regarding back orders, orders in process, canceled orders, credit card approval issues etc.</li>
<li>Shipping software reports gains or losses from shipping based on actual costs.</li>
<li>Avoid double shipment, keep track of orders as they’re processed preventing multiple fulfillment.</li>
<li>Track missed orders in order to fulfill them as soon as possible.</li>
</ul>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/fulfillment/shipping-integrations/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Drop Ship</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/drop-ship-purchase-orders/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/drop-ship-purchase-orders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2010 00:18:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Bruce@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shipping Integration]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=2050</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware includes solutions for vendors that work with drop ship distributors. Automatically send out drop ship purchase orders.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>Drop Shipping Overview</strong></h2>
<p>If you drop ship, you have other vendors ship items directly to your customers.  If you are a dropshipper, you ship products directly to customers for other vendors. Mailware provides solutions for both scenarios.</p>
<p>In the former, and more common, scenario you may enter an order manually or import it from any number of sources (your web store, Amazon, eBay etc.). Mailware will automatically assign a preferred dropshipper and create a drop ship purchase order.  Upon receipt of shipping confirmation from your vendors Mailware can upload tracking numbers to your web stores and email your customers.</p>
<p>In the latter case you can provide drop shipping for your clients. As they take orders and send them to you simply enter or import them into Mailware and fulfill normally. You can then run reports or export to text files the status of the filled orders and any billing.</p>
<h2><strong>How Drop Shipping Works</strong></h2>
<p>Before taking orders you will need to set up your product inventory. Mailware includes a Multiple Locations feature you can use to specify the locations and dropshippers associated with each product. For example, a single product may have two bin locations in Warehouse A, one in Warehouse B and two dropshippers.  For each location you can specify a quantity or indicate Non Inventory if you do not know the counts (common with dropshippers) as well as the preferred order.  Mailware will display the total quantity of all your locations in the In Stock field.</p>
<p>When you key or import an order Mailware will automatically deduct stock from the locations in preferred order. This allows you to deplete in house stock before ordering from drop shippers. You can also use it to ship from less expensive or faster dropshippers first. Mailware keeps track of the quantity on hand at each location and continues to the next available source as you create more orders. However, you can at anytime manually override the location on the order. Change drop shippers, select a dropshipper instead of your own warehouse, have all items sent by the same drop shipper etc.</p>
<p>Mailware can create a single drop ship purchase order for each vendor with all the information they need to ship products to you or directly to the customer. Or, you can create individual, editable purchase orders directly from the order screen. In either case the PO can be printed, faxed or emailed. It is also possible to create comma separated (.csv) text files, connect to an ftp site or a web portal or otherwise electronically transfer the PO to your vendors.</p>
<p>When your vendor ships they can return the tracking number and shipping information to Mailware. The information is stored at the order level and can be optionally uploaded to your web stores and an email sent directly to your customer notifying them of the shipment and containing a clickable tracking number.</p>
<h3>Drop Ship Distributors</h3>
<p>Use Mailware to connect your channels with your drop ship distributors. Mailware manages the transfer of orders directly from your web stores to your drop shippers. When they ship to your customers they can send tracking information back to Mailware, which can in turn upload the shipment confirmation to your channels. Using Mailware to automate the process ensures faster shipments, less work and happy customers.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/orders/drop-ship-purchase-orders/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Christmas in July Sale</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware-sales/christmas-in-july-sale/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware-sales/christmas-in-july-sale/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 16 Jul 2010 20:54:30 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Mailware Sales]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1999</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Save 10% on your new purchase of Mailware and additional workstations...and get a free gift!]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: center;"><img id="logo" class="aligncenter" style="border: 1px solid #dddddd; width: 550px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;" src="http://www.mailware.com/landing/xmasinjuly/xmasman.jpg" alt="" /></p>
<div style="text-align: center; background: #C4F2CA; padding: 15px;">Call a Mailware sales representative at <strong>866 624 &#8211; 5927</strong></div>
<div style="text-align: center; float: left; margin-top: 20px;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-what-is-the-mcm/"><img style="margin-left: 15px; padding: 2px; border: 1px solid #dddddd;" src="http://www.mailware.com/landing/xmasinjuly/whatismcmicon.jpg" alt="" /></a> <a href="http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-complete-back-office-system/"><img style="margin-left: 15px; padding: 2px; border: 1px solid #dddddd;" src="http://www.mailware.com/landing/xmasinjuly/backofficeicon.jpg" alt="" /></a></div>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware-sales/christmas-in-july-sale/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mailware &#8211; Complete Back Office System</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-complete-back-office-system/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-complete-back-office-system/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 16 Jul 2010 20:10:16 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[What Is Mailware]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1993</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Learn More about Mailware &#8211; Mult Channel Manager. Mailware is a multi channel manager, order management system, and full back office system for online merchants. It can manage and process orders from multiple web stores, marketplaces, and auction websites. Also, check out the many features of Mailware at our features page. [Previous Video: What is [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 550px; text-align: center; border: 1px solid #dddddd; height: 400px; margin-bottom: 20px;">
<object width="550" height="400"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/7A78aiUK1Z0?fs=1&amp;hl=en_US"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/7A78aiUK1Z0?fs=1&amp;hl=en_US" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true" width="550" height="400"></embed></object>
</div>
<p><a class="buttonOrange" style="color: #ffffff;" href="http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-what-is-the-mcm/">Learn More</a> about Mailware &#8211; Mult Channel Manager.</p>
<p>Mailware is a multi channel manager, order management system, and full back office system for online merchants. It can manage and process orders from multiple web stores, marketplaces, and auction websites.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Also, check out the many features of Mailware at our <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/">features page</a>.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;"><a href="http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-what-is-the-mcm/">[Previous Video: What is the MCM]</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-complete-back-office-system/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Mailware &#8211; What is the MCM</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-what-is-the-mcm/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-what-is-the-mcm/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2010 16:13:20 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[What Is Mailware]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1942</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Learn More about the Multi Channel Manager. Mailware is a multi channel manager, order management system, and full back office system for online merchants. It can manage and process orders from multiple web stores, marketplaces, and auction websites. When product information (such as inventory counts) is changed, Mailware updates the information for all of your [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="width: 550px; text-align: center; border: 1px solid #dddddd; height: 400px; margin-bottom: 20px;">
<object width="550" height="400"><param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/P5c0tLJ2ddo?hl=en&#038;fs=1"></param><param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"></param><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always"></param><embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/P5c0tLJ2ddo?hl=en&#038;fs=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true" width="550" height="400"></embed></object>
</div>
<p><a class="buttonOrange" style="color: #ffffff;" href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/multi-channel-manager/2010-multi-channel-manager/">Learn More</a> about the Multi Channel Manager.</p>
<p>Mailware is a multi channel manager, order management system, and full back office system for online merchants. It can manage and process orders from multiple web stores, marketplaces, and auction websites.</p>
<p>When product information (such as inventory counts) is changed, Mailware updates the information for all of your stores. At the end of each day when your shipping software writes back to Mailware it will update your web store with the ship date and tracking number for each order so your customers can log in and see their order status.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Also, check out the many features of Mailware at our <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/what-is-mailware/">features page</a>.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-complete-back-office-system/">[Next Video: Complete Back Office System]</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/what-is-mailware/mailware-what-is-the-mcm/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Endicia</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/endicia/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/endicia/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 14 Jul 2010 19:32:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Audrey@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Shipping]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1834</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Endicia shipping software, print labels at home and integrate with Mailware.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>Mailware and Endicia</h2>
<p>When orders are imported into Mailware with a US Postal Service ship method they will automatically appear in Endicia ready to print and ship. Or, you can have all your labels print in batches. When using Endicia, only the Professional Plan can be integrated to work with Mailware. The cost difference will be discussed further.</p>
<h3>More About Endicia</h3>
<p>Using Endicia gives sellers access to printable postage labels and shipping solutions. Different resources are available to your company to make shipping products easier. Endicia offers different printers that allow you to print out postage labels for boxes and flat packaging, and also print envelopes and use them for other necessary letter mail. Endicia also offers a scale for companies to use to calculate an accurate package weight in order to prevent over or under charging customers for their purchases. If the scale is not used, package weights can be preset through Mailware so that shipping can remain as accurate as possible.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<ul>
<li>Postage for domestic and international mail</li>
<li>DYMO Printable postage</li>
<li>Address verification</li>
<li>Prefilled custom forms</li>
<li>Return shipping labels</li>
<li>Scale integration</li>
<li>Label customization</li>
<li><a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/mailware-features/customers/email-notification/" target="_blank">Email</a> notification</li>
<li>Delivery statistics</li>
<li>Database integration</li>
<li>Third party software integration</li>
<li>USPS Insured mail</li>
</ul>
<h3>Cost</h3>
<p>There are 5 different service plans for Endicia that range from $9.95 a month to $34.95 a month. Features in each of these plans will vary package to package but the most basic package includes buying and printing postage from your PC, address verification, postage rate calculation, savings on delivery confirmation &amp; insurance, mail customization and postage reports.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/endicia/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Custom MySQL</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/custom-mysql/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/custom-mysql/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Jul 2010 21:09:32 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Audrey@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1843</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[How Mailware works with Custom MySQL Any accessible MySQL cart can be integrated with the Mailware Multi Channel Manager. We can write the SQL to integrate your cart, or you can do it yourself. Mailware can download orders, upload product changes to existing products such as price and quantity and can upload shipping confirmations, including [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>How Mailware works with Custom MySQL</h2>
<p>Any accessible MySQL cart can be integrated with the Mailware Multi Channel Manager. We can write the SQL to integrate your cart, or you can do it yourself. Mailware can download orders, upload product changes to existing products such as price and quantity and can upload shipping confirmations, including tracking numbers. All functions can be set for the timed intervals you wish and occur automatically. No third party hosting required &#8211; the Multi Channel Manager (MCM) runs directly from your PC or server.</p>
<h3>More About Custom MySQL</h3>
<p>Custom MySQL is any sort of shopping cart software that has been custom made by an independent software developer or development company. This avoids purchasing packages through a separate company and paying monthly fees. These shopping carts or web stores typically do not include merchant accounts or hosts to keep the web store up on the internet.</p>
<h3>Cost</h3>
<p>Cost for custom carts is typically for the software of the cart alone. Other costs include monthly payments for merchant accounts, integration with Mailware and server hosts to keep the web store online.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/custom-mysql/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>ProStores</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/prostores/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/prostores/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 07 Jul 2010 20:14:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Audrey@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1740</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware’s back office system works with your ProStore shopping cart.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2>How Mailware works with ProStores</h2>
<p>Contact us to see how we can work with your ProStores webstore.</p>
<h3>More about ProStores</h3>
<p>ProStores is a complete ecommerce solution backed by eBay. This solution will not only help to develop and design a storefront, but also will host web stores, which prevents involving a third party. ProStores also has affiliates for developing merchant accounts and recommends companies to help with management and marketing.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<ul>
<li>Ecommerce hosting and storefront</li>
<li>Personalized Domain</li>
<li>Priority Email and Toll-free Tech Support</li>
<li>Free &amp; Easy-to-use Design Templates</li>
<li>Advanced Customization</li>
<li>Online Sales &amp; Marketing Tools</li>
<li>Payment Processing &amp; Various Integrations</li>
<li>Shipping &amp; Tax Tools</li>
<li>Catalog &amp; Inventory Management</li>
<li>Shopping cart with real time payments</li>
<li>Reporting &amp; Accounting Tools</li>
<li>Upgrade Options</li>
</ul>
<h3>Cost</h3>
<p>There are two package options for using the ProStore solution: Professional eCommerce and Professional eCommerce Plus. These two package options have varying monthly fees and features/benefits through this solution.</p>
<p>Fees for Professional eCommerce are at $29.95 a month with a 0.5% transaction fee. Sellers are able to sell up to 5,000 products. The Plus version costs $59.95 a month plus a 0.5% transaction fee, allowing sales of up to 100,000 products a month. Being an eBay will benefit anyone using ProStore, offering a 30% discount. This brings monthly fees down to $20.95 for Professional eCommerce, and $41.95 a month for the Plus package. There are other fees for optional upgrades such as private domain registration among other features.</p>
<p>There is also a Jump Start Package available for a one-time fee of $1,799.00. This includes the essentials of Online Marketing, eCommerce Best Practices, and Store Administration guidance to deliver a professional store positioned to help you start making sales through their own web store. This also includes live online training, email marketing setup and training and store promotions guidance.</p>
<p>For designing the storefront, ProStores offers over 150 free templates available to users. Customers are also able to custom design their site, done by a third party, or by themselves through recommended designers.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/prostores/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pinnacle Cart</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/pinnacle-cart/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/pinnacle-cart/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Jul 2010 14:57:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1759</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Pinnecle Cart shopping cart integration with Mailware’s order management software.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with Pinnacle Cart</strong></h2>
<p>Contact us to see how we can work with your Pinnacle Cart webstore.</p>
<h3>More about Pinnacle Cart</h3>
<p>Pinnacle Cart is a powerful, easy to use, ecommerce shopping cart software. Written in PHP, the cart is both fast and highly customizable with a focus in marketing and driving traffic. Pinnacle uses a drag and drop design which allows merchants to customize their store without the need of any programming experience. Some of the many businesses that use the software include Corona Extra, NPR, Pangea, and the United States Ski Team.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>Pinnacle Cart offers five different packages with unique feature sets; however all of solutions share the following features:</p>
<ul>
<li>Unlimited number of products</li>
<li>Daily backups that can be restored from the control panel</li>
<li>24/7 E-mail support and free phone support</li>
<li>Free Google Adwords Credit</li>
<li>CSS/XHTML design with drag-and-drop layout design</li>
<li>Search engine optimization SEO solutions</li>
<li>Advanced tools to handle taxes</li>
<li>Optional one-page checkout</li>
</ul>
<h3>How much does Pinnacle Cart cost?</h3>
<p>Pinnacle Cart comes in five different packages, each with their own set of features. All of the packages come with Adwords credits, unlimited products, and ftp access. The Limited package costs $29.95 a month and allows for 100 MB of disk space, 1 GB of data traffic, and 2 email accounts. The set-up fee for the Limited package is $49.95. The second tier product from Pinnacle Cart is the Starter package and costs $54.95 with a $49.95 set-up fee. This package allows for 400 MB of disk space, 6 GB of data traffic, and 10 email accounts. Pinnacle Cart Starter also comes with a free migration from an existing cart. The Standard package costs $74.95 (plus the $49.95 set-up fee) and allows for 600 MB disk space, 10 GB data traffic, 30 email accounts, free cart migration, as well as access to the source code.</p>
<p>The fourth tier package, Pro, costs $95.95 and the set-up fee is waived. This solution comes with an included FTP and allows for 1.2 GB of disk space, 17 GB data traffic, and 50 email accounts. The final tier product of Pinnacle Cart is the Premium package which costs $149.95 and the set-up fee has been waived as well. Along with all of the features that the previous packages offer, Premium also includes 2.5 GB of disk space, 40 GB data traffic, and 100 email accounts.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/pinnacle-cart/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>AspDotNetStorefront</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/aspdotnetstorefront/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/aspdotnetstorefront/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 05 Jul 2010 14:57:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1757</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware order management software integrates with ASPDotNetStoreFront cart.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with AspDotNetStorefront</strong></h2>
<p>With AspDotNetStorefront integrated into Mailware, the online merchant adds very crucial capabilities to the ecommerce system. Orders are downloaded and then fulfilled in one system. Adding new products to AspDotNetStorefront’s Multi-Store system is simple and the Mailware interface allows tracking numbers/order statuses to upload into the ecommerce platform.</p>
<h3>More about AspDotNetStorefront</h3>
<p>As the name suggests, AspDotNetStorefront is an ecommerce store platform built on an ASP .NET and currently, powers over 10000 stores. The system boasts a very large list of different product features and is offered in four different packages for a variety of different sized businesses. High quality customer service is offered around the clock and there is an online community present. AspDotNetStorefront admits that it is aggressively priced, but they have been around since 1997 and offer tee most features for the price.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>AspDotNetStorefront offers a very extensive feature list by default, and many additional features specifically for the four packages. Some of the features included with all packages are:</p>
<ul>
<li>Web based store management</li>
<li>Integration with PayPal and Google checkout</li>
<li>Search engine optimization solutions</li>
<li>Advanced product listing and display options</li>
<li>Coupons and gift certificates</li>
<li>Skin based storefront customization</li>
<li>Order history</li>
</ul>
<h3>How much does AspDotNetStorefront cost?</h3>
<p>AspDotNetStorefront comes in four different packages that offer a variety of different feature sets at different prices. The ML/Express storefront package is designed for the small business and has a base price of $695 and allows for 500 products. If a merchant decides to include a year of upgrades and support, a $249 charge is added as well. For additional features not included by default, AspDotNetStorefront offers the ML package at a cost of $1295. This allows merchants to have access to the source code (for an additional $995) and up to 250000 different products. ML comes with one server and additional servers can be added for $995.</p>
<p>The third tier of AspDotNetStorefront products is the ML/64 package, costing $1495. As well as the features included with the previous packages, ML/64 is run on a 64 bit system. The final tier of solutions from AspDotNetStorefront is the Multi-Store package with a base cost of $1495 and a 5 store license at $3490. Multi-Store offers the entire vast amount of features provided to the other packages such as affiliate solutions, separate domain names, dedicated servers, and improved functionality as well as allowing for up to 250 additional store licenses (costing varying amounts).</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/aspdotnetstorefront/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>osCommerce</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/oscommerce/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/oscommerce/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 18:45:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1731</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware’s back office system works with your osCommerce shopping cart and QuickBooks.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with osCommerce</strong></h2>
<p>Connecting Mailware with osCommerce&#8217;s MySQL database allows orders to be downloaded and fulfilled in one system. The system will upload tracking numbers and order statuses to osCommerce customer accounts. Changes to inventory counts and prices are reflected on the stores as they happen.</p>
<h3>More about osCommerce</h3>
<p>Since March of 2000 osCommerce has been offering an open source solutions to online retailers, merchants, a businesses.  They provide an ecommerce and online store-management software for free under the GNU General Public License. Due to the software being based on PHP and MySQL, osCommerce works well with most web servers and is easily modified. There is a large online community of developers and users that have created a myriad of different themes, add-ons and extensions. Because of the active community of over 14,000 live shops, osCommerce can be highly customized to fit the needs of the online merchant. Many of osCommerce functions are web-based, such as the automatic installation (from free services such as Fantastico) and the administrative panel.</p>
<h4>Features</h4>
<p>There are a number of user created features that can be added onto osCommerce from the large online community. The following features are included in the normal</p>
<ul>
<li>Compatible with all major browsers and several languages</li>
<li>Automatic web-based installation</li>
<li>Unlimited number of products and categories</li>
<li>Web based administration module</li>
<li>Database backup and restore</li>
<li>Multiple platforms have been built to extend the functionality even further</li>
</ul>
<h4>How much does osCommerce Cost?</h4>
<p>osCommerce, as the name suggests, is an open source solution under the GNU General Public License which allows anyone rights to use, modify and redistribute the software as they see fit.  There are no restrictions put on individuals who wish to sell the software or redistribute it for free.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/oscommerce/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Zen Cart</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/zen-cart/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/zen-cart/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 18:07:11 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1736</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware Ecommerce software for your Zen Cart shopping cart.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with Zen Cart</strong></h2>
<p>Contact us to see how we can work with your Zen Cart webstore.</p>
<h3>More about Zen Cart</h3>
<p>Zen Cart is a PHP based online ecommerce store management system that is created from the <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/oscommerce/" target="_blank">osCommerce</a> framework as a separate project. The shopping cart system is offered freely under the GNU Public License and has developed a large online community that is always improving on the many modules. Some of the modules included with the default installation of Zen Cart include a gift certificate/voucher module, a module that sells downloads (like eBooks) and a module that allows merchants to send and manage digital coupons. Zen Cart offers a variety of free add-on modules though their website.</p>
<p>Zen cart uses an XML template system and is highly customizable. Merchants have the ability to add unlimited pages to an ecommerce store and style them with CSS. There is also support to integrate phpBB forums into Zen Cart. The myriad of community created modules only furthers the already high level of customization that is possible with the software.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>The Zen Cart community has developed a large number of add-ons to increase the features of the system. The following are included with the default installation of Zen Cart:</p>
<ul>
<li>Unlimited categories and products</li>
<li>Gift certificates and discount coupons</li>
<li>phpBB integration</li>
<li>Newsletter manager</li>
<li>Multiple language and currency support</li>
<li>XML template system</li>
<li>Featured products</li>
<li>Easy installation</li>
</ul>
<h3>How much does Zen Cart cost?</h3>
<p>Zen Cart is offered as a free, open source, ecommerce platform. Because it is branched from the osCommerce framework, the system inherits the GNU General Public License and is free to use, distribute, and modify. For those who want to support Zen Cart, they offer a monthly donation program via <a href="http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/paypal/" target="_blank">PayPal</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/zen-cart/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Volusion</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/volusion/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/volusion/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 18:01:18 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cart]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MCM]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PayPal]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quickbooks]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[SEO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Store]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1718</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware’s back office system works with your Volusion shopping cart and QuickBooks.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with Volusion</strong></h2>
<p>With Volusion integrated into Mailware, orders are downloaded and  fulfilled in a single system. New products can be uploaded and changes to  product information, such as changes in quantities, are updated in near  real-time. Mailware also uploads tracking numbers and order statuses directly to your Volusion store.</p>
<h3>More about Volusion</h3>
<p>Since 1999 Volusion has been revolutionizing the industry with its  ecommerce solutions for small to large businesses. They provide online  merchants with a shopping cart system that is fully customizable,  secure, and well supported around the clock. Volusion is the first company  to offer the on-page checkout and is continuing to help advance the  capabilities of ecommerce stores. There is a long list of companies that  make use of Volusion’s products including Motorola, Disney and  National Geographic.</p>
<p>With Volusion, merchants can design, develop, and run a personal web  store. The software works with a number of services such as QuickBooks,  Google checkout and <a href="http://">PayPal</a>.  They also provide strong SEO solutions and  excellent customer service.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>Volusion has a number of useful features for online merchants. While higher end packages offer some additional tools and resources, the  following are included in all packages of Volusion:</p>
<ul>
<li>Award winning customer service around the clock</li>
<li>Professional read-to-go design templates</li>
<li>One page checkout that is fast and easy</li>
<li>Step-by-step video training</li>
<li>Social media tools to help make the connection with customers</li>
<li>Simple and effective search engine optimization</li>
<li>A large number of marketing tools</li>
<li>Mobile commerce solutions</li>
</ul>
<h3>How much does Volusion Cost?</h3>
<p>Volusion is offered as five different packages, each offering  different capabilities at a different monthly price. With all of the  Volusion packages, there is a $49 startup fee. The “Steel package  includes 1 GB of data transfer for a store with 25 products and costs  $24.99 per month. The “Bronze” package increases the data transfer to 3  GM and allows for up to 250 products at the cost of $39.99 a month. With  the “Silver” package, a merchant can have up to 1000 products and 5 GB  for the cost of $59.99 a month.</p>
<p>Volusion’s most popular package, “Gold” allows for API access, a  social store builder, premium support, 5000 products and 15 GB of data  transfer and costs $99.99 a month. For merchants that want to go  “Platinum” and get unlimited products, all the features, and 25 GB of  data transfer can do so for $159.99 a month.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/volusion/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>nsCommerceSpace</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/nscommercespace/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/nscommercespace/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 17:59:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Zack.Stickles</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1754</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware Ecommerce software integrates with nsCommerceSpace shopping cart.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with nsCommerceSpace</strong></h2>
<p>Contact us to find out how nsCommerceSpace can work with Mailware</p>
<h3>More about nsCommerceSpace</h3>
<p>nsCommerceSpace, offered from Network Solutions, is a complete package for an online merchant who wants a web store, web space, and domain name under one provider. The ecommerce store solution comes with a variety of design templates compatible with most design software solutions and a full WYSIWYG editor. The packages also come with a hosting package that has multiple emails accounts and is bundled with a custom domain name capable of supporting sub domains.</p>
<h3>Features</h3>
<p>The three different packages that nsCommerceSpace provides have their own individual set of features. All of the packages share the following benefits:</p>
<ul>
<li>Fully customizable storefront</li>
<li>Simple and secure payment and order processing</li>
<li>Merchandising, offers, and promotions</li>
<li>Search engine optimization solutions</li>
<li>Web based administrator panel</li>
<li>Robust reporting and statistics</li>
<li>Integration with third-party plug-ins</li>
<li>Domain name, hosting, and email accounts</li>
</ul>
<h3>How much does nsCommerceSpace cost?</h3>
<p>nsCommerceSpace comes in three ecommerce packages: Starter, Standard, and Premium. Each package has a startup fee and a variety of different additional features. If a retailer chooses to purchase a second package at equal or lesser value, there is a 20% discount. The nsCommerceSpace Starter package costs $26.95 a month with a $49.00 startup fee. This entry level package offers 25 maximum products (excluding variations), 1 GB of hosting storage space, and 5 GB of monthly data transfer. The nsCommerceSpace Standard package costs $29.95 a month and also has a $49.00 startup fee. With the second tier package comes a maximum of 300 products (excluding variations), 2 GB of hosting storage space, and 10 GB of monthly data transfer.</p>
<p>The nsCommerceSpace Premium package offers a number of other features as well as an increase in space, transfer, and number of products. The cost of the service is 499.95 a month and the startup fee is $99. The package includes a maximum of 100,000 products, 5 GB of hosting storage space, and 25 GB of monthly data transfer. Also included with Premium is the ability to have product variations, QuickBooks POS integration, and a number of bulk processing tools.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/nscommercespace/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Miva Merchant</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/miva-merchant/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/miva-merchant/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 17:55:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Audrey@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Web Carts]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1701</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware’s back office system integrates with your Miva Merchant web store.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with Miva Merchant</strong></h2>
<p>Contact us to find out how Mailware can work with your Miva Store.</p>
<h3>More about Miva Merchant</h3>
<p>Miva Merchant is a leading supplier of e-commerce software and services to small and medium-sized businesses. They provide online merchants, developers, web designers and web hosts with the information and technology needed to be successful in today&#8217;s online selling environment. Miva Merchant hosts complete, reliable, expandable and easy-to-use e-commerce software and services.</p>
<p>Miva, like most carts, allows sellers to use software to develop and design a personal web store. The software integrates with QuickBooks and provides a separate solution called Miva Merchant Empresa, used for hosting and running your Miva built web store. They also provide merchant account solutions through Chase Paymentech or Innovative Merchant Solutions (IMS).</p>
<h3>Features:</h3>
<ul>
<li>Powerful Store design tools</li>
<li>Administration To</li>
<li>Catalog Management</li>
<li>Inventory &amp; Merchandising</li>
<li>Customer Management</li>
<li>Affiliate Programs</li>
<li>Order Processing</li>
<li>Localization Settings</li>
<li>Logging &amp; Analytics</li>
<li>Shipping Calculation and Payment Processing</li>
<li>Data Access</li>
<li>“Getting Started” Wizards</li>
<li>Modular Architecture</li>
<li>Store Access &amp; Maintenance</li>
<li>Documentation &amp; Support</li>
</ul>
<h3>Cost:</h3>
<p>Costs at Miva Merchant start with a $49 setup fee and monthly charges of $59.95, $89.95 or $129.95 depending on a seller’s preferences. These monthly charges vary month to month and all include a free software (quality varies), unlimited products and a free domain name. Other features that vary package to package include: data transfer space and the number of email accounts available to the company.</p>
<p>Miva charges fees for merchant hosting as well. Through the IMS process, there is no set up fee and no cancellation fees. Charges typically run around $25 a month with a 2.39% credit card discount rate and a total of $0.30 in transaction fees. This solution is recommended for merchants doing less than $20,000 a month in volume. Fees and charges for using the Chase Paymentech solution are available through a Miva representative. This solution is recommended for merchants doing more than $20,000 a month in volume.</p>
<p>Other costs include website design. There are pre-made template skins available online through the Miva site. Costs range from $249 (sale price) to $349. They can also be installed by Miva themselves for only $49.00. Otherwise, companies are able to pay to have custom designs developed through the Miva team, often times on a specified budget.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/miva-merchant/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Half.com</title>
		<link>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/half-com/</link>
		<comments>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/half-com/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2010 17:54:05 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Audrey@core-tech.com</dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Integration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Marketplaces]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.mailware.com/?p=1751</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Mailware’s multi channel software integrates with eBay’s partner site, Half.com, to manage all of your orders. ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<h2><strong>How Mailware works with Half.com</strong></h2>
<p>Contact us to see how we can integrate with your half.com marketplace.</p>
<h3>Half.com</h3>
<p>Half.com is an affiliate of eBay that offers buyers discounted new and used textbooks, music, movies and video games. There are five categories products can be listed in: Music, Movies, Books, Video Games and Game Systems.</p>
<h3>How It Works</h3>
<p>Half.com is a marketplace that allows you to easily get paid for your products. To sell through it, eBay sellers must sign up and agree to terms and conditions as noted on the website. Listing products is simple: choose from one of the 5 categories that items can be listed in, mark the condition, ISBN or UPC numbers, note comments, price and sell. Half.com will recommend a price for items depending on quality/condition and comments noted. Products are also able to be listed in a multiple item listing.</p>
<h3>Payment</h3>
<p>Sellers are paid two times a month: on the 15th and the last day. This payment is through a direct deposit to a personal checking account. There are rules and restrictions regarding quality and Half.com policies that claim sellers can arguably not get paid. It is key to pay attention to these agreements to guarantee payments.</p>
<h3>Fees</h3>
<p>With Half.com, there are no start-up, listing or monthly fees. The only fees for selling on Half.com are commission taken at time of sale. As selling prices increase, Half.com commission decreases. Commission percentages range from 15.0% (items priced $0.75-$50.00) to 5.0% (items &gt; $500.00).</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.mailware.com/mailware/integration/half-com/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

